Full 20 Tests Đề Thi Thật

ĐỀ 1
Section 1 Question 1-10

Questions1-3
Complete the form below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.

Manor Farm
Application Form-Summer fruit picking
Example
Name : Ben Miller
Country of origin : the USA
Age: 20
Visa type: a 1……………….
Visa valid until: November
Availability for work: from 2…………….. to October
Heard about job: from the 3……………….
Questions 4-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.

Manor Farm
Important information for fruit pickers Picking season:
Busiest month is 4……………………
Exact picking dates depend on the 5 ………………… Payment:
Pickers over 18 will earn 6 £……………. an hour Accommodation:
None on the farm but there is a 7……………… nearby Transport:
Pickers are advised to travel around by 8………………… Documentation:
Only pickers with a 9…………………. will be allowed to work Meals:
Pickers must bring lunch and a day's supply of 10 ………………..

SECTION 2 Questions 11-20
Questions 11-16
Label the plan below.
Write the correct letter, A-I, next to questions 11-16
Karrara Sports &Leisure Centre
11 Shop …………………..
12 Playground …………………..
13 Spa …………………..
14 Weights room …………………..
15 Gym …………………..
16 Massage room …………………..
Questions 17 and 18
Choose TWO letters, A-E.
Which TWO memberships have a special introductory price?
A off-peak
B Gym and Weights
C Swim Plus
2
D All-in
E Family Pack
Questions 19 and 20
Choose TWO letters,A-E
Which TWO free gifts will new members get?
A sports towel
B heart monitor
C water bottle
D sports socks
E free massage

Questions 21-25
Choose the correct letter, A,B or C.
The Value Survey on House Prices

21 According to James and Anna, the Value Survey measured the
cost of houses by calculating
A the total price of building a new house.
B the size of house a typical family can afford.
C the price of houses compared to average income.
22 Anna says the Value Survey is unusual because A it

compares prices in different cities.
B it is the oldest survey of its kind.
C it publishes its results annually.
23 The students decide that New Zealand house prices are high
because of A the cost of construction materials.
B the shortage of builders.
3
C the rules concerning land use.
24 When the students talk about transport, they are A

concerned there is no plan.
B worried about rising costs.
C alarmed by increasing congestion.
25 The students agree that the next Value Survey will A

compare a wider number of locations.
B indicate a future trend in house prices.
C advise against regulation of house prices.
Questions 26-30
What aspect of the Value Survey did each of the following people criticize? Choose
FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 26-30.
Aspects of the survey criticized

A organization of final text
B researchers' qualifications
C period covered
D level of funding
E lack of public access to full information
F old-fashioned systems of date analysis
G way of defining home-buyers' wealth
People
26 Andrew Coleman …………………..
27 Professor Massey …………………..
28 Richard Bernard …………………..
29 Professor Lowndes ………………….. 30 Maria Darling
…………………..
4
SECTION 4 Questions 31-40 Complete the notes
below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
Benefits of using drama activities in the classroom

Child's personal development
• Group participation develops 31……………… in own ideas
• Unscripted, imaginative activities allow children to take 32………………..
Child's educational development
• Working as a group teaches the importance of 33…………….. to others
• Performing makes children 34……………….. for their learning and behavior Role-play can
be used:
• as a form of 35……………… for children experiencing problems
• to help children be objective about their behaviour problems
• to explore controversial issues with a class in a 36 ……………… environment
• to explore children's self-knowledge and understanding of 37…………………
Advantages of using role-play in the study of history
• Drama activities increase children's 38 ……………… in class
• Makes it easier for children to 39……………….. and understand historical events
• Can find answers to 40…………………… In history to see why certain decisions were made
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on Reading passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3.
Fishbourne Roman Palace

The largest Roman villa in Britain
Fishbourne Roman Palace is in the village of Fishbourne in West Sussex, England. This large
palace was built in the 1st century AD, around thirty years after the Roman conquest of Britain ,on
the site of Roman army grain stores which had been established after the invasion, in the reign of
5
the Roman Emperor Claudius in 43 AD. The rectangular palace was built around formal gardens ,
the northern half of which have been reconstructed. There were extensive alterations in the 2nd and
3rd centuries AD, with many of the original black and white mosaic floors being overlaid with more
sophisticated coloured ones , including a perfectly preserved mosaic of a dolphin in the north wing.
More alterations were in progress when the palace burnt down in around 270AD,after which it was
abandoned.
Local people had long believed that a Roman palace once existed in the area .However , it was not
until 1960 that the archaeologist Barry Cunliffe, of Oxford University, first systematically excavated
the site, after workmen had accidentally uncovered a wall while they were laying a water main .The
Roman villa excavated by Cunliffe's team was so grand that it became known as Fishbourne Roman
Palace ,and a museum was erected to preserve some of the remains .This is administered by the
Sussex Archaeological Society.
In its day , the completed palace would have comprised four large wings with colonnaded fronts. The
north and east wings consisted of suites of private rooms built around courtyards, with a
monumental entrance in the middle of the east wing. In the north-east corner there was an assembly
hall. The west wing contained state rooms , a large ceremonial reception room, and a gallery. The
south wing contained the owner's private apartments. The palace included as many as 50 mosaic
floors, under-floor central heating and a bathhouse. In size, Fishbourne Palace would have been
approximately equivalent to some of the great Roman palaces of Italy, and was by far the largest
known Roman residence north of the European Alps, at about 500 feet (150m)square. A team of
volunteers and professional archaeologists are involved in an ongoing archaeological excavation on
the site of nearby , possibly military, buildings.
The first buildings to be erected on the site were constructed in the early part of the conquest in 43
AD. Later , two timber buildings were constructed, one with clay and mortar floors and plaster walls,
which appears to have been a house of some comfort. These buildings were demolished in the 60s
AD and replaced by a substantial stone house, which included colonnades, and a bath suite. It has
been suggested that the palaces itself , incorporating the previous house in its south-east corner,
was constructed around 7375 AD. However, Dr Miles Russell, of Bournemouth University,
reinterpreted the ground plan and the collection of objects found and has suggested that, given the
extremely close parallels with the imperial palace of Domitian in Rome , its construction may more
plausibly date to after 92 AD.
With regard to who lived in Fishbourne Palace , there are a number of theories; for example ,one
proposed by Professor Cunliffe is that ,in its early phase, the palace was the residence of Tiberius
Claudius Cogidubnus ,a local chieftain who supported the Romans ,and who may have been
installed as king of a number of territories following the first stage of the conquest . Cogidubnus is
known from a reference to his loyalty in Agricola, a work by the Roman writer Tacitus, and from an
inscription commemorating a temple dedicated to the gods Neptune and Minerva found in the
nearby city of Chichester. Another theory is that it was built for Sallustius Lucullus, a Roman
governor of Britain of the late 1st century, who may have been the son of the British prince
6
Adminius. Two inscriptions recording the presence of Lucullus have been found in Chichester , and
the redating by Miles Russell of the palace was designed for Lucullus, then it may have only been in
use for a few years, as the Roman historian Suetonius records that Lucullus was executed by the
Emperor Domitian in or shortly after 93 AD.
Additional theories suggest that either Verica, a British king of the Roman Empire in the years
preceding the Claudian invasion, was owner of the palace, or Tiberius Claudius Catuarus , following
the recent discovery of a gold ring belonging to him. The palace outlasted the original owner,
whoever he was , and was extensively re-planned early in the grid century AD, and subdivided into a
series of lesser apartments. Further redevelopment was begun in the late 3rd century AD, but these
alterations were incomplete when the north wing was destroyed in a fire in around 270 AD. The
damage was too great repair, and the palace was abandoned and later dismantled.
A modern museum had been built by the Sussex Archaeological Society, incorporating most of the
visible remains , including one wing of the palace. The gardens have been re-planted using
authentic plants from the Roman period.
Questions 1-6
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes 1-6
on your answer sheet, write
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
1 Fishbourne Palace was the first structure to be built on its site.
2 Fishbourne Palace was renovated more than once
3 Fishbourne Palace was large in comparison with Roman palaces in Italy.
4 Research is continuing in the area clos to Fishbourne Palace.
5 Researches agree on the identity of the person for whom Fishbourne Palace was
constructed.
6 Fishbourne Palace was burnt down by local people.
Questions 7-13
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer.
7
Write your answers in boxes 7-13 on your answer sheet. Fishbourne Palace
Construction
• The first buildings on the site contained food for the 7 ………………
• The palace building surrounded 8 ……………….
• In the 2nd and 3rd centuries colour was added to the 9………………. of the palace.
Discovery
• The first part of the palace to the found was part of a 10 ……………… Possible
inhabitants
• Congidubnus -he is named in several writings

• Sallustius Lucullu-he may have lived there until approximately 11………… AD Verica -a
British king
• Catuarus-his 12.................... Was found there
Present Day
• A 13………………. has been built on the site to help protect it.
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 14-26,which are based on Reading Passage 2 on
pages 7 and 8.
Questions 14-19
Reading Passage 2 has six paragraphs,A-F
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below.
Write the correct number,i-vii,in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet.
List of Headings
i The effect of man-made imitations on insects ii The need to instruct
additional insect guides iii Signals used by certain insects to indicate a
discovery iv How urgency can affect the process of finding a new home v
The use of trained insects in testing scientific theories vi The use
of virtual scenarios in the study of insect behaviour vii How the number of
decision-makers affects the decision
14 Paragraph A
8
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F
Insect decision - making
A It has long been held that decision made collectively by large groups of people are more likely
to turn out to be accurate than decisions made by individuals. The idea goes back to the 'jury
theorem' of Nicolas de Condorcet, an 18th-century French philosopher who was one of the first to
apply mathematics to the social sciences. Condorcet's theory describes collective decisions ,
outlining how democratic decisions tend to outperform dictatorial ones. If , for example , each
member of a jury has only partial information ,the majority decision is more likely to be correct than a
decision arrived at by a single juror. Moreover, the probability of a correct decision increases with
the size of the jury.
B Now it is becoming clear that group decisions are also extremely valuable for the success of
social animals, such as ants ,bees ,birds and dolphins .Bees make collective decisions ,and they do
it rather well, according to Christian List of the London School of
Economics ,who has studied group decision-making in humans and animals. Researchers led by Dr
List looked at colonies once the original colony reaches a certain size. The queen goes off with
about two-thirds of the worker bees to live in a new home or nest leaving a daughter queen in the
old nest with the remaining workers. Among the bees that depart are some that have searched for
and found some new nest sites and reported back using a characteristic body movement known as
a 'waggle dance' to indicate to the other bees the suitable places they have located. The longer the
dance , the better the site. After a while , other bees start to visit the sites signaled by their
companions to see for themselves and , on their return, also perform more waggle dances. The
process eventually leads to a consensus on the best site and the breakaway swarm migrates. The
decision is remarkably reliable ,with the bees choosing the best site even when there are only small
difference between alternative sites.
C But exactly how do bees reach such a robust consensus? To find out ,Dr List and his
colleagues used a computer generated model of the decision-making process. By experimenting
with it they found that, when bees in the model were very good at finding nesting sites but did not
share their information, this dramatically slowed down the migration ,leaving the swarm homeIss and
vulnerable .Conversely ,bees in the model blindly following the waggle dances of others without first
9
checking. The researchers concluded that the ability of bees to identify successfully and quickly the
best site depends on both the bees 'interdependence in communicating the whereabouts of the
bees site, and their independence in confirming this information for themselves.
D Another situation in which collective decisions are taken occurs when animals are either
isolated from crucial sources of information or dominated by other members of the group. Jose
Halloy of the Free University of Brussels in Belgium used robotic cockroaches to subvert the
behaviour of living cockroaches and control their decision-making process. In his experiment the
artificial bugs were introduced to the live ones and soon became sufficiently socially integrated that
they were perceived by the real cockroaches as equals. By manipulating the robots , which were in
the minority , Halloy was able to persuade the living cockroaches to choose an inappropriate shelter-
even one which they had rejected before being infiltrated by the robots.
E The way insects put into effect collective decisions can be complex and as important as the
decisions themselves .At the University of Bristol, in the UK, Nigel Franks and his colleagues studied
how a species of ant establishes a new nest. Franks and his associates reported how the insects
reduce the problems associated with making a necessarily swift choice. If the ants' existing nest
become suddenly threatened, the insects choose certain ants to act as scouts to find a new nest.
How quickly they accomplish the transfer to a new home depends not only on how soon the best
available site is found, but also on how quickly the migration there can be achieved .
F Once the suitable new nest is identified , the chosen ants begin to lead others , which have
made it to the new site or which may simply be in the vicinity back to the original threatened nest. In
this way, those ants which are familiar with the route can help transport
,for example the queen and young ants to the new site, and simultaneously show the way to those
ants which have been left behind to guard the old nest. In this way moving processes are
accomplished faster and more efficiently. Thus the dynamics of collective decision-making are
closely related to the efficient implementation of those decisions .How this might apply to choices
that humans make is , as yet ,unclear. But it does suggest even for humans ,the importance of
recruiting dynamic leaders to a cause ,because the most important thing about collective decision-
making as shown by these insect experiments, is to get others to follow.
Questions 20-23
Look at the following findings(Questions 20-23]and the list of academics below. Match each finding
with the correct academic, A-D
Write the correct letter, A-D, in boxes 20-23 on your answer sheet.
NB you may use any letter more than once.
20 Certain members can influence the rest of the group to alter a previous decision.
21 Individual verification of a proposed choice is important for successful decision outcome.

10
22 The more individuals taking part in a decision, the better the decision will be.
23 The decision-making process of certain insects produrPs excellent results even when fine
distinctions are required.
List of Academics
A Nicolas de Condorcet
B Christian List and colleagues
C Jose Halloy
D Nigel Franks and colleagues
Questions 24-26
Complete the summary below.
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer. Write your answers in boxes 24-26
on your answer sheet.
A study of insect decision-making

A Bristol University study looked at how insects make decisions when their home has been
24…………………. The ants in the experiment relied on the use of individuals called
25………………. to find a new nest and efficiently direct the others to go there. The study
concluded that the effective implementation of the ants decision meant that the insects could change
homes quickly. The study emphasized the necessity, for people well as insects of having active
26………………. in order to execute decisions successfully.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40 ,which are based on Reading Passage 3
on pages 11 and 12.
Fear of the Unkonwn

American companies fear that innovation is the secret of success-and that they cannot innovate
A In the small Umagic office in midtown Manhattan, a team of 30 computer programmers are
working on setting up websites that will allow subscribers to feed in details about themselves and
their problems and to receive advice from 'virtual' versions of personalities regarded as experts in
their fields: for example , a well-known dietician, a celebrity fitness trainer, a psychologist well known
11
in the media for here work on parentchild relationships . Umagic Systems is a young firm and it's
hard to predict how far they'll go In ten years' time , consulting a computer about your diet problems
might seem natural or it might seem absurd. But the company and others like it are beginning to
seriously worry large American firms, who see such half-crazy new and innovative ideas as a threat
to their own future success.
B Innovation has become a major concern of American management . Firms have found that it
is increasingly difficult to redesign existing products or to produce them more economically. The
stars of American business tend today to be innovators such as Amazon (the internet bookstore)
and Wal-Mart (the supermarket chain) which have produced completely new ideas or products that
have changed their industries.
C Over the past 15 years, the firms which have achieved the greatest profits have been the
ones which have had the most innovations . But such profits aren't easy to come by .One of the
reasons for the increasing number of mergers between companies is a desperate search for new
ideas. And a fortune is spent nowadays on identifying and protecting intellectual property: other
people's ideas. According to the Pasadena-based Patent &. License Exchange in the United States ,
trading in intangible assets such as intellectual property rose from$15 billion in 1990 to $ 100 billion
in 1998,with an increasing proportion of the rewards going to small firms and individuals.
D And therein lies the terror for big companies : that innovation seems to work best outside
them. Many of the large established companies have been struggling to come up with new products
recently.' In the management of creativity ,size is your enemy ,' argues Peter Chemin ,who runs Fox
TV and film empire for News Corporation. "One person managing 20 movies is never going to be as
involved as one doing five movies .'He has thus tried to break down the studio into smaller
units ,even at the risk of incurring higher costs.
E It is easier for ideas to develop outside big firms these days. In the past if a clever scientist
had an idea he wanted to commercialise ,he would take it first to a big company. Now , with the
banks encouraging individuals to set up new businesses through offering special loans, innovators
are more likely to set up on their own. Umagic has already raised $5 million and is about to raise
$25 million more. Even in capital-intensive businesses such as pharmaceuticals, entrepreneurs can
conduct profitable , early- stage research ,selling out to the big firms when they reach
expensive ,risky clinical trials.
F Some giants, including General Electric and Cisco, have been remarkably successful at
buying up and integrating scores of small companies. But many others worry about the prices they
have to pay and the difficulty in keeping hold of the people who dreamt up the ideas . Everybody
would like to develop more ideas in-house. Procter gE Gamble is now changing the entire direction
of its business from global expansion to product development ; one of its new aims is to get
12
innovations accepted across the company .Elsewhere ,the search for innovation had led to a craze
for ' intrapreneurship' -giving more power to individuals in the company and setting up internal ideas
-factories so that talents staff will not. leave.
G And yet innovation does not happen just because the chief executive wills it. Indeed ,it is
extremely difficult to come up with new ideas year in, year out , especially brilliant ones. Underneath
all experts' diagrams , lists and charts ,most of the available answers seem to focus on two
strengths that are difficult to impose: a culture that looks for new ideas, and leaders who know which
ones to back. Companies have to discredit the widespread view that jobs working on new products
are for Those who can't cope in the real business'. They have to change the culture by introducing
hard incentives , such as giving more generous bonuses to those who come up with successful new
ideas and , particularly ,not punishing those whose experiments fail.
H Will all this reorganization and culture tweaking make big firms more creative? David Post,
the founder of Umagic, isn't so sure:' He also recalls with glee the looks of total incomprehension
when he tried to sell his 'virtual experts idea three years ago to firms such IBM , though ,as he
cheerfully adds,' of course, they could have been right '• Apperently , innovation -unlike diet ,fitness
and parenting -is one area where a computer cannot tell you what to do.
Questions 27-33
Reading Passage 3 has eight paragraphs ,A-H.
Which paragraph contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A-H ,in boxes 27-33 on your answer sheet.
NB you may use any letter more than once.

27 the methods some companies use to try to keep their most creative employees
28 a new way of getting help with your personal difficulties
29 how much investment goes into safeguarding the ideas of individuals
30 two examples of companies which have succeeded through being innovative
31 how some innovators manage to avoid spending large sums of money on testing out their ideas
32 a commonly held opinion about product designers that needs to be proved wrong
33 the target of one large company that has changed its business focus
Questions 34-37
13
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 3?
In boxes 34-37 on your answer sheet, write
34 Umagic Systems is an example of a new innovative company.
35 Amazon and Wal-Mart have exchanged successful ideas on innovation.
36 Using financial rewards to encourage innovation is an outdated practice.
37 IBM failed to understand David Post 's 'virtual experts' idea.
Questions 38-40
Choose the correct letter, A,B,C or D
Write the correct letter in boxes 38-40 on your answer sheet.
38 What point does the writer make about intellectual property?
A It can be lost when firms merge.
B It tends to belong to companies rather than individuals.
C It is valued more than it used to be.
D It is not usually owned by small companies.
39 Peter Chemin is an example of someone who has realized that A large companies are less
innovative than small ones.
B other businesses are more innovative than the film business.
C his employees need more experience of innovation.
D he is the best person to encourage innovation.
40 In conclusion, the writer suggests that
A computer-based industries cannot be innovative.
B big firms are right to be cautious about innovation.
C small firms should not worry about early failures.
D innovation will always involve some uncertainty.
14
ĐỀ 2
Complete the form below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Temporary Patient Record Form
Name: Example
Peter Smith
Street address: 1 …………………. Suburb:

2 ………………….
Phone number: 3 ………………….
Details of injury
Sport: Tennis
Type of injury: Sprained 4 …………………. Date
of injury: 5…………………
Previous treatment and current problems

The patient's own doctor advised treatment with 6 ……………… The
patient is unable to 7 ……………….. and he is experiencing pain in his
8 ……………….. at night, which is affecting his sleep.
Advice given
Stop using the 9 ……………………
Do regular 10 ………………… at home
SECTION 2 Questions 11 — 20
Question 11 — 16
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
11 The announcer says that the main topic of today's talk will be Gisborne's
A economy
B history
C tourism
12 The Maori name for the Gisborne region signifies
A dangerous journey
B east coast
C sailing boat
13 Early exports from Gisborne came from its
15
A farms
B fisheries
C forests
14 According to the speaker, what does Gisborne export to Asia nowadays?
A oranges and lemons
B red and white grapes
C seafood and shellfish
15 The Gisborne Summer Concert takes place in
A an opera house
B a vineyard
C a Maori meeting house
16 On wet days in Gisborne the announcer recommends
A a cultural display in the museum
B a fashion show in the town hall
C a photography exhibition in the art gallery
Questions 17 — 20
Which group of people is each of the following attractions recommended for?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A — G, next to
questions 17 — 20.
A disabled people
B elderly people
C recently married couples
D pregnant women
E secondary school children
F young school children
G young adults
Attractions
17 Hot Springs Reserve ……………………..
18 Mahia Peninsula ……………………..
19 Motu River Rafting ……………………..
20 Eden Woodlands Park ……………………..

below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
SUVs (Sports Utility Vehicles) •
Originally made for off-road driving (e.g. in remote areas)
• Now widely used in 21 ……………….
Advantages
• Useful for 22…………….. purposes
• Larger 23 ……………….. capacity
16
• Suitable for towing large loads
Why popular in a wider market?
• Because of their image
• Seen as 24………………. by mothers
• Larger seating capacity
• Drivers prefer the 25 …………………..
Disadvantages
• SUVs can be 26 ……………….. in urban centres because of their 27
……………………
• Bodywork doesn't crumple in an accident
• Liable to 28 ……………….. easily
How to limit use of SUVs
• Limit use to those people who need them (e.g. 29………………. )
• Raise cost of 30……………….. paid by SUV drivers

below.
The Influence of Children on Adult Diet

Background
Obesity — mainly caused by bad eating habits and lack of exercise National survey conclusions:
• food consumption rose between 1971 and 2000
• Americans in general eat above the recommended amounts
• the age group that eat most fat is 31 …………………..
Family members living together show 32 …………………… levels of fat in their diet
Aims of present study: to show whether children affect adult diet Methods &
procedures Who?
• Adults aged 17-65 with children under 17
• Other variables: age, education, race, 33 …………………… and whether born overseas
• 34 ………………….. held at Mobile Examination Centres
Results
Adults living with children are more likely to:
• eat more fat
• eat convenience food
• 35 ……………………..
Reasons
• Parents have little 36 …………………….
• Children's preference for certain foods
• Inconvenience of making separate meals
Limitations of study
17
The study did not consider the effects of:
the 37 ………………… of children in each family
the 38 ………………… between the adults and children Influence
may decrease with 39 …………………….
Conclusions and recommendations
More research needed into above areas
Research needed into how our 40 …………………… affect our diet
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on Reading passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3.
Bovids
The family of mammals called bovids belongs to the Artiodactyl class, which also includes giraffes.
Bovids are highly diverse group consisting of 137 species, some of which are man's most important
domestic animals.
Bovids are well represented in most parts of Eurasia and Southeast Asian islands, but they are by
far the most numerous and diverse in the latter. Some species of bovid are solitary, but others live in
large groups with complex social structures. Although bovids have adapted to a wide range of
habitats, from arctic tundra to deep tropical forest, the majority of species favour open grassland,
scrub or desert. This diversity of habitat is also matched by great diversity in size and form: at one
extreme is the royal antelope of West Africa, which stands a mere 25 cm at the shoulder; at the
other, the massively built bisons of North America and Europe, growing to a shoulder height of 2.2m.
Despite differences in size and appearance, bovids are united by the possession of certain common
features. All species are ruminants, which means that they retain undigested food in their stomachs,
and regurgitate it as necessary. Bovids are almost exclusively herbivorous*. Typically their teeth are
highly modified for browsing and grazing: grass or foliage is cropped with the upper lip and lower
incisors** (the upper incisors are usually absent), and then ground down by the cheek teeth. As well
as having cloven, or split hooves, the males of all bovid species and the females of most carry
horns. Bovid horns have bony cores covered in a sheath of horny material that is constantly
renewed from within; they are unbranched and never shed. They vary in shape and size: the
relatively simple horns of a large Indian buffalo may measure around 4 m from tip to tip along the
outer curve, while the various gazelles have horns with a variety of elegant curves.
Five groups, or sub-families, may be distinguished: Bovinae, Antelope, Caprinae, Cephalophinae
and Antilocapridae. The sub-family Bovinae comprises most of the larger bovids, including the
African bongo, and nilgae, eland, bison and cattle. Unlike most other bovids they are all non-
territorial. The ancestors of the various species of domestic cattle banteng, gaur, yak and water
buffalo are generally rare and endangered in the wild, while the auroch (the ancestor of the domestic
cattle of Europe) is extinct.
18
The term 'antelope' is not a very precise zoological name — it is used to loosely describe a number
of bovids that have followed different lines of development. Antelopes are typically long-legged, fast-
running species, often with long horns that may be laid along the back when the animal is in full
flight. There are two main sub-groups of antelope: Hippotraginae, which includes the oryx and the
addax, and Antilopinae, which generally contains slighter and more graceful animals such as gazelle
and the springbok. Antelopes are mainly grassland species, but many have adapted to flooded
grasslands: pukus, waterbucks and lechwes are all good at swimming, usually feeding in deep
water, while the sitatunga has long, splayed hooves that enable it to walk freely on swampy ground.
The sub-family Caprinae includes the sheep and the goat, together with various relatives such as
the goral and the tahr. Most are woolly or have long hair. Several species, such as wild goats,
chamois and ibex, are agile cliff and mountain-dwellers. Tolerance of extreme conditions is most
marked in this group: Barbary and bighorn sheep have adapted to arid deserts, while Rocky
Mountain sheep survive high up in mountains and musk oxen in arctic tundra.
The duiker of Africa belongs to the Cephalophinae sub-family. It is generally small and solitary, often
living in thick forest. Although mainly feeding on grass and leaves, some duikers — unlike most
other bovids —are believed to eat insects and feed on dead animal carcasses, and even to kill small
animals.
The pronghorn is the sole survivor of a New World sub-family of herbivorous ruminants, the
Antilocapridae in North America. It is similar in appearance and habits to the Old World antelope.
Although greatly reduced in numbers since the arrival of Europeans, and the subsequent enclosure
of grasslands, the pronghorn is still found in considerable numbers throughout North America, from
Washington State to Mexico. When alarmed by the approach of wolves or other predators, hairs on
the pronghorn's rump stand erect, so showing and emphasising the white patch there. At this signal,
the whole herd gallops off at speed of over 60 km per hour.
*herbivorous: plant-eating
**incisors: front teeth
Questions 1 -3
Choose the correct letter, A, B, C or D.
1 In which region is the biggest range of bovids to be found?
A Africa
B Eurasia
C North America
D South-east Asia
2 Most bovids have a preference for living in A isolation
B small groups
C tropical forest
D wide open spaces
3 Which of the following features do all bovids have in common?
A Their horns are shot
19
B They have upper incisors
C They store food in the body
D Their hooves are undivided
Questions 4-8
Look at the following characteristics (Question 4-8) and the list of sub-families below. Match each
characteristic with the correct sub-family, A, B, C or D.
Write the correct letter, A, B, C or D, in boxes 4-8 on your answer sheet. NB You may use any letter
more than once
4 can endure very harsh environments
5 includes the ox and the cow
6 may supplement its diet with meat
7 can usually move at speed
8 does not defend a particular area of land
List of sub-families
A Antelope
B Bovinae
C Ca prinae
D Cephalophinae
Question 9-13
Answer the questions below.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answers
in boxes 9-13 on your answer sheet.
9 What is the smallest species of Bovid called?
10 Which species of Bovinae has now died out?
11 What facilitates the movement of the sitatunga over wetland?
12 What sort of terrain do barbary sheep live in?
13 What is the only living member of the Antilocapridae sub-family?
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 14 — 26 which are based on Reading Passage 2.
Photovoltaics on the rooftop
A natural choice for powering the family home
A In the past, urban home owners have not always had much choice in the way electricity is
supplied to their homes. Now, however, there is a choice, and a rapidly increasing number of
households worldwide are choosing the solar energy option. Solar energy, the conversion of
sunlight into energy, is made possible through the use of 'photovoltaics', which are simple
appliances that fit onto the roof of a house.
20
B The photovoltaics-powered home remains connected to the power lines, but no storage is
required on-site, only a box of electronics (the inverter) to the interface between the
photovoltaics and the grid network. Figure 1 illustrates the system. During the day, when the
home may not be using much electricity, excess power from the solar array is fed back to the
grid, to factories and offices that need daytime power. At night, power flows the opposite way.
The grid network effectively provides storage. If the demand for electricity is well matched to
when the sun shines, solar energy is especially valuable. This occurs in places like California
in the US and Japan, where air-conditioning loads for offices and factories are large but
heating loads for homes are small.
C The first systematic exploration of the use of photovoltaics on homes began in the
US during the 1970s. A well-conceived program started with the sitting of a number of residential
experiment stations' at selected locations around the country, representing different climatic zones.
These stations contained a number of 'dummy' houses, each with a different solar-energy system
design. Homes within the communities close to these stations were monitored to see how well their
energy use matched the energy generated by the stations' dummy roofs. A change in US
government priorities in the early 1980s halted this program.
D With the US effort dropping away, the Japanese Sunshine Project came to the fore. A large
residential test station was installed on Rokko Island beginning in 1986. This installation
consists of 18 'dummy' homes. Each equipped with its own 2 - 5 kilowatt photovoltaic system
(about 20 — 50 square meters for each system). Some of these simulated homes have their
own electrical appliances inside, such as TV sets, refrigerators and air conditioning units,
which switch on and off under computer control providing a lavish lifestyle for the non-existent
occupants. For the other systems, electronics simulate these household loads. This test
station has allowed the technical issues involved in using photovoltaics within the electricity
network to be explored in a systematic way, under well-controlled test conditions. With no
insurmountable problems identified, the Japanese have used the experience gained from this
station to begin their own massive residential photovoltaics campaign.
E Meanwhile, Germany began a very important '1,000 roof program' in 1990, aimed at installing
photovoltaics on the roofs of 1,000 private homes. Large federal and regional government
subsidies were involved, accounting in most cases for 70% of the total system costs. The
program proved immensely popular, forcing its extension to over 2,000 homes scattered
across Germany. The success of this program stimulated other European countries to launch
similar programs.
F Japan's 'one million roof program' was prompted by the experience gained in the
Rokko Island test site and the success of the German 1,000 roof program. The initially quoted aims
of the Japanese New Energy Development Organization were to have 70,000 homes equipped with
the photovoltaics by the year 2000, on the way to 1 million by 2010. The program made a modest
21
start in 1994, when 539 systems were installed with a government subsidy of 50 percent. Under this
program, entire new suburban developments are using photovoltaics.
G The Japanese initiative in embracing residential photovoltaics on a large scale prompted

responses in both Europe and the US. The European Commission has called for one million
solar residential systems before the year 2010, with 500,000 in Europe and 500,000 in the
developing world, to be subsidised by the Commission. In 1997, a similar one million roof
target was announced in the U. Since then, several other countries including Germany, Italy,
the Netherlands and Australia, have announced their own targets for residential
photovoltaics.
H This is good news, not only for the photovoltaic industry, but for everyone concerned with the
environment. The use of fossil fuels to generate electricity is not only costly in financial terms,
but also in terms of environmental damage. Gases produced by the burning of fossil fuels in
the production of electricity are a major contributor to the greenhouse effect. To deal with this
problem, many governments are now proposing stringent targets on the amount of
greenhouse gas emissions permitted. These targets mean that all sources of greenhouse gas
emissions including residential electricity use, will receive closer attention in the future.
I It is likely that in the future, governments will develop building codes that attempt to constrain
the energy demands of new housing. For example, the use of photovoltaics or the equivalent
maybe stipulated to lessen demands on the grid network and hence reduce fossil fuel
emissions. Approvals for building renovations may also be conditional upon taking such
energy-saving measures. If this were to happen, everyone would benefit. Although there is an
initial cost in attaching the system to the rooftop, the householder's outlay is soon
compensated with the savings on energy bills. In addition, everyone living on the planet
stands to gain from the more benign environmental impact. Figure 1
Residential use of photovoltaics — by day excess power is sent to the grid, and by night power is
supplied to the home.
Question 14 — 19
Reading Passage 2 has nine paragraphs A — I
Write the correct letter A — I in boxes 14 — 19 on your answer sheet.
NB You may use any letter more than once
22
14 examples of countries where electricity use is greater during the day than at night 15 a
detailed description of an experiment that led to photovoltaics being promoted throughout the
country
16 the negative effects of using conventional means of generating electricity
17 an explanation of the photovoltaics system
18 the long-term benefits of using photovoltaics
19 a reference to wealthy countries being prepared to help less wealthy countries have access
to photovoltaics
Questions 20 — 26
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 2? In boxes 20 —
26 on your answer sheet, write
20 Photovoltaics are used to store electricity.

21 Since the 1970s, the US government has provided continuous support for the use of
photovoltaics on homes.
22 The solar-powered houses on Rokko Island are uninhabited.
23 In 1994, the Japanese government was providing half the money required for installing
photovoltaics on homes.
24 Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Australia all have strict goals with regard to greenhouse
gas emissions.
25 Residential electricity use is the major source of greenhouse gas emission.
26 Energy-saving measures must now be included in the design of all new homes and
improvements to buildings.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40, which are based on Reading Passage 3.
Questions 27 — 31
Reading Passage 3 has six sections, A-F.
Choose the correct heading for sections B-F from the list of headings below. Write the correct
number, 1-ix, in boxes 27-31 on your answer sheet.
List of Headings
i Disagreement about the reading process
ii The roots of the debate
iii A combined approach
iv Methods of teaching reading
v A controversial approach
23
vi Inconclusive research
vii Research with learners
viii Allowing teachers more control
ix A debate amongst educators
Example
Section A ix
27 Section B
28 Section C
29 Section D
30 Section E
31 Section F
How should reading be taught?
By Keith Rayner an Barbara R Foorman
A Learning to speak is automatic for almost all children, but learning to read requires elaborate
instruction and conscious effort. Well aware of the difficulties, educators have given a great deal of
thought to how they can best help children learn to read. No single method has triumphed. Indeed,
heated arguments about the most appropriate form of reading instruction continue to polarise the
teaching community.
B Three general approaches have been tried. In one, called whole-word instruction, children
learn by rote how to recognise at a glance a vocabulary of 50 to 100 words. Then they gradually
acquire other words, often through seeing them used over and over again in the context of a story.
Speakers of most languages learn the relationship between letters and the sounds associated with
them (phonemes). That is, children are taught how to use their knowledge of the alphabet to sound
out words. This procedure constitutes a second approach to teaching reading — phonics.
Many schools have adopted a different approach: the whole-language method. The strategy here
relies on the child's experience with language. For example, students are offered engaging books
and are encouraged to guess the words that they do not know by considering the context of the
sentence or by looking for clues in the storyline and illustrations, rather than trying to sound them
out.
Many teachers adopted the whole-language approach because of its intuitive appeal. Making
reading fun promises to keep children motivated, and learning to read depends more on what the
student does than on what the teacher does. The presumed benefits of whole-language instruction
— and the contrast to the perceived dullness of phonics — led to its growing acceptance across
America during the 1990s, and a movement away from phonics.
C However, many linguists and psychologists objected strongly to the abandonment of phonics
in American schools. Why was this so? In short, because research had clearly demonstrated that
understanding how letters related to the component sounds in words is critically important in
reading. This conclusion rests, in part, on knowledge of how experienced readers make sense of
24
words on a page. Advocates of whole-language instruction have argued forcefully that people often
derive meanings directly from print without ever determining the sound of the word.
Some psychologists today accept this view, but most believe that reading is typically a process of
rapidly sounding out words mentally. Compelling evidence for this comes from experiments which
show that subjects often confuse homophones (words that sound the same, such as 'rose' and
`rows'). This supports the idea that readers convert strings of letters to sounds.
D In order to evaluate different approaches to teaching reading, a number of experiments have

been carried out, firstly with college students, then with school pupils. Investigators trained English-
speaking college students to read using unfamiliar symbols such as Arabic letters (the phonics
approach), while another group learned entire words associated with certain strings of Arabic letters
(whole-word). Then both groups were required to read a new set of words constructed from the
original characters. In general, readers who were taught the rules of phonics could read many more
new words than those trained with a whole-word procedure.
Classroom studies comparing phonics with either whole-word or whole-language instruction are also
quite illuminating. One particularly persuasive study compared two programmes used in 20 first-
grade classrooms. Half the students were offered traditional reading instruction, which included the
use of phonics drills and applications. The other half were taught using an individualised method that
drew from their experiences with language; these children produced their own booklets of stories
and developed sets of words to be recognised (common components of the whole-language
approach). This study found that the first group scored higher at year's end on tests of reading and
comprehension.
E If researchers are so convinced about the need for phonics instruction, why does the debate
continue? Because the controversy is enmeshed in the philosophical differences between traditional
and progressive (or new) approaches, differences that have divided educators for years. The
progressives challenge the results of laboratory tests and classroom studies on the basis of a broad
philosophical scepticism about the values of such research. They champion student-centred
learning and teacher empowerment. Sadly, they fail to realise that these very admirable educational
values are equally consistent with the teaching of phonics.
F If schools of education insisted that would-be reading teachers learned something about the
vast research in linguistics and psychology that bears on reading, their graduates would be more
eager to use phonics and would be prepared to do so effectively. They could allow their pupils to
apply the principles of phonics while reading for pleasure. Using whole-language activities to
supplement phonics instruction certainly helps to make reading fun and meaningful for children, so
no one would want to see such tools discarded. Indeed, recent work has indicated that the
combination of literaturebased instruction and phonics is more powerful than either method used
alone.
Teachers need to strike a balance. But in doing so, we urge them to remember that reading must be
grounded in a firm understanding of the connections between letters and sounds. Educators who
25
deny this reality are neglecting decades of research. They are also neglecting the needs of their
students.
Questions 32 — 36
32 The whole-language approach relates letters to sounds.
33 Many educators believe the whole-language approach to be the most interesting way to teach
children to read.
34 Research supports the theory that we read without linking words to sounds.
35
35 Research has shown that the whole-word approach is less effective than the whole-language
approach.
36 Research has shown that phonics is more successful than both the whole-word and whole-
language approaches.
Questions 37— 40
Complete the summary of sections E and F using the list of words, A-G, below. Write the correct
letter, A-G, in boxes 37-40 on your answer sheet.
In the teaching community, 37 ……………….. question the usefulness of research into methods of
teaching reading. These critics believe that 38 ……………….. is incompatible with student-centred
learning. In the future, teachers need to be aware of 39 …………….. so that they understand the
importance of phonics. They should not, however, ignore the ideas of 40 ……………… which make
reading enjoyable for learners.
A the phonics method

B the whole-word method
C the whole-language method
D traditionalists
E progressives
F linguistics
G research studies
ĐỀ 3

Complete the form below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
26
Student Accommodation
Type Cost Contract
Example College: Standard: £ 3276 per year 36 weeks

Single room En-suite: 1 £ ………….. per (Rooms not available during
year the 2 …………….. )
(meals are not included)
3 ………………. : £150 per week — all inclusive Arrangements are

Room with a family 4 ……………………
Private renting: room in a From £275 to £490 per month 6 months Need
shared house or a 5 Additional costs (for this year) • 9 …………………
……………….. • gas and electricity 6 £ • two 10 ……………….
………………
per month approx
• 7 ……………….. £9
• 8 ………………..
SECTION 2 Questions 11 — 20
Questions 11 — 18
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
11 The Heritage Clothes exhibition was put together by A
museum staff.
B local residents.
C clothing manufacturers.
12 The photographs show the clothes worn by
A their owners.
B professional models.
C design students.
27
13 The exhibition called Toys from the Past is A displayed in a
new gallery.
B on show for a limited time.
C aimed specially at children.
14 Visitors to Toys from the Past are recommended to A play
with the toy trains.
B look at all the dolls.
C see the board games.
15 The miniature toys have been A made by the museum.
B bought by the museum.
C borrowed by the museum.
16 The biscuit factory made tins A for people all over the world.
B of different shapes.
C for many famous people.
17 People's favourite biscuit used to be A an unsweetened one.
B one covered in chocolate.
C one filled with cream.
18 The hands-on activity allows people to A make some
biscuits.
B taste some of the biscuits.
C pack a biscuit tin.
Questions 19 and 20
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
19 The gift shop is located beside the …………………. on the

ground floor.
20 Free ………………… are available for visitors' belongings
28
SECTION 3 Questions 21 30
Questions 21 — 24
Choose the correct fetter A, B or C.
Pacific tapa cloth

21 Pacific tapa cloth is different from other types of tapa cloth because it is
A the only tapa made today
B better quality than others
C put to a wider range of uses
22 What does Helen say about the paper mulberry tree?
A It is also a source of food
B It is not native to the Pacific
C It can grow in any environment
23 Why did the Maori people of New Zealand stop making tapa?
A They could not find the right trees in New Zealand
B They were introduced to other fabrics by the Europeans
C They found a better material for making fabric
24 Large pieces of tapa are made from smaller pieces which are
A stuck together
B woven together
C sewn together
Questions 25 30
According to the speakers, what function has tape cloth played in the following countries? Write the
correct letter, A, B, C or D, next to questions 25 — 30.
Functions
A recreational
B practical
C spiritual
29
D commercial
Countries
25 Samoa ………………
26 Tonga ………………
27 Cook Islands ………………
28 Fiji ………………
29 Tahiti ……………… 30 Tikopia ………………
SECTION 4 Question 31 — 40
Question 31 and 32
Choose the correct letter A, B or C.
31 Participants in the learner Persistence study were all drawn from the same
A age group.
B geographical area.
C socio-economic level.
32 The study showed that when starting their course, older students were most concerned about
A effects on their home life.
B implications for their future career.
C financial constraints.
Questions 33 — 37
Complete the table below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer
Research findings
Social and
Personal
Environmental Other Factors
Characteristics
Factors
First level of Perceived success Enjoyment of

Effective support
importance in study a 33 ………………
30
Positive experiences
Second level of Good Many 36……………
at
importance 35……………... in daily life
34……………..
Third level of Good interaction with Capacity for

No family problems
importance the 37…………….. multitasking
Questions 38 — 40

Recommendations
• Ask new students to complete questionnaires to gaugetheir level of 38
…………………
• Train selected students to act as 39 ………………..
• Outside office hours, offer 40 ………………. help.
• Follow up students who miss deadlines.
READING PASSAGE 1
The pesticide-free village

Gerry Marten and Dona Glee Williams report on the Indian village of Punttlatla, so nearly destroyed
by reliance on pesticides
Around 20 years ago, a handful of families migrated from the Guntur district of Andhra Pradesh,
south-east India, into Punukula, a community of around 900 people farming plots of between two
and ten acres. The outsiders from Guntur brought cotton culture with them, and this attracted
resident farmers by promising to bring in more hard cash than the mixed crops they were already
growing to eat and sell, such as millet, mung beans, chilli and rice. But growing cotton meant using
pesticides and fertilisers — until then a mystery to the mostly illiterate farmers of the community.
Local agrochemical dealers obligingly filled the need for information and supplies. These
'middlemen' sold commercial seeds, fertilisers and insecticides on credit, and guaranteed purchase
of the crop. They offered technical advice provided by the companies that supplied their products.
The farmers depend on the dealers. If they wanted to grow cotton — and they did — it seemed they
had no choice.
A quick 'high' of booming yields and incomes hooked growers during the early years of cotton in the
region. Outlay on insecticides was fairly low because cotton pests hadn't moved in yet. Many
31
farmers were so impressed with the chemicals that they started using them on their other crops as
well. The immediate payoffs from chemicallydependent cotton agriculture both ensured and
obscured the fact that the black dirt fields had gone into a freefall of environmental degradation,
dragged down by a chain of cause and effect.
Soon cotton-eaters, such as bollworms and aphids, plagued the fields. Repeated spraying killed off
the most susceptible pests and left the strongest to reproduce and pass on their resistance to
generations of ever-hardier offspring. As the bugs grew tougher and more abundant, farmers
applied a greater variety and quantity of poisons, something mixing 'cocktails' of as many as ten
insecticides. At the same time, cotton was gobbling up the nutrients in the soil, leaving the growers
no option but to invest in chemical fertilisers.
By the time some farmers tried to break free of their chemical dependence, insecticides had already
decimated the birds, wasps, beetles, and other predators that had once provided natural control of
crop pests. Without their balancing presence, pests ran riot if insecticide was cut back. As outlays
for fertilisers and insecticides escalated, the cost of producing cotton mounted. Eventually the
expense of chemical inputs outgrew the cash value of the crop, and farmers fell further and further
into debt and poverty.
Their vicious cycle was only broken by the willingness of a prominent village elder to experiment
with something different. He had been among the first villagers to grow cotton, and he would be the
first to try it without chemicals, as set out by a programme in Non-Pesticide Management (NPM).
This had been devised for Punukala with the help of a Non-Government Organisation called
SECURE that had become aware of the hardships caused by the pesticide trap.
It involved turning to neem, a fast-growing, broad-leaved evergreen tree related to mahogany. Neem
protects itself against insects by producing a multitude of natural pesticides that have evolved
specifically to defeat plant-eating insects. Thus they are generally harmless to human and other
animals, including birds and insects that eat pests.
The plant is native to India and Burma, where it has been used for centuries to control pests and to
promote health. To protect cotton, neem seeds are simply ground into a powder, soaked overnight
in water, and sprayed onto the crop at least every 10 days. Neem cake applied to the soil kills insect
pests and doubles as an organic fertiliser high in nitrogen. As neem grows locally and is easy to
process, it is much less expensive than the chemical insecticides sold for profit by the dealers and
their corporate suppliers.Quick, short-term gains had once pushed Punukula into chemical-
dependent agriculture. Now they found that similar immediate rewards were helping to speed
change in the other direction: the harvest of the next 20 NPM farmers was as good as the harvest of
farmers using insecticides, and they came out ahead because they weren't buying insecticides.
Instead of investing cash (in short supply) in chemicals, they invested time and labour in NPM
practices.
By the end of 2000, all the farmers in Punukula village were using NPM rather than chemicals for
cotton, and they began to use it on other crops as well. The change gathered momentum as NPM
became even more effective once everyone was using it. The status and economic opportunities of
women improved — neem became a source of income for some of them, as they gathered seeds
32
from the surrounding area to sell for NPM in other villages. The improve situation meant that families
could afford to put more land under cultivation.
In 2004, the panchayat (village government) formally declared Punukula to be a pesticide-free

village. And they have big plans for the future, such as water purification. The village now serves as
a model for disseminating NPM to other communities, with around 2000 farmers visiting each year.
What began as a few farmers desperate to find a way to farm without poisons has become a
movement with the potential to pull an entire region back from ecological disaster.
Question 1 — 4
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes I — 4
1 Cotton growing was expected to raise more money than other crop.
2 Some of the local agrochemical dealers had been farmers in the past.
3 Initially the farmers' cotton yields were low.
4 At first, the farmers failed to notice the negative effects on their fields of pesticide use.
Question 5 — 10
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answers in
boxes 5 - 10 on your answer sheet.
Non-Pesticide-Management Programme
• Developed with the aid of SECURE
• Based on use of an 5 ……………….. called neem
• Neem contains many 6 ……………….. that target plant-eating predators Neem • Used
as a pesticide
33
o 7 ……………… formed by grinding seeds o left 8
……………. to soak in water o Sprayed regularly
• Used as a pesticide and as a fertiliser
o added in 9 …………….. form to soil o contains a lot

of 10 ………………
Question 11 — 13
Write your answers in boxes 11 —13 on your answer sheet.
11 In which year did farmers finally stop using chemicals on cotton crops in Punukula?
12 What did the women of Punukula collect to make money?
13 What project do the authorities in Punukula hope to set up in the future?
READING PASSAGE 2
New filter promises clean water for millions

An ingenious invention is set to bring clean water to developing countries, and while the science
may be cutting edge, the materials are extremely down to earth.
A handful of clay, yesterday's coffee grounds and some cow manure are the ingredients that could
bring clean, safe drinking water to many developing countries. The simple new technology,
developed by Australian National University (ANU) materials scientist and potter Tony Flynn, allows
water filters to be made from commonly available materials and fired (or baked) using cow manure
as the source of heat, without the need for a kiln (an oven for baking or drying pottery). The filters
have been tested and shown to remove common pathogens (disease-producing organisms)
including E-coli.
The invention was born out of a project involving the Manatuto community in East Timor. A charity
operating there wanted to help set up a small industrial site manufacturing water filters, but initial
research found the local clay to be too fine — a problem solved by the addition of organic material.
While the problems of producing a working ceramic filter in East Timor were overcome, the solution
was kiln-based and particular to that community's materials and couldn't be applied elsewhere.
Flynn's technique for manure firing, with no requirement for a kiln, has made this zero technology
approach available anywhere it is needed.
34
Other commercial clay filters do exist, but, even if available, with prices starting at US$5 each, they
are often outside the budgets of most people in the developing world. Unlike other water filtering
devices, Flynn's filters are inexpensive and simple to produce. Take a handful of clay, mix it with a
handful of organic material such as used tea leaves, coffee grounds or rice hulls, add water in a
sufficient quantity to make a stiff mixture and form a cylindrical pot that has one end closed, then dry
it in the sun. According to Flynn, used coffee grounds have given the best results to date. The walls
of the filter can be measure using the width of an adult finger as the standard. Next, surround the
pots with straw, put them in a mound of cow manure, light the straw and then top up the burning
manure as required. The filters are finished in 45 to 60 minutes.
The properties of cow manure are vital, as the fuel can reach a temperature of 700 degrees in half
an hour, and will be up to 950 degrees after another 20 to 30 minutes. The manure makes a good
fuel because it is very high in organic material that burns readily and quickly. The manure has to be
dry and is best used exactly as found in the field; there is no need to break it up or process it any
further. In contrast, a potter's kiln is an expensive item and can take up to four or five hours to get up
to 800 degrees. It needs expensive scarce fuel, such as gas or wood to heat it, and experience to
use it. With no technology, no insulation and nothing other than a pile of cow manure and a match,
none of these requirements apply.
It is also helpful that, like clay and organic material, cow manure is freely available across the
developing world. A cow is a natural fuel factory. Manure is a mixture of vegetable materials of
different sizes, and cow manure as a fuel is the same wherever it is found.
Just as using manure as a fuel for domestic use is not a new idea, the fact that liquid can pass
through clay objects is something that potters have always known, and clay's porous nature is
something that, as a former ceramics lecturer in the ANU School of Art, Flynn is well aware of. The
difference is that, rather than viewing the porous nature of the material as a problem — after all, not
many people want a pot that won't hold water — his filters capitalize on this property.
The filtration process is simple, but effective. The basic principle is that there are passages through
the filter that are wide enough for water droplets to pass through, but too narrow for pathogens.
Tests with the deadly E-coli bacterium have seen the filters remove 96.4 to 99.8 per cent of the
pathogen — well within safe levels. The thickness of the clay container needs to be the same
thickness as an adult finger for the process to be effective. If this is the case, using only one filter, a
liter of water can be obtained in two hours.
The use of organic material, which burns away leaving cavities after firing, helps produce the
structure in which pathogens will become trapped. It overcomes the potential problems of finer clays
that may not let water through and also means that cracks are soon halted. And like clay and cow
manure, organic material is universally available in the developing communities that need most
assistance, as tea, coffee and rice are grown in these areas.
With all the components being widely available, Flynn says there is no reason the technology
couldn't be applied throughout the developing world. He has no plans to exploit his idea financially
35
by registering ownership through a patent. If he did, any commercial copying would legally entitle
him to a share in any profits made. Without a patent, there will be no illegality in it being adopted in
any community that needs it. 'Everyone has a right to clean water, and these filters have the
potential to enable anyone in the world to drink water safely,' says Flynn.
Question 14 — 19
Complete the flow-chart below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS/AND OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer.
Write your answers in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet.
Step-by-step guide to making Flynn's water filters

Make the mixture for the filter from organic material (e.g. tea, coffee, rice).
14…………..… and 15…………….….
Shape into pots and place them in a fire made from 16 …………….. and 17……………..
Fuel the fire to reacri a maximum neat of 18 ………………..
Remove the filters from the fire.
Bake the filters in the fire for a maximum period of 19 …………….
Questions 20 — 23
20 The clay in the Manatuto project was initially unsuitable for the project's purpose.
36
21 Coffee grounds produce filters that are twice as efficient as those using other organic
materials.
22 It takes half an hour for a cow-manure fire to reach 950 degree.
23 E-coli is the most difficult bacterium to remove from water by filtration.
Question 24 — 26
24 The Manatuto project aimed to set up a A charitable trust.
B filtration experiment.
C water filter factory.
D community kiln.
25 To be effective, the Flynn filters must A remove all dangerous pathogens.
B be a particular thickness.
C filter water as quickly as possible.
D be made from 100 per cent clay.
26 Flynn does not intend to patent his filter because he A wants it be freely available.
B has produced a very simple design.
C cannot make a profit in poor countries.
D has already given the idea to a charity.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 27-40, which are based on Reading Passage 3.
Question 27— 32
Reading Passage 3 has seven paragraphs, A-G.
Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A-F from the list of headings below. Write the correct
37
List of Headings
i Action already taken by the United Nations ii
Marketing the hydrogen car
iii Making the new technology available worldwide iv Some
negative predictions from one group of experts v How the new
vehicle technology works vi The history of fuel-cell technology vii
A holistic view of climate change viii Locating the essential
ingredient ix Sustaining car manufacture
27 Paragraph A
28 Paragraph B
29 Paragraph C
30 Paragraph D
31 Paragraph E
32 Paragraph F
Putting the brakes on climate change

Are hydrogen cars the answer?
A It is tempting to think that the conservation of coral reefs and rainforests is a separate issue
from traffic and air pollution. But it is not. Scientists are now confident that rapid changes in the
Earth's climate are already disrupting and altering many wildlife habitats. Pollution from vehicles is a
big part of the problem.
B The United Nation's Climate Change Panel has estimated that the global average
temperature rise expected by the year 2100 could be as much as 6°C, causing forest fires and
dieback on land and coral bleaching in the ocean. Few species, if any, will be immune from the
changes in temperature, rainfall and sea levels. The panel believes that if such catastrophic
temperature rises are to be avoided, the quantity of greenhouse gases, especially carbon dioxide,
being released into the atmosphere must be reduced. That will depend on slowing the rate of
deforestation and, more crucially, finding alternatives to coal, oil and gas as our principal energy
sources.
38
C Technologies do exist to reduce or eliminate carbon dioxide as a waste product of our energy
consumption. Wind power and solar power are both spreading fast, but what are we doing about
traffic? Electric cars are one possible option, but their range and the time it takes to charge their
batteries pose serious limitations. However, the technology that shows the most potential to make
cars climate-friendly is fuel-cell technology. This was actually invented in the late nineteenth century,
but because the world's motor industry put its effort into developing the combustion engine, it was
never refined for mass production. One of the first prototype fuel-cell-powered vehicles has been
built by the Ford Motor Company. It is like a conventional car, only with better acceleration and a
smoother ride. Ford engineers expect to be able to produce a virtually silent vehicle in the future.
D So what's the process involved — and is there a catch? Hydrogen goes into the fuel tank,
producing electricity. The only emission from the exhaust pipe is water. The fuel-cell is, in some
ways, similar to a battery, but unlike a battery it does not run down. As long as hydrogen and oxygen
are supplied to the cell, it will keep on generating electricity. Some cells work off methane and a few
use liquid fuels such as methanol, but fuel-cells using hydrogen probably have the most potential.
Furthermore, they need not be limited to transport. Fuel-cells can be made in a huge range of size,
small enough for portable computers or large enough for power stations. They have no moving parts
and therefore need no oil. They just need a supply of hydrogen. The big question, then, is where to
get it from.
E One source of hydrogen is water. But to exploit the abundant resource, electricity is needed,
and if the electricity is produced by a coal-fired power station or other fossil fuel, then the overall
carbon reduction benefit of the fuel-cell disappears. Renewable sources, such as wind and solar
power, do not produce enough energy for it to be economically viable to use them in the
`manufacture' of hydrogen as a transport fuel. Another source of hydrogen is, however, available
and could provide a supply pending the development of more efficient and cheaper renewable
energy technologies. By splitting natural gas (methane) into its constituent parts, hydrogen and
carbon dioxide are produced. One way round the problem of what to do with the carbon dioxide
could be to store it back below ground — so called geological sequestration. Oil companies, such as
Norway's Statoil, are experimenting with storing carbon dioxide below ground in oil and gas wells.
F With freak weather conditions, arguably caused by global warming, frequently in the
headlines, the urgent need to get fuel-cell vehicles will be available in most showrooms. Even now,
fuel-cell buses are operating in the US, while in Germany a courier company is planning to take
delivery of fuel-cell-powered vans in the near future. The fact that centrally-run fleets of buses and
vans are the first fuel-cell vehicles identifies another challenge — fuel distribution. The refueling
facilities necessary to top up hydrogen-powered vehicles are available only in a very few places at
present. Public transport and delivery firms are logical places to start, since their vehicles are
operated from central depots.
39
G Fuel-cell technology is being developed right across the automotive industry. This technology
could have a major impact in slowing down climate change, but further investment is needed if the
industry — and the world's wildlife — is to have a long-term future.
Questions 33 — 36
boxes 33-36 on your answer sheet.
33 In the late nineteenth century, the car industry invested in the development of the
…………….. , rather than fuel-cell technology.
34 Ford engineers predict that they will eventually design an almost ……………… car.
35 While a fuel-cell lasts longer, some aspects of it are comparable to a

…………………
36 Fuel-cells can come in many sizes and can be used in power stations and in………………
well as in vehicles.
Questions 37 - 40
37 Using electricity produced by burning fossil fuels to access sources of hydrogen may increase
the positive effect of the fuel-cell.
38 The oil company Statoil in Norway owns gas wells in other parts of the world.
39 Public transport is leading the way in the application of fuel-cell technology.
40 More funding is necessary to ensure the success of the fuel-cell vehicle industry.
ĐỀ 4
SECTION 1 – QUESTION 1 – 10
40
QUESTION 1 – 6
Complete the table below
Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer

Beechen Festival
Date Time Activity Place Comments
th
June 19 7 p.m Example: The
Concert 1....................
June 20th 2...................... Tour Meet at Includes a visit
p.m the to an old flour
3……………. mill
June 21st All day Children’s Beechen Bring a
4...................... community 5......................
competition center
June 21st Evening Fireworks By the
6.......................
QUESTION 7 – 10
Write ONE WORD AND/O OR A NUMBER for each answer.

- This year, activities end by 7......................... p.m.
- There won’t be any 8...................... in the town center this year.
- The festival’s web address is www.9..................com
- Festival organizers would like to receive 10............. online
SECTION 2 – QUESTION 11 – 20
QUESTION 11 – 14
Walking Holiday
11. Approximately how many passengers does the ferry hold?
A. 160
B. 600
C. 2000
12. Which items should the tourists pack in a separate bag?
41
A. Food
B. Reading material
C. Medicines
13. The hostel in Lavega de Liebana has
A. Good washing facilities

B. A games room
C. A number of single bedrooms
14. Residents at the hostel are not allowed to
A. Take furniture out of the hostel building

B. Enter the hostel after a certain time
C. Smoke in the hostel gardens
QUESTION 15 – 17

Clothes and equipment
Bring:
Boots with thick soles Spare
15..................
Light waterproofs
Sun-cream: strength – 16..................
a 17................. folder for map, etc.
QUESTION 18 – 20
Choose THREE letters, A – G
Which THREE of the following features of the are in Spain does the speaker talk about?
A. Attitude
B. Coastline C. Economy
D. Temperatures
E. Vegetation
F. Wildlife
SECTION 3 – QUESTIONS 21-30
42
Questions 21-24 Choose the correct letter, A, B or C. Peer
Assessment 21 Sally says many students see peer assessment as
A a way for tutors to save time.
B a useful learning tool.
C a valuable form of assessment.
22 What do Steve and Sally agree is an advantage of peer assessment?
A It's more reliable than self-assessment.
B It increases students' self-awareness, C It builds rapport between

students.
23 If the peer assessment marks seem incorrect, A students should mark the assignments again.
B the tutor should check those assignments.
C the marking criteria should be rewritten.
24 How were the presentations in the research project marked?
A Students and lecturers marked all the presentations. B Students

chose which presentations they wanted to mark C Lecturers marked
a selection of presentations.
QUESTIONS 25 - 30
How did the following categories of student markers compare with the rest of the group when
marking student presentations?
Write the correct letter, A, B or C, next to questions 25-30.
A They gave higher marks.

B They gave lower marks.
C Their marks were not significantly different
Categories of student markers

25 male students marking female presenters
26 female students marking male presenters
27 female students marking female presenters
43
28 younger students marking older presenters
29 students marking presenters from a different university
30 students who had helped set criteria
SECTION 4 – QUESTIONS 31-40 Complete the notes

below.
Bislama - The Pidgin English Language of Vanuatu Languages
in Vanuatu
Local languages: Actively spoken languages: 81
Declining languages: 17
31.............. languages: 8
Total: 106
Foreign languages: English is used in the 32........................ system
Bislama
• It is spoken by 90% of the population today.
• In the past this language was described as 33.................
History of Bislama
• Around 1800 it was used as a common language on many ships • After 1860
Vanuatu people worked in Australian 34........................
• After 1950 people moved to the 35......................
Description of Bislama
General
• Bislama should be called a 36 ' pidgin.
Vocabulary
• Most words come from English.
• Words such as "from" may have more 37 in Bislama.
• Less than 10% of words are of 38 origin.
• Pacific words describe the natural world and also local 39............
Grammar
• It is based on Vanuatu languages.
• The word "long" acts as an important 40............... in Bislama.
44
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 1-13 which are based on Reading Passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3.
The development of the silk industry Silk, a natural fibre produced by a particular worm called a
silkworm, has been used in clothing for many centuries.
When silk was first discovered in China over 4,500 years ago, it was reserved exclusively for the use
of the emperor, his close relations and the very highest of his dignitaries. Within the palace, the
emperor is believed to have worn a robe of white silk; outside, he, his principal wife, and the heir to
the throne wore yellow, the colour of the earth. Gradually silk came into more general use, and the
various classes of Chinese society began wearing tunics of silk. As well as being used for clothing
and decoration, silk was quite quickly put to industrial use, and rapidly became one of the principal
elements of the Chinese economy. It was used in the production of musical instruments, as string for
fishing, and even as the world's first luxury paper. Eventually even the common people were able to
wear garments of silk.
During the Han dynasty (206 BC-220 AD), silk ceased to be a mere fabric and became a form of
currency. Farmers paid their taxes in grain and silk, and silk was used to pay civil servants and to
reward subjects for outstanding services. Values were calculated in lengths of silk as they had
previously been calculated in weight of gold. Before long, silk became a currency used in trade with
foreign countries, which continued into the Tang dynasty (616-907 AD). It is possible that this added
importance was the result of a major increase in production. Silk also found its way so thoroughly
into the Chinese language that 230 of the 5,000 most common characters of Mandarin' have 'silk' as
their key component. Silk became a precious commodity, highly sought after by other countries from
an early date, and it is believed that the silk trade actually existed before the Silk Roadt was officially
opened in the second century BC. An Egyptian mummy with a silk thread in her hair, dating from
1070 BC, has been discovered in the village of Deir el Medina near the Valley of the Kings, and is
probably the earliest evidence of the silk trade. During the second century BC, the Chinese emperor
Han Wu Di's ambassadors travelled as far west as Persia and Mesopotamis, bearing gifts including
silks. A range of important finds of Chinese silks have also been made along the Silk Road. One of
the most dramatic of these finds was some Tang silk discovered in 1900. It is believed that around
1015 AD Buddhist monks, possibly alarmed by the threat of invasion by Tibetan people, had sealed
more than ten thousand manuscripts and silk paintings, silk banners and textiles in caves near
Dunhuang, a trading station on the Silk Road in north-west China.
Some historians believe the first Europeans to set eyes upon the fabulous fabric were the Roman
legions of Marcus Licinius Crassus, Governor of Syria. According to certain accounts of the period,
at an important battle near the Euphrates River in 53 BC, the Roman soldiers were so startled by the
bright silken banners of the enemy that they fled in panic. Yet, within decades Chinese silks were
widely worn by the rich and noble families of Rome. The Roman Emperor Heliogabalus (218-222
AD) wore nothing but silk. By 380 AD, the Roman historian Marcellinnus Ammianus reported that.
The use of silk, which was one confined to the nobility, has now spread to all classes without
45
distinction - even to the lowest. The desire for silk continued to increase over the centuries. Despite
this demand, the price of silk remained very high.
In spite of their secrecy about production methods, the Chinese eventually lost their monopoly on
silk production. Knowledge of silk production methods reached Korea around 200 BC, when waves
of Chinese immigrants arrived there. Shortly after 300 AD, it travelled westward, and the cultivation
of the silkworm was established in India.
Around 550 AD silk production reached the Middle East. Records indicate that two monks from
Constantinople (modern-day Istanbul), capital of the Byzantine Empire, appeared at their emperor's
court with silkworm eggs which they had obtained secretly, and hidden in their hollow bamboo
walking sticks. Under their supervision the eggs hatched into worms, and the worms sp Byzantium
was in the silk busin Byzantine church and state created imperial workshops, monopolising
production and keeping the secret to themselves. This allowed a silk industry to be established,
undercutting the market for ordinary-grade Chinese silk. However, high quality silk textiles, woven in
China especially for the Middle Eastern market, continued to achieve high prices in the West, and
trade along the Silk Road continued as before. By the sixth century the Persians, too, had mastered
the art of silk weaving, developing their own rich patterns and techniques. But it wasn't until the 13th
century that Italy began silk production, with the introduction of 2,000 skilled silk weavers from
Constantinople. Eventually, silk production became widespread throughout Europe.
World silk production has approximately doubled during the last 30 years in spite of manmade fibres
replacing certain uses of silk. Before this period, China and Japan were the two main producers,
together manufacturing more than 50 per cent of world production each year. After the late 1970s,
however, China dramatically increased its silk production, and once again became the world's
leading producer.
-----------------------------
• An ancient trade route between China and the Mediterranean Sea

• A group of related Chinese dialects which have been recognised as the 'national language'
since the early 20th century
QUESTIONS 1-7
Complete the notes below. Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer.
Chinese silk
Early Uses Clothing
• at first, silk only available to Chinese of high rank

• emperor wore 1................. silk indoors
In industry
46
• silk items included parts of musical instruments, fishing strings and 2..................
Currency
• silk was used as payment of 3.................. as well as for wages and rewards
• silk replaced 4.................. as a unit of value
• silk soon used as payment in 5................... trade Evidence of silk trade 1070 BC,
Egypt:
• hair of a 6................... contained silk 2nd century BC, Persia and Mesopotamia:
• gifts of silk were presented by Chinese ambassadors

1015 AD, north-west China: •
• silk objects were hidden inside 7............................
QUESTIONS 8-13
NOT GIVE if there is no information on this
8 Their first sight of silk created fear among Roman soldiers.
9 The quality of Chinese silk imported by the early Romans varied widely.
10 The Byzantine emperor first acquired silkworm eggs from the Chinese emperor.
11 The price of high-grade Chinese silk fell due to competition from Middle-Eastern producers.
12 Silk was produced in the Middle East several centuries before it was produced in Europe.
13 Global silk production has declined in recent years.
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26, which are based on Reading Passage 2
on pages 6 and 7.
The discovery of a baby mammoth

A near-perfect frozen mammoth offers clues to a great vanished species
47
A On a May morning in 2007, on the Yamal Peninsula in northwestern Siberia, a Nenets
reindeer herder named Yuri Khudi stood on a sandbar on the Yuribey River, looking carefully at a
diminutive corpse. Although he'd never seen such an animal before, Khudi had seen many
mammoth tusks, the thick corkscrew shafts that his people found each summer, and this persuaded
him the corpse was a baby mammoth. It was eerily well preserved. Apart from its missing hair and
toenails, it was perfectly intact. Khudi realised the find might be significant and he knew he couldn't
just return home and forget all about it. He therefore decided to travel to the small town of Yar Sale
to consult an old friend named Kirill Serotetto. His friend took him to meet the director of the local
museum, who persuaded the local authorities to fly Khudi and Serotetto back to the Yuribey River to
collect the baby mammoth.
B Mammoths became extinct between 14,000 and 10,000 years ago and since the extinctions
coincided with the end of the most recent Ice age, many researchers believe that the primary cause
of the great die-off was the sharp rise in temperature, which dramatically altered the vegetation. 'We
have strong evidence that the temperature rise played a significant part in their extinction.' says
Adrian Lister, a palaeontologist and mammoth expert at London's Natural History Museum. 'In
Eurasia, the timing of the two events matches closely.' The extinctions also coincided, however, with
the arrival of modern humans. In addition to exploiting mammoths for food, they used their bones
and tusks to make weapons, tools, and even dwellings. Some scientists believe humans were as
much to blame as the temperature rise for the great die-off. Some say they caused it.
C The body of the baby mammoth was eventually sent to the St Petersburg Zoological Museum
in Russia. Alexei Tikhonov, the museum's director, was one of the first scientists to view the baby, a
female. According to Tikhonov, Khudi had rescued 'the best preserved mammoth to come down to
US from the Ice Age', and he gratefully named her Lyuba, after Khudi's wife. Tikhonov knew that no-
one would be more excited by the find than Dan Fisher, an American colleague at the University of
Michigan who had spent 30 years researching the lives of mammoths. Tikhonov invited Fisher,
along with Bernard Buigues, a French mammoth hunter, to come and view the baby mammoth.
Fisher and Buigues had examined other specimens together, including infants, but these had been
in a relatively poor state. Lyuba was another story entirely. Other than the missing hair and toenails,
the only flaw in her pristine appearance was a curious dent above the trunk.
D Fisher was particularly excited about one specific part of Lyuba's anatomy: her milk tusks.
Through his career, Fisher has taken hundreds of tusk samples. Most of these came from the Great
Lakes region of North America, and his research showed that these animals continued to thrive,
despite the late Pleistocene' temperature change. On the other hand, to Fisher the tusks often
revealed telltale evidence of human hunting. His samples frequently came from animals that had
died in the autumn, when they should have been at their peak after summer grazing, and less likely
to die of natural causes, but also when humans would have been most eager to stockpile meat for
the coming winter. He has done limited work in Siberia, but his analysis of tusks from Wrangel
Island, off the coast of Siberia, suggests the same conclusion.
48
E In December 2007, Buigues arranged for the specimen to be transported to Japan to undergo
a CT scan by Naoki Suzuki of the Jikei University School of Medicine. The test confirmed her
skeleton was undamaged, and her internal organs seemed largely intact. It also showed that the end
of her trunk, and her throat, mouth, and windpipe were filled with dense sediment. Six months later,
in a laboratory in St Petersburg, Fisher, Buigues, Suzuki, Tikhonov and other colleagues began a
three-day series of tests on Lyuba. During these, Fisher noted a dense mix of clay and sand in her
trunk, mouth and throat, which had been indicated earlier by the scan. In fact, the sediment in
Lyuba's trunk was packed so tightly that Fisher saw it as a possible explanation for the dent above
her trunk. If she was frantically fighting for breath and inhaled convulsively, perhaps a partial
vacuum was created in the base of her trunk, which would have flattened surrounding soft tissue. To
Fisher, the circumstances of Lyuba's death were clear: she had asphyxiated. Suzuki, however,
proposed a different interpretation, seeing more evidence for drowning than asphyxiation.
F Studies are ongoing, but Lyuba has begun to shed the secrets of her short life and some
clues to the fate of her kind. Her good general health was shown in the record of her dental
development, a confirmation for Fisher that dental research is useful for evaluating health and thus
key to investigating the causes of mammoth extinction. Analysis of her well-preserved DNA has
revealed that she belonged to a distinct population of Mammuthus primigenius and that, soon after
her time, another population migrating to Siberia from North America would take their place. Finally,
Lyuba's premolars and tusks revealed that she had been born in late spring and was only a month
old when she died.
--------------------------
• Pleistocene era: the time between roughly 2.6 million years ago and 10.000 years ago
QUESTIONS 14-18
Reading Passage 2 has six paragraphs, A-F.
Write the correct letter, A-F, in boxes 14-18 on your answer sheet
14 Similarities between studies of mammoth remains from different parts of the world.
15 Details of the uses to which mammoth body parts were put.
16 A theory that accounts for the damage to lyuba's face.
17 An explanation of how an individual was able to identify a small corpse.
18 A comparison between lyuba and other young mammoth corpses.
QUESTIONS 19-23
49
Look at the following statements (Questions 19-23) and the list of people below. Match each
statement with the correct person, A-G.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in boxes 19-23 on your answer sheet.
NB You may use any letter more than once.

19 The indications are that mammoths died as a result of climate change
20 Teeth analysis is important in discovering why mammoths died out
21 The corpse of the baby mammoth is in better condition than any other that has been discovered.
22 It would be a mistake to ignore the baby mammoth's discovery, because of its potential
importance.
23 Mammoths often died at a time of year when they should have been in good physical condition.
List of People A Yuri Khudi
B Kirill Serotetto
C Adrian Lister
DAlexei Tikhonov
E Dan Fisher
F Bermard Buigues
G Naoki Suzuki
QUESTIONS 24 - 26
Complete the sentences below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each
answer.
Write your answers in boxes 24-26 on your answer sheet
24 Some researchers say that a marked rise in temperature impacted on mammoths by changing
the type of ....................... available.
25 Fisher concluded that many of the mammoth tusks he looked at displayed signs
of..........................
26 Not long after Lyuba's death, the Mammuthus primigenius group she belonged to was replaced
by another group that came from..........................
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 10 and 11.
50
What makes a musical expert?
How does someone become expert in music? And IS it really possible to have a 'talent' for music?
Does that class of people acknowledged to be musical experts just have more of the same basic
skills we are all endowed with, or do they have a set of abilities - or neural structures -that are totally
different from those of the rest of US? Are high levels of musical achievement simply the result of
training and practice, or are they based on innate brain structure - what we refer to as 'talent'?
Talent can be defined as something that originates in genetic structures and that is identifiable by
trained people who can recognize its existence before a person has achieved exceptional levels of
performance. The emphasis on early identification means that to investigate it, we study the
development of skills in children.
It is evident that some children acquire skills more rapidly than others: the age of onset for walking
and talking varies widely, even between children in the same household. There may be genetic
factors at work, but these are closely linked with other factors - with a presumably environmental
component - such as motivation and family dynamics. Similar factors can influence musical
development and can mask the contribution of genetics to musical ability.
Brain studies, so far, haven't been of much use in sorting out the issues. Gottfried Schlaug at
Harvard collected brain scans of individuals with absolute pitch' (AP) and showed that a region in
the brain called the planum temporale is larger in these people than in others. This suggests that the
planum is involved in AP, but it's not clear if it starts out larger in people who eventually acquire AP,
or if the acquisition of AP makes the planum increase in size.
Results of research into the areas of the brain involved in skilled motor movement are more
conclusive. Studies of violin players have shown that the region of the brain responsible for
controlling the movement of the left hand (the hand that requires greater precision in violin playing)
increases in size as a result of practice. We do not know yet if the propensity for increase pre-exists
in some-peopled not others.
The evidence against talent comes from research on how much training the experts do. Like experts
in mathematics, chess, or sports, experts in music require lengthy periods of instruction and
practice. In several studies, the very best music students Were found to have practiced more than
twice as much as the others. In another study, students were secretly divided into two groups based
on teachers' perceptions of their talent. Several years later, it was found that the students who
achieved the highest performance ratings had practiced the most, irrespective of which 'talent' group
they had been assigned to, suggesting that practice does not merely correlate with achievement, but
causes it.
Anders Ericsson, at Florida State University, approaches the topic of musical expertise as a general
problem in cognitive psychology. He takes as a starting point the assumption that there are certain
issues involved in becoming an expert at anything; that we can learn about musical expertise by
studying expert chess players, athletes, artists, mathematicians, as well as the musicians
themselves. The emerging picture from such studies is that ten thousand hours of practice is
51
required to achieve the level of mastery associated with being a world-class expert - in anything. In
study after study, of composers, ice skaters, concert pianists, chess players and master criminals,
this number comes up again and again. Someone would do this amount of practice if they practiced,
for example, roughly 20 hours a week for ten years. Of course, this does not address why some
people do not seem to get anywhere when they practice, and why some people get more out of their
practice sessions than others. But no-one has yet found a case in which true world-class expertise
was accomplished in less time. It seems that it takes the brain this long to assimilate all that it needs
to know to achieve true mastery.
The ten-thousand-hour theory is consistent with what we know about how the brain learns. Learning
requires the assimilation and consolidation of information in neural tissue. The more experiences we
have with something, the stronger the memory/learning trace for that experience becomes. Although
people differ in how long it takes them to consolidate information neutrally, it remains true that
increased practice leads to a greater number of neural traces, which create stronger memory
representation.
The classic rebuttal to this theory goes something like this: 'What about Mozart? I hear that he
composed his first symphony at the age of four!' First, there is a factual error here: Mozart did not
write it until he was eight. Still, this is unusual, to say the least. However, this early work received
little acclaim and was not performed very often. In fact, the only reason we know about it is because
the child who wrote it grew up to become Mozart. And Mozart had an expert teacher in his father,
who was renowned as a teacher of musicians all over Europe. We do not know how much Mozart
practiced, but if he started at age two and worked thirty- two hours a week (quite possible, given that
his father was a stern taskmaster) he would have made his ten thousand hours by the time he
composed his first symphony. This does not mean that there are no genetic factors involved in
Mozart's greatness, but that inborn traits may not be the only cause.
-------------------------------------
• individuals with absolute pitch: people who can identify or sing any musical note correctly without
help
QUESTIONS 27-30
Write the correct letter in boxes 27-30 on your answer sheet
27 In the first paragraph, the writer suggests that a musician who IS talented someone A who is
aware of being set apart from other people.
B whose brain structure is unlike that of other people
C who can perform extremely well in early childhood.
52
D whose essential skills are more varied than those of ordinary people.
28 According to the writer, what is unclear about the findings of Gottfried Schlaug?
A which part of the brain is linked to a particular musical skill.
B which type of musical skill leads to the greatest change in the brain.
C whether a feature of the brain is a cause or an effect of a musical skill.
D whether the acquisition of a musical skill is easier for some people than others.
29 According to the writer, what has been established by studies of violin players?
A Changes may occur in the brain following violin practice.
B Left-handed violinists have a different brain structure from other people.
C A violinist's hand size is not due to practice but to genetic factors.
D Violinists are born with brains that have a particular structure
30 According to the writer, findings on the amount of practices done by expert musicians suggest
that
A talent may have little to do with expertise.
B practice may actually prevent the development of talent.
C talent may not be recognised by teachers.
D expertise may be related to quality of instruction.
QUESTIONS 31-36
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 3?
YES if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this
31 Anders Ericsson's work with cognitive psychology has influenced other researchers. 32 Different
areas of expertise seem to have one specific thing in common.
33 In order to be useful, practice must be carried out regularly every day.
34 Anyone who practices for long enough can reach the level of a world-class expert.
53
35 Occasionally, someone can become an expert at global level with fewer than 10,000 hours'
practice.
36 Existing knowledge of learning and cognitive skills supports the importance of practice.
QUESTIONS 37- 40
Complete the summary using the list of words, A-J, below.
Write the correct letter, A-J, in boxes 37-40 on your answer sheet.
Mozart
The case of Mozart could be quoted as evidence against the 10,000-hour-practice theory. However,
the writer points out that the young Mozart received a lot of 37...................... from his father, and that
the symphony he wrote at the age of 38................... was not 39.................... and may be of only
academic interest. The case therefore supports the view that expertise is not solely the result of
40.............. characteristics.
A popular E tuition J two
B artistic F encouragement H four
C completed G inherited I practice
D eight
54
ĐỀ 5
SECTION 1
QUESTION 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.

Rental Property Application Form
Example
Name: Susan Smith
Phone number: 1 ……………… (mobile)
Email address: Susansmith@ 2 ………………..
Current address: 234 Becketts Road
Brisbane.4054
New Zealand Employer: Auckland Hospital
Occupation: a 3 .....................
Rental start date: 8th February
Preferred property type: - first preference: a house with a 4
……………
- second preference,an apartment with a big

5 ................
Bedrooms: two
Furnishings: a 6 ............... is required
7 $ ………..... per week

Maximum rent: near the 8 .....................
Preferred location: must have 9 ................. nearby
Other requirements: would like 10 ................ included in the rent
SECTION 2 - QUESTIONS 11-20 Complete the notes

below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
55
The Pre-school Family Centre
Features of the Pre-school Family Centre
• for children from 11 ..............to 5 years old
• run as a 12 ................ by parents, who attend with their children
• parents receive special 13............... from the centre
• children's activities organised in 14 ................... age groups
Facts about the Centre
• sessions from 9.30-12.30 each morning
• one afternoon session to help prepare older children for 15 ................. at school
• parents must make several 16 ………..... before they enroll their child
• each centre is officially recognised and receives 17 ……………… funding
Parents' Commitments
• take on responsibility for a special 18 ………………

• attend one 19 ...................
Practical Advice
• attend regularly to help your child gain 20 ……………..

• younger children may need to leave early
• provide a snack for your child
SECTION 3
QUESTIONS 21-30
Presentation on foot injuries among sports players

21 John and Cath's presentation plans are different in A the examples used.
B the order of information.
C the main points made.
22 What do the students agree about the anatomy section of their presentation?
A It would be better if Cath spoke about it.
B It should be kept quite short.
C It should be based on information from the internet.
23 What do the students agree to include in the last section?
A visuals of injuries
56
B demonstrations of treatment
C interviews with patients
24 What is said about the different types of heel injury?
A Diagnosis is straightforward.
B They are expensive to treat.
C Some are more serious than others.
25 On the subject of causes of heel injuries, the students agree to A focus on a single reason.
B reject certain approaches.
C use a source written by their professor.
26 What does Cath say about stretching as a treatment?
A It is potentially risky.
B It is commonly confused with strengthening, C It is the least effective part of treatment.

QUESTIONS 27 AND 28
Choose TWO letters A-E.
Which TWO treatment techniques did the female runner find useful for her swollen heel?
A massage
B ultrasound
C rest
D balancing excerses
E ice
QUESTIONS 29 AND 30
Which TWO sports did the male sprinter find most effective during his rehabilitation progamme?
A swimming
B weight – training
C running on grass
D cycling
E jumping
SECTION 4 QUESTIONS 31-40

57
QUESTIONS 31-36

Different Types of Supermarket Layout
Layout Description Advantages Disadvantages
Gird parallel aisles • efficient use of • Uninteresting
floor space layout
• Controls • Shoppers can 32
31…………….. ……………..
Through their
shopping
Free – form 33 ……………. • Customers need • Poor use of space,
Organization more 34 so less
………….. to find 35 ………….
products
Boutique Displays arranged • Separates space • Poor use of space
around a food into 36 ………….
speciality Creates
•
attractives image
QUESTIONS 37-40
Which types of products are placed in each location in supermarkets?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to questions 37-40.
Types of Products
A more expensive products
B most profitable products
C products reduced in price

D products aimed at children
E products requiring careful selection
F slow-moving products
Locations
37 quieter areas ……………….
58
38 end of aisles ……………….
39 middle shelves ………………. 40 near the entrance ……………….
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on Reading passage I on
pages 2 and 3.
The Clipper Races: an era of competition between cargo ships

During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the British East India Company had the monopoly
on trade with China and India. This meant that because no rival could legally import tea or other
goods from these countries at this time, the company was rarely in a hurry to transport its
merchandise. Instead, its priority was to minimise costs by carrying as much as possible on each
ship. This meant that its ships - known as East Indiamen - were enormous, strong and very slow.
By 1800, the average East Indiamen could carry 1,200 tons of merchandise. The trading pattern for
China tea usually meant the East Indiamen set sail from Britain in January, sailed round the Cape of
Good Hope at the southernmost tip of Africa, and arrived in China in September. There they would
load up that year's tea harvest, set off again and, depending on the wind and weather, aim to arrive
back by the following September. So even with favourable sailing conditions, the round trip lasted
almost two years, and if anything went wrong it could take a lot longer.
However, by 1834 the company had lost its trading monopolies, and tea had become a freely traded
item. Having no more use for its great ships, the company sold them off, and many were bought by
merchants or their captains, who continued to plough the seas between Britain and China. But now
that tea could be traded freely, a few smart sailors began to realise that whoever brought each new
harvest of tea to Britain first, stood to make the most money.
This was partly because i# you were home first, you could sell your shipment of tea before your
competitors even arrived, and partly because consumers in Britain in the nineteenth century
believed that the fresher and earlier-picked the tea, the better the resulting drink. Tea traders now
needed faster, sleeker ships to bring their precious cargo back. Nevertheless, in Britain this idea
only caught on slowly, and white the 1840s saw a few faster ships launched, for the time being
many merchants remained satisfied with the slow but reliable East Indiamen.
In fact it was the Americans who pioneered the first clipper ships. These vessels were fast and
slender, with a narrow hull that was deeper at the back than at the front and masses of sails on tall
masts. They earned their name from the way that they clipped off journey times British merchants
resolved to build their own clippers to rival the Americans and the first British tea clipper, Stornaway,
was built in Aberdeen in 1850 More tea clippers were designed and built in Britain throughout the
1850s and 1860s, they had a narrower beam than their American equivalents, making them less
powerful during storms, but faster in calmer weather.
59
There was a great spirit of competition between the British and American ships plying the tea trade,
but to begin with the Americans had the edge. Then in 1851 a British ship owner, Richard Green,
built the aptly named clipper Challenger, with the stated intention of beating the American ships.
Loaded with tea, Challenger left China for London in 1852 at the same time as the American clipper
Challenge, a much larger, older ship, already greatly admired for its speed. Large sums were bet on
which would complete the journey first. In the event, the British ship beat its rival to London by two
days, amid much jubilation. From then on, such international races grew in popularity.
After 1855, American participation in the British tea trade gradually stopped. But even without the
Anglo-American rivalry, the competitive spirit continued. It was really ignited when new ports were
opened up for trade in China. These included Fouchow, which was much closer to the tea-producing
areas than Canton, the port used previously. As a result, tea could be loaded onboard earlier and
fresher, and the clippers could set off in late May or early June - sometimes not even taking time to
fill out the official paperwork - racing back to Britain whatever the difficulties.
They sped down through the South China Sea and into the Indian Ocean, then raced to get round
the southernmost tip of Africa at the Cape of Good Hope, Then it was north across the vast Atlantic,
past the Azores, through the English Channel and into the estuary of the River Thames. Once there,
they would be towed by tugs, up the river and into the docks.
The cargo of the winning ship could earn a premium of up to sixpence per pound-and so the captain
and crew were rewarded by the owners of the cargo. But the races were about more than just
money the crews, about 40 men on each clipper, were expert sailors, proud of their ships, and they
delighted in competing against each other. Without their enthusiasm, the races would never have
happened, since getting the ship home as fast as possible required the crew to be totally dedicated
and to sacrifice much of their rest for the duration of the race.
QUESTIONS 1 - 6

1 In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the British East India Company faced a lot of
competition.
2 Before 1800, cargo size was the most important consideration for the East India Company.
3 At best, voyages of the East Indiamen to China and back took nearly two years to complete.
4 Before 1834, voyages to and from China were considered to be highly dangerous.
60
5 After 1834, the ships which had served the East India Company stopped being used for
commercial purposes.
6 In the nineteenth century, British drinkers preferred tea made from mature leaves to that made
from younger leaves.
QUESTIONS 7 - 13
Clipper races
The ships
Clipper ships were first used for trading by American merchants. The ships were remarkable for the
number of 7 ……………… they had.
The performance of British tea clippers was particularly affected when there were 8
………….. at sea.
The races
It was in a ship called 9 …………. that the British first competed successfully against the
Americans.
Richard Green's ship arrived two days ahead of its competitor.
Competition increased when additional Chinese trading 10 ………………. Were established.
Merchants were occasionally in such a hurry that they failed to complete the 11 ………….. before
leaving China.
At the end of their journey, the ships needed the help of 12 ……………..
The rewards
The crews were motivated by both 13................ and their enthusiasm for the competition.
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26, which are based on Reading
Pessgge 2 on pages 6 and 7
Orientation of birds
61
A For many of us, the way birds are able toorientate is both astounding and difficult to
appreciate fully. For instance, the annual migration of tire golden plover of the Pacific takes it
from Alaska to Hawaii on a flight of well over 3000 kilometres, and if it were to deviate by only
one degree, it would miss the island on which it nests.
B The first systematic studies on orientation in birds were made possible by the
`homing instinct' exhibited by so many species. Birds are caught at a time when they show an
attachment to their territory, especially during the nesting season. They are taken to some spot,
released, and the percentage of returns is recorded. The distance can be varied, and the direction,
as well as the method of transporting them, and then the influence of climatic and other factors on
their ability to find their way home can be studied. These experiments have shown a wide variation
in ability to home, and three types of homing behaviour have been identified.
C In the first type, birds methodically explore the area in which they are released until they pick
up some familiar feature, and then they quickly find their way back to the nest. Such birds
possess a highly developed visual memory, as experiments with pigeons have shown.
Domestic pigeons have been trained to peck at a certain point on an aerial photograph, with a
system of rewards, and four years later the birds were still able to respond to this training
when placed on the aerial photograph. Birds' eyes have a power of resolution two to three
times greater than ours, enabling them to pick up very fine details. If a bird uses only this type
of homing behaviour, however, it can only succeed if the point of release is not too far away.
if the birds are transported 800 kilometres from their nest, it is only by good fortune that they
find their way back as a result of long exploratory flights. Usually, the area known to a bird is
its feeding territory. Released within this area, the birds soon make their return; release them
outside it and far fewer return. However, if a bird is released for a second time in the same
place, its visual memory comes into play, and the bird, no longer requiring tedious exploratory
flights, will return much more quickly.
D The second type of homing behaviour is shown by birds that are capable of choosing their
flight direction and holding to it for the rest of their journey. How do they decide what direction
to take? They appear to choose their normal migration direction even if they are released in a
different place from their usual stalling point. If, for example, birds which normally fly to the
north-east to reach latitude 45 degrees north are released at that latitude, they will
immediately start flying north-east anyway. So if they're released further to the west, they'll
maintain the correct direction, but fly west of their destination, and so fail to arrive.
E The third type of homing behaviour shows the highest degree of orientation. Released at one
point, the birds immediately take stock of it, compare its position with that of the nest, decide
on the direction and fly off. This happens even if the birds are in a country right off their
migration routes, where they have never been before. In one example, a laysan albatross
62
returned to its nesting area on Midway Island in the middle of the Pacific, having flown over
5000 kilometres from the west coastal of the USA in just over ten days. This is a perfect
example of the third type of homing, for the albatross clearly couldn't rely on any landmarks
over the vast expanse of the Pacific Ocean.
F The percentage of successful birds varies greatly, being highest in those species with a
strong migratory behaviour. Thus the lesser black-backed gull is more migratory than the
herring gull and more often reaches 'home'. Great migrants such as the swift have the highest
percentage of returns. In one case, seven out of nine alpine swifts were recaptured at their
nests after being displaced some 1400 kilometres; one made the journey in three days.
G What part does heredity play in all this? Two research studies suggest that instinctive, i.e.
genetically inherited, behaviour patterns play a part in navigation. The first was carried out by
Ernst Schuz and it is highly significant. Schuz caught first year European storks and released
them later, after the departure of the adult storks at a time when they normally make their
south-west autumn migration to Africa. The recaptures showed that, in spite of thefact that
there were no adults to guide them, the birds unanimously headed south-west. This was a
most striking finding, for it showed that the birds had an innate and unlearned attraction for
the African wintering area that they have occupied for thousands of years.
H The case of starlings is a little different. These birds have a great aptitude for homing, but this
behaviour differs in the different age groups. Birds that were shifted to the south-east of their
normal migration route split into two lots. The adults, in full possession of their gift for
orientation, found their wintering area by modifying their direction by 90 degrees, whereas the
juveniles sought their winter quarters to the southeast of their real position.
QUESTIONS 14 - 18
Complete the summery below.
Types of homing behaviour First type:
Birds rely on their sophisticated 14 ……………. However, they are generally most successful if they
are released within their feeding territory.
Second type:
Birds select their accustomed 15 …………… no matter where they are released. As a result, they
may miss their 16 ……………… Third type:
63
Birds orientate correctly, even when they are released in an unfamiliar place and have no
17 ………… to make use of. One bird with this type of skill is the 18 ………………
QUESTIONS 19 - 22
Reading Passage 2 has eight paragraphs, A-H Which paragraph contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A-H, in boxes 19-22 on your answer sheet.
19 the effects of distance on some birds' ability to find their nests
20 a methodology for testing the general ability of birds to find their nests
21 one aspect of physical ability in humans and birds
22 how some birds' migration was delayed for experimental purposes
QUESTIONS 23 - 26
Look at the following types of birds (Questions 23-26) and the list of points which the author wishes
to illustrate below.
Match each bird with the point which it illustrates, A-G.
23 domestic pigeon
24 alpine swift
25 European stork
26 starling
List of points which the author wishes to illustrate

A an ability to orientate without previous training
B the speed at which birds can fly
C the ability to remember things seen previously
D the effect of age on homing ability
E the strength required to fly a great distance
F a high success rate in finding nests
G the importance of seasonal cues for migrating birds
64
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40, which are based on Reading passage 3
on pages 10 and 11.
The role of accidents in business

In 1894 Dr John Kellogg and his brother. Will, were supervising a hospital and health spa in
Michigan. The patients were on a restricted diet. One day, the brothers left cooked wheat untended
for more than 24 hours. When they returned, they saw what they had done. It was no good to eat,
but they decided to run the stale wheat through rollers, just to see how it would turn out. Normally,
the process produced long sheets, but they were surprised to discover that this time the rollers
created flat flakes. They baked them, and then tried the same thing with corn. From this accidental
discovery came the cornflakes that generations have now been eating for breakfast.
Accidents happen; there is nothing predictable and orderly about innovation. Nobel laureate Sir Alan
Hodgkin, who discovered how nerve cells transmit electrical impulses between the skin and the
brain, commented: 'I believe that the record of my published papers conveys an impression of
directedness and planning which does not at all coincide with the actual sequence of events.'
The same rule applies in business. The mistake that gave us cornflakes keeps repeating itself in the
history of disruptive innovation, the kind that transforms markets. Louis Daguerre. for, instance,
discovered the technique that gave us photography in the 1830s, when drops of mercury from a
shattered thermometer produced a photographic image. The microwave was discovered when
Peroy Spender, a scientist with Raytheon, was testing a new vacuum tube and discovered that the
sweet in his pocket had melted. The artificial sweetener. saccharin, was the unintentional result of a
medical scientist's work on a chemical treatment for gastric ulcers. While working for the firm 3M,
researcher Art Fry had no idea he was taking the first steps towards Post-It Notes when he used bits
of adhesive office paper that could be easily lifted off the page to replace the scrap paper
bookmarks that kept falling out of his hymn book.
Breakthrough and disruptive innovation are rarely driven by orderly process. Usually they come out
of a chaotic, haphazard mess, which is why big companies, full of managers schooled in business
programmes designed to eliminate random variation and mistakes, struggle with them. In these
sorts of environments, accidents are called failures and are discouraged.
It is no surprise then that research from the late British economist Paul Geroski and London
Business School's Constantinos Markides found that companies that were skilled at innovation were
usually not that skilled when it came to commercialisation. and vice versa. Their book, Fast Second,
divides businesses into 'colonists' and 'consolidators'. Small and nimble, colonists are adept at
creating market niches but are terrible institution builders. Consolidators, with their strong cultures of
discipline and cost control, know how to take clever ideas from other firms and turn them into mass-
market items. Microsoft is a prime instance of this.
65
With companies spending hundreds of billions of dollars on research and development, US
academics Robert Austin and Lee Devin examined how managers can encourage productive slip-
ups. In their article Accident, Intention and Expectation in the Innovation Process, they argue that
business processes actually prevent helpful mis-steps from occurring. According to their catalogue
of accidents, not all false steps and mishaps are equal. Accidents, they say, come from unlikely
mental associations such as memories and vague connections, looking for something and finding it
in an unexpected way, looking for one thing and finding something else, and not looking for anything
but finding something valuable.
Accident-prone innovation, they say, requires companies to get outside the 'cone of expectation'. It
means throwing together groups from diverse backgrounds, and combining ideas in unpredictable
ways. Other strategies also include having systems that watch out for accidents and examine them
for value, generating them when they do not happen often enough, seizing oil the useful ones,
capturing their valuable features, and building on them to add value and give potential for useful
accidents.
All this, however, requires thinking that is often counter-intuitive to the way businesses operate. In
other words, it is the kind of thinking that goes against the beliefs of most business managers. It
runs counter to the notion frequently pushes by consultants that you can 'harness' creativity and
direct it to line up with intention. The cost of accidents business, people tend to call such efforts
failure.'
There are tentative signs that more companies are starting to realise that failure can lead to
commercial gain, and that this is part or the risk-talking that underpins innovation. Australia's largest
brewing company, for example, made a bad error when it launched a new beer called Empire Lager,
pitched at younger consumers. Having spent a fortune creating a beer with a sweeter taste,
designing a great-looking bottle and a television campaign, Foster's was left with a drink that no-one
wanted to buy. The target market was more interested in brands built up by word of mouth.
Instead of wiping the unsuccessfull product launch, Fosters used this lesson learned to go on and
develop other brands instead. One of them, Pure Blonde, is now ranked as Australia's fifth-largest
beer brand. Unlike Empire Lager, there has been almost no promotion and its sales are generated
more by word of mouth.
Other companies are taking similar steps to study their own slip-ups. Intuit, the company behind
financial tools such as Quicken, holds regular 'When Learning Hurts' sessions. But this sort of
transformation is never easy. In a market that focuses on the short-term, convincing employees and
shareholders to tolerate failure and not play it safe is a big thing to ask.
QUESTIONS 27-31
66
27 The delay in the process used by the Kellogg brothers affected the final product.
28 Sir Alan Hodgkin is an example of someone whose work proceeded in a logical and
systematic way.
29 Daguerre is an exception to the general rule of innovation.
30 The discovery of saccharin occurred by accident during drug research.
31 The company 3M should have supported Art Fry by funding his idea of Post-lt Notes.
QUESTIONS 32 - 35
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-H, below, Write the correct letter, AH, in boxes
32-35 on your answer sheet.
32 The usual business environment
33 Geroki and Markides's book
34 Microsoft is an example of a company which
35 The origin of useful accidents
A can be found in unusual thoughts and chance events.
B can be taught in business schools.
C has made a success from someone else's invention.
D is designed to nurture differences. E is unlikely to lead to creative innovation

F says that all mistakes are the same.
G shows that businesses are good at either inventing of selling.
H suggests ways of increasing the number of mistakes
QUESTIONS 36 - 40
Choose the correct letter, A, B, C or D
36 How do Austin and Devin advise companies to get out of the 'cone of expectation'?
A by decreasing the number of company systems
B by forming teams of different types of people C by hiring new and creative people
67
D by holding regular brainstorming meetings
37 In recommending 'counter-intuitive' thinking, what do Austin and Devin imply?
A that failing at business is bad for staff morale
B that innovation cannot be planned for
C that most businesses should be devoted to avoiding mistakes
D that the cost of mistakes is an important consideration
38 The writer describes the Empire Lager disaster in order to show that
A success can come out of a business failure
B the majority of companies now value risk-talking.
C TV advertising works better on older people
D young beer drinkers do not like a sweet taste
39 Pure Blonde has been more successful than Empire Lager because A digital media other
than TV were used.
B it was advertised under a different brand name.
C it was launched with very little advertising.
D the advertising budget was larger
40 The writer concludes that creating a culture that learns from mistakes A brings short-term
financial gains.
B can be very difficult for some companies.
C holds no risk for workers.
D is a popular move with shareholders
ĐỀ 6

Music Alive Agency
68
Example
Contact person: Jim Granley
Members' details are on a 1 ……………………..

Type of music represented: modem music (2 ………………… and
jazz) Newsletter comes out once a 3 ………………….. Cost of
adult membership: 4 £ …………………… Current number of
member: 5 …………………….
Facilities include: rehearsal rooms and a 6 …………………….
There is no charge for 7 …………………. advice
To become a member, send - a letter with contact details - a recent 8
…………………..
Address: 707, 9 …………………. Street, Marbury
Contact email: music. 10 …………………… @bsu.co.uk

Questions 11-14
Information for participants in the Albany fishing competition 11 What do

participants need to take to the registration desk?
A a form of identification
B a competitor number
C cash for the entrance fee
12 What does the entrance fee to the competition include?
A equipment for fishing
B all food for both days
C fuel for the fishing
13 Participants without a fishing license are recommended to apply for one A at the registration
desk.
B over the phone.
C on the internet.
14 What will happen at 6pm on Sunday?

69
A The time allocated for fishing will end.
B The fish caught will be judged.
C The prizes will be awarded to the winners.
Questions 15-20
Label the map below.
White the correct letter, A -I, next to questions 15-20.
Albany Fishing Competition Map
15 Registration area …………………………..
16 Shore fishing area …………………………..
17 Boat launching area …………………………..
18 Judging area …………………………..
19 Dining area ………………………….. 20 Prize-giving area
…………………………..

Questions 21-26
Choose the correct letter, A. B or C.
Preparing for the end-of-year art exhibition
70
21 Max and Abby agree that in the art exhibition they are looking forward to A showing
people their work.
B getting feedback from their tutor.
C talking to other students about their displays.
22 In last years exhibition, both students were impressed by A a set of metal sculptures.
B a series of wooden models.
C a collection of textile designs.
23 What has Max decided to call his display?
A Mother Nature
B Views of Farmland
C Seasons
24 What does Abby think will be difficult about preparing for their displays
A having enough time to set it up
B choosing which pieces to show
C filling up all the available space
25 What does Abby say about the summary they have to write?
A She isn't sure whether people will read it.
B It will be difficult to keep it short enough,
C It will be hard to clarify the reasons for her work.
26 What aspect of the display will the students organise themselves?
A arranging the lighting
B inviting local journalists
C providing comment forms
Questions 27-30
Which feature do the speakers identify as particularly interesting for each of the following exhibitions
they saw?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to questions 27-30
71
Interesting features
A the realistic colours
B the sense of space
C the unusual interpretation of the theme
D the painting technique
E the variety of materials use
F the use of light and shade
Exhibitions
27 On the Water ………………………
28 City Life ………………………
29 Faces ………………………
30 Moods ………………………
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below

The Mangrove Regeneration Project Background:
Mangrove forests:
• protect coastal areas from 31 ………………… by the sea
• are an important habitat for wildlife Problems:
• mangroves had been used by farmers as 32 …………………..
• mangroves were poisoned by the use of 33 …………………..

• Local people used the mangroves as a place to put their 34
…………………….
Actions taken to protect the mangroves:
• a barrier which was made of 35 …………………… was constructed — but it
failed
• new mangroves had to be grown from seed
• the seeds of the 36 …………………… mangrove were used

First set of seedlings:
72
• kept in small pots in a 37 ……………………..
• Watered with 38 …………………. water

• planted out on south side of a small island
• at risk from the large 39 ………………… population Second set of seedlings:
• planted in the seabed near established mangrove roots
• the young plants were destroyed in a 40 …………………….

Results:
The first set of seedlings was successful
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which ate based on Reading
Why good ideas fail

As part of a marketing course, two marketing experts comment on a hypothetical case study
involving TF, a fiction retail giant specializing in home furnishing. The experts give concrete
solutions and advice to assist students.
Hypothetical case study:

TF became a retail success in the 1970s when it succeeded in spotting homeware trends and
meeting the needs of its then trendy young customers. However; by 2004, the IF stores were failing
and a rethink was clearly necessary. Tibal Fisher, TF's founder and CEO, decided to change its
focus under the new brand name of TVs NextStage. His aim was to recapture the now ageing
customers that had given him his early success and target consumers aged 60+ with devices and
gadgets specifically designed to assist them with the problems associated with ageing: mobile
phones with screens that were easy to read; kitchen gadgets with comfortable grips; electronic
devices that were easy to set and adjust. TF's market research proved to be very positive, showing
strong consumer support for the products
In 2007, the stores were remodelled at a cost of US $40 million and the new brand was launched.
Each store was made more comfortable and featured a coffee shop to help increase traffic - Tibal
had predicted that if they could get customers into the stores then the products would sell
themselves. However, by 2009 it was clear that the idea was a failure and the stores consistently
remained empty. Customers complained that the new stores felt like a senior center and reminded
them that they were growing old.
Feedback from expert

Expert 1: Donna Sturgess, global head of innovation, GlaxoSmithKline
73
The TFteam's customer research efforts are a classic case of missing the subconscious
associations at work in consumers' minds. Tlbal and his executives looked only at surface attitudes.
Since those attitudes make up a relatively small part of the total consumer response, the executives
are clueless about the reason for the poor sales. It's critical for companies to understand that every
customer relates to a brand emotionally, and it's those emotions that trigger — or block —
purchases
That's why we've focused on using emotional strategies behind branding for a number of years now.
A great example Is Atli (pronounced 'ally'), a drug to aid weight loss. The product deals with a highly
emotional issue, so in marketing it, we faced the same challenge that the new TFstores are facing:
the very thought of buying the product reminds customers that they have problems they feel
negatively In the case of TF's NextStage, the problems are age and infirmity. In the case of AIli, the
problems are excessive weight and all consequences. There's always a risk that consumers'
negative feelings will discourage them from starting or staying on a diet. So, after extensive market
research, we took a number of steps to inject emotions into the whole process of using the product.
First we came up with a name that sounds like a helpful partner. We also aimed to make the
container both beautiful and functional — something that didn't just hold pills but could later be used
to store diet guides and recipes. Traditional market research is unlikely to uncover Ideas like this, so
we use a wide variety of techniques. Even simple techniques such as one-on-one interviews, or
ethnographical observation that involves going into people's houses to examine their behaviour, can
provide valuable data.
Expert 2: Alex Lee, president of OXO International, maker of OXO Good Grips household
products
This retailer can get back on track by remembering a principle that applies to consumers In general
and those aged 60+ in particular: they're attracted by brands they associate with the type of people
they'd like to be - not the type they really are. That's why marketing campaigns for surf gear feature
surfers, not the city dwellers who will wear the products while doing their shopping
I was reminded of this principle few years ago when we wanted to find out how far we could apply
our design philosophy of makings things easier to use in order to move from our core business,
kitchen tools, into other products. We conducted what are known as focus groups, where
participants were asked to look at photos of people and pick those they are perceived to be users
and nonusers of our products. Consistently they picked people who looked fit as the sort who would
use our products, and people who look old and boring as the sort who wouldn't. Yet the participants,
all owners of our products, looked a lot more like the later than the former
Although the needs of elderly users and those with deteriorating vision or dexterity are very much
taken into consideration when we develop new designs, we try to offer that appeal to 20- and 30-
year-olds. We believe that referring to these products as helping tools would serve only to harm the
brand in our customers' eyes. That's why our philosophy of universal design, which involves creating
products that are comfortably useable by the largest possible range of people, is never explicitly
stated as part of our marketing position.
74
We've found that market research does not need to be very sophisticated. For instance, we have
conducted simple surveys in the lobby of our building offering free products in exchange for people's
opinions. Some may call this unscientific but we have uncovered great insights this way. Sometimes
the most important signals come from an executive's own instincts. In Tibal fisher's case, this could
have told him what his surveys and focus groups didn't: 60-plus-year-olds won't support a business
that expects them to act their age.
Questions 1 - 5
on your answer, write
1 The TF NextStage stores planned to sell products to make life easier for older people 2 TF's
market research indicated that people liked the products.
3 It cost more than expected to remodel the TF stores.
4 The TF NextStage coffee shops sold their own brand of food and drink.
5 TF NextStage customers liked the atmosphere in the new stores
Questions 6 - 13
boxes 6-13 on your answer sheet
Feedback from experts

Donna Sturgess
Problems with customer research: • TF team limited their research to attitudes that occur at
a 6 …………….
level in customers' minds
• TF didn't consider customers' emotions How my company dealt with a similar
problem: • Product: Alli
• Use: help people achieve 7 ………………….

• Marketing aim: help customers see the product a positive way by:
75
− Giving the product a 8 ………………. that seems helpful and supportive
− Giving the product a reusable 9 …………………

Market research
• Does not need to be complex
• Good information can come from interviews or studying the 10
……………. of consumers in the home
Alex Lee
Problem:
• Customers are attracted to the ideal not the reality, e.g. ads for surf gear How
my company dealt with a similar problem:
• We organised 11 ………………… to find out what images customers associate

with our products
• we do not call our products helping tools in our marketing campaigns Market
research:
• Can be basic, e.g. by doing 12 …………………
• Company executives should follow their 13 ………………..
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-28, which are based on Reading Passage 2,
Keeping the water away

New approaches to flood control
A. Recently, winter floods on the rivers of central Europe have been among the worst for 600 to
700 years, and dams and dykes (protective sea walls) have failed to solve the problem.
Traditionally, river engineers have tried to get rid of the water quickly, draining it off the land and
down to the sea in rivers re-engineered as high-performance drains. But however high they build the
artificial riverbanks, the floods keep coming back. And when they come, they seem to be worse than
ever
B. Engineers are now turning to a different plan: to sap the water's destructive strength by
dispersing it into fields; forgotten lakes and floods plains. They are reviving river bends and marshes
to curb the flow, and even plugging city drains to encourage floodwater to use other means to go
76
underground. Back in the days when rivers took a winding path to the sea, floodwaters lost force
and volume while meandering across flood plains and inland deltas, but today the water tends to
have a direct passage to the sea. This means that, when it rains in the uplands, the water comes
down all at once.
C. Worse, when the flood plains are closed off, the river's flow downstream becomes more
violent and uncontrollable; by turning complex river systems into the simple mechanics of a water
pipe, engineers have often created danger where they promised safety. The Rhine, Europe's most
engineered river; is a good example. For a long time engineers have erased its backwaters and cut
it off from its plain. The aim was partly to improve navigation, and partly to speed floodwaters out of
Alps and down to the North Sea. Now, when it rains in the Alps, the peak flows from several
branches of the Rhine coincide where once they arrived separately, and with four-fifths of the Lower
Rhine's flood plain barricaded off, the waters rise. The result is more frequent flooding and greater
damage. The same thing has happened in the US on the Mississippi river, which drains the world's
second largest river catchment into the Gulf of Mexico. Despite some $7 billion spent over the last
century on levees (embankments) the situation is growing worse.
D. Specialists in water control now say that a new approach is needed - one which takes the
whole landscape into consideration. To help keep London's feet dry, the UK Environment Agency is
reflooding 10 square kilometres of the ancient flood plain of the River Thames outside Oxford.
Nearer to London, it has spent £100 million creating new wetlands and a relief channel across 16
kilometres of flood plain. Similar ideas ate being tested in Austria, in one of Europe's largest river
restorations to date. The engineers calculate that the restored flood plain of the Drava River can
now store up to 10 million cubic metres of floodwater, and slow down storm surges coming out of
the Alps by more than an hour, protecting towns not only in Austria, but as far downstream as
Slovenia and Croatia.
E. The Dutch, for whom preventing floods is a matter of survival, have gone furthest. This
nation, built largely on drained marshes and seabed, has had several severe shocks in the last two
decades, when very large numbers of people have had to be evacuated. Since that time, the Dutch
have broken one of their most enduring national stereotypes by allowing engineers to punch holes in
dykes. They plan to return up to a sixth of the country to its former waterlogged state in order to
better protect the rest.
F. Water use in cities also needs to change. At the moment, cities seem to create floods; they
are concreted and paved so that rains flow quickly into rivers. A new breed of 'soft engineers' wants
cities to porous, Berlin is one place where this is being done. Tough new rules for new
developments mean that drains will be prevented from becoming overloaded after heavy rains.
Architects of new urban buildings are diverting rainwater from the roofs for use in toilets and the
irrigation of roof gardens, while water falling onto the ground is collected in ponds, or passes
underground through porous paving. One high-tech urban development can store a sixth of its
77
annual rainfall, and reuse most of the rest challenge. Billions of dollars have been spent digging
huge drains and concreting riverbeds, but many communities still flood regularly. Meanwhile this
desert city ships water from hundreds of kilometres away to fill its taps and swimming pool. Los
Angeles has recently launched a new scheme to utilise floodwater in the Sun Valley section of the
city. The plan is to catch the rain that falls on thousands of driveways, parking lots and rooftops in
the valley. Trees will soak up water from parking lots; houses and public buildings will capture roof
water to irrigate gardens and parks, and road drains will empty into old gravel pits to recharge the
city's underground water reserves. Result: less flooding and more water for the city. It may sound
expensive, until we realise how much is spent trying to drain cities and protect areas from flooding,
and bow little this method achieves.
Questions 14 —19
Reading Passage 2 has seven paragraphs, A-G,
Write the correct letter. A-G, in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet
14 how legislation has forced building designers to improve water use
15 two reasons why one river was isolated from its food plain
16 how natural water courses in the past assisted flood control
17 an example of flood control on one river, affecting three countries
18 a country which has partly destroyed one of its most typical features in order to control water
19 the writer's comment on the comparative cost effectiveness of traditional flood control and
newer methods
Questions 20 and 21
Choose TWO letters A-E.
Write the correct letter, in boxes 20 and 21 on your answer sheet
According to the article, which TWO of these statements are true of the new approach to flood
control?
A. It aims to slow the movement of water to the sea.
B. It aims to channel water more directly into rivers.
C. It will cost more than twice as much as former measures.
D. It will involve the loss of some areas of land.
E. It has been tested only in The Netherlands.

78
Questions 22-26
Choose NO MORE THAN MO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answers in
22 Some of the most severe floods for many centuries have recently occurred in parts of
………………….
23 The Rhine and the ……………………. rivers have experienced similar problems with water
control
24 An area near Oxford will flooded to protect the city of ………………………
25 Planners who wish to allow water to pass more freely through city surfaces are called
…………………...
26 A proposal for part of the city of ……………………… could show whether small-scale water
projects could apply on a large scale.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27- 40, which are based on Reading Passage 3?
The Diprotodon (a rhinoceros-sized wombat), an example of Australia's now extinct megafauna
Australia's Megafauna Controversy

Just how long did humans live side by side with megafauna in Australia? Barry Brook, Richard
Gillespie and Paul Martin dispute previous claims of a lengthy coexistence
Over the past 50 millennia, Australia has witnessed the extinction of many species of large animals,
including a rhinoceros-sized wombat and goannas the size of crocodiles Debate about the possible
cause of these extinctions has continued for more than 150 years and one the crucial questions
raised is how long humans and megafauna coexisted in Australia. We need to know the overlap of
time to make an informed choice between the two main theories regarding the causes of these
extinctions. If humans and megafauna coexisted for a protracted period then climate change is the
more likely cause. However, if the megafauna became extinct shortly after the arrival of humans,
then humans are the likely culprits
The archaeological site at Cuddie Springs in eastern Australia appears to be well preserved. This
dusty claypan holds within its sediments a rich cache of flaked stone and seed-grinding tools, and
side by side with these clear signals of human culture are the bones of a dozen or more species of
megafauna. Drs Judith Field and Stephen Wroe of the University of Sydney, who excavated the site,
79
claim that it provides unequivocal evidence of a long overlap of humans and megafauna, and
conclude that aridity leading up to the last Ice Age brought about their eventual demise. In the long-
standing explanation of this site, artefacts such as stone tools and extinct animals remain were
deposited over many thousands of years in an ephemeral lake- a body of water existing for a
relatively short time — and remained in place and undisturbed until the present day.
There is no disputing the close association of bones and stones at Cuddie Springs, as both are
found 1 to 1.7 metres below the modern surface. The dating of these layers is accurate: ages for the
sediments were obtained through radiocarbon dating of charcoal fragments and luminescence
dating of sand grains from the same levels (revealing when a sample was last exposed to sunlight).
Intriguingly, some of the stone show surface features indicating their use for processing plants, and
a few even have well-preserved blood and hair residues suggesting they were used in butchering
animals.
But is the case proposed by Field aside Wroe clear-cut? We carried out a reanalyse of the scientific
data from Cuddie Springs that brings into question their conclusions. The amount of anthropological
evidence found at the site is remarkable: we estimate there are more than 3 tonnes of charcoal and
more than 300 tonnes of stone buried there. Field and Wroe estimate that there are approximately
20 million artefacts. This plethora of tools is hard to reconcile with a site that was only available for
occupation when the lake was dry. Furthermore, no cultural features such as oven pits have been
discovered. If the sediment layers have remained undisturbed since being laid down, as Field and
Wroe contend, then the ages of those sediments should increase with depth. However, our analysis
revealed a number of inconsistencies.
First, the charcoal samples are all roughly 36,000 years old. Second, sand in the two upper levels is
considerably younger than charcoal from the same levels. Third, Field and Wroe say that the tools
and seed-grinding stones used for plant and animal processing are accient, yet they are very similar
to implements found elsewhere that were in use only a few thousand years ago. Also interest is the
fact that a deep drill core made a mere 60 metres from the site recovered no stone artefact or fossil
bones whatsoever. These points suggests strongly that the sediments have been moved about and
some of the old charcoal has been re-deposited in younger layers. Indeed, one sample of cow bone
found I metre below the surface came from sediments where charcoal dated at 6,000 and 23,000
years old is mixed with 17,000-year-old sand. The megafauna bones themselves have not yet
dated, although new technological developments make this a possibility in the near future.
We propose that the archaeologists have actually been sampling the debris carried by ancient flood
channels beneath the site, including charcoal transported from bushfires that intermittently occurred
within the catchment. Flood events more likely explain the accumulation of megafauna remains, and
could have mixed old bones With fresh deposits. European graziers also disturbed the site in 1876
by constructing a well to provide water their cattle. Given the expense of well-digging, we speculate
that the graziers made sure it was protected from the damage caused by cattle hooves by lining the
surface with small stones collected from further afield, including prehistoric quarries. This Idea Is
consistent with the thin layer of stones spread over a large area, with cattle occasionally breaking
80
through the gravel surface and forcing the stone and even cattle bones deeper into the waterlogged
soil.
The lack of conclusive evidence that humans and megafauna coexisted for a lengthy period casts
doubt on Field and Wroe's assertion that climate change was responsible for the extinction of
Australia's megafauna. However, we do not suggest that newly arrived, well-armed hunters
systematically slaughtered all the large beasts they encountered. Recent studies based on the
biology of modern-day large
Mammals, combined with observations of people who still practise a traditional huntergatherer
lifestyle, reveal an unexpected paradox and suggest a further possible explanation as to what
happened. Using a mathematical model, It was found that a group of 10 people killing only one
juvenile Diprotodon each year would be sufficient to bring about the extinction of that spaces within
1,000 years. This suggests that here, as in other parts of the word, the arrival of humans in lands
previously inhabited only by animals created a volatile combination in which large animals fared
badly.
Questions 27-30
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 3? In boxes 27-
27 Field and Wroe argue that findings at the Cuddie Springs site show that people lived in this
area at the same time as megafauna.
28 Field and Wroe believe it is likely that smaller megafauna species survived the last Ice Age
29 The writers believe that the dating of earth up to 1.7m below the present surface at Cuddie
Springs is unreliable.
30 Some artefacts found at Cuddie Springs were preserved well enough to reveal their function
Questions 31 — 35
Complete the summary using the list of words, A-I, below
Write the correct letter, A-I in boxes 31-35 on your answer sheet
81
The writers' arguments against Field and Wroe's analysis of the scientific data from Cuddie
Springs
One objection to Field and Wroe's interpretation is the large quantity of charcoal, 31 ………………
and artefacts found at Cuddie Springs. Such large numbers of artefacts would impossible if the area
had been covered with 32 ……………………... for a period. There is also a complete lack of man-
made structures, for instance those used for 33
………………………
Other evidence that doubt on Field and Wroe's claim is the fact that while some material in the
highest levels of sediment is 36,000 years old, the 34 …………………….. in the same levels is
much more recent. The tools used to process plants and animals may also be newer than Field and
Wroe believe. Further evidence against human occupation of the area is the absence of tools and
35 ……………… a short distance away,
A seeds B stone C sand
D cooking E deep drill core F water
G fossil bones H sediment I storage
Questions 36-40
Choose the letter, A, B, C or D.
36 What conclusions did the writers reach about the inconsistencies in the data from Cuddie
Springs?
A. The different layers of sediment have been mixed over time.
B. The sand evidence is unhelpful and should be disregarded.
C. The area needs to be re-examined when technology improves.
D. The charcoal found in the area cannot be dated.
37 According to the writers, what impact could a natural phenomenon have had on this site?
A. Floods could have caused the death of the megafauna.
B. Floods could have disturbed the archaeological evidence.
C. Bushfires could have prevented humans from settling in the area for any length of time
D. Bushfires could have destroyed much of the evidence left by megafauna and humans
38 What did the writers speculate about the people who lived at this site in 1876?
82
A. They bred cattle whose bones could have been confused with megafauna
B. They found that the soil was too waterlogged for farming
C. They allowed cattle to move around freely at the site
D. They brought stones there from another area
39 In the final paragraph what suggestion do the writers hide about Australia's megafauna?
A. A rapid change in climate may have been responsible for the extinction of the
megafauna.
B. Megafauna could have died out as a result of small numbers being killed year after
year.
C. The population of humans at that time was probably insufficient to cause the extinction
of the megafauna.
D. The extinction of ancient animals should not be compared to that of modernday

species.
40 Which of the following best represents the writers' criticism of Field and Wroe?
A. Their methods were not well thought out
B. Their excavations did not go deep enough.
C. Their technology failed to obtain precise data.
D. Their conclusions were based on inconsistent data.
ĐỀ 7
SECTION 1 Question 1 - 10 Complete the table
below.
Washing Machine Warranty
Personal details
• Name Judie Smith
• Reference number: 1 ……………….
• Time of purchase 2 ……………….
83
• Current address 120 3 ………………., Oxford
• Postcode: 4 ……………….
Problems
• The floor was wet because of the 5.......................
• The washing machine was out of control and the woman 6....................... Immediatel
• The floor is made of 7........................
Arrangement for the repair work

• Ask a 8...................... to repair the washing machine
• The repairman is available 9.........................
• The woman's house is oppsite the 10 ………………..….
SECTION 2 Question 11-20

Question 11-15
Choose the correct letter, A,B or C
Driving license in UK 11 what do

you need to exchange driving in UK?
A a medical report
B current non- UK license
C current redidents in UK/ UE
12 what does speak say about transaction?
A need go to a offcial agency
B no always necessary C company service included 13 why

the photos rejected?
A wearing glasses
B cream background instead of mono grey
C in poor condition
14 how does speaker think about the check service?
84
A speed up the process
B the information of form is confused 15 suggest for quick

application?
A look for personal recommendation
B compare for low prices
C field via the Internet
Question 16-20
16 London- have clear signs
17 Edinburf- good traffic light
18 Cardiff- multiple lanes
19 manchester- ring roads around the city
20 oxford- many roads into the city centre

Questions 21-26
What problem does Mona point out about each part of the hotel where she interned?
Write the correct letter, A-F, next to Question 21-26
Problems
A it is lacks patience.
B it is very strict
C it is a daily routine
D it lacks sufficient staff
E it is noisy
F it is very tiring
Parts of the hotel
21 reception …………………..
22 restaurant …………………..
85
23 coffee bar …………………..
24 shop …………………..
25 personal office . …………………..
26 cleaning …………………..
Questions 27-30
27 how does the experience benefit Mona?
A It is good for her future job
B It is good for her dissertation.
C It can let her know something about the specific job.
28 Why does the tutor want Mona to do the presentation?
A Because she can do it skilfully.
B Because she wants to do it herself
C Because she can show other students how to do a presentation 29 what does
Mona suggest Tom do?
A Talk to the university's career centre
B talk to his tutor
C contact the hotel manager
30 what is Tom's plan for his own essay?
A To study about the rise of five- star hotels
B to use a video approach
C To do research into how the hotel industry works

below.
86
The Early History of Salt
Introduction
• Salt is essential for human 31.......................
Ancient Rome
• The word 32........................ comes from the Latin word's solarium argetum, which was used
to describle the payment to Roman soldiers.
Ancient Sweden
• Animals were kept in the local 33......................... at the right time of year.
• Fresh meat was only available in 34............................
• Salt has been used widely: we can tell from the diet of the 35…………………. in Sweden.
• 36...................... Consumption increased rapidly because the food was much too salty.
Salt sources
• In ancient Sweden
- Locals needed to protect the 39……………....... By which they imported salt.
• In other ancient countries
- People carrying salt around were seen as a natural means of

40.........................
IELTS READING
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 1-13 which are based on Reading Passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3.
A Brief History of Tea
A The story of tea began in ancient China over 5,000 years ago. According to legend, the Emperor
Shen Nung was a skilled ruler, creative scientist and patron of the arts. His far- sighted edicts
required, among other things, that all drinking water be boiled as a hygienic precaution. One
summer day while visiting a distant region of his realm, he and the court stopped to rest. In
accordance with his ruling, the servants began to boil water for the court to drink. Dried leaves
from a nearby bush fell into the boiling water, and as the leaves infused the water turned brown.
87
As a scientist, the Emperor was intrigued by the new liquid, drank some, and found it very
refreshing. And so, according to legend, tea was created.
B Tea consumption spread throughout Chinese culture, reaching into every aspect of the society:
The first definitive book was written on tea - a book clearly reflecting Zen Buddhist philosophy -
1,200 years ago, The first tea seeds were brought to Japan by a returning Buddhist priest, who
had seen the value of tea in enhancing meditation in China. As a result, he is known as the
'Father of Tea' in Japan. Because of this early association, tea in Japan has always been linked
with Zen Buddhism. Tea received the Japanese Emperots support almost instantly and spread
rapidly from the royal court and monasteries to other sections of society.
C Tea was elevated to an art form in the Japanese tea ceremony, in which supreme importance is
given to making tea in the most perfect, most polite, most graceful, most charming manner
possible. Such a purity of expression prompted the creation of a particular form of architecture for
tea house: duplicating the simplicity of a forest cottage. The cultural/artistic hostesses of Japan,
the geishas, began to specialize in the presentation of the tea ceremony. However, as more and
more people became involved in the excitement surrounding tea, the purity of the original
concept was lost, and for a period the tea ceremony became corrupted, boisterous and highly
embellished. Efforts were then made to return to the earlier simplicity, with the result that, in the
15th and 16th centuries, tea was viewed as the ultimate gift. Even warlords paused for tea before
battles.
D While tea was at this high level of development in parts of Asia, information concerning the then
unknown beverage began to filter back to Europe. Earlier traders had mentioned it, btit were
unclear as to whether tea should be eaten or drunk. The first European to personally encounter
tea and write about it was Portuguese - Portugal, with her technologically advanced navy, had
been successful in gaining the first right of trade with China.
E Tea finally arrived in Europe in the 16tr' century, brought to Holland by the country's navy, and
becoming very fashionable in the Dutch capital, the Hague. This was due in part to tea being very
expensive (over $100 per pound), which immediately made it the domain of the wealthy. Slowly,
as the amount of tea imported increased, the price fell, and by 1675 it was available in common
food shops throughout Holland.
F As the consumption of tea increased dramatically in Dutch society, doctors and university
authorities in Holland argued as to its benefits or drawbacks. The public largely ignored the
scholarly debate and continued to enjoy their new beverage, through the controversy lasted from
1635 to roughly 1657. Throughout this period, France and Holland led Europe in the use of tea.
88
G As the craze for all things oriental swept through Europe, tea became part of the way of life.
Adding milk to the drink was first mentioned in 1680. Around that time, Dutch inns provided the
first restaurant service of tea. Innkeepers would furnish guests with a portable tea set complete
with a heating unit. The Dutchman would then prepare tea for himself and his friends outside in
the inn garden. Tea remained popular in France for only about fifty years, being replaced by a
preference for wine, chocolate, and exotic coffees. Tea was introduced into England in 1660 by
King Charles II and his Portuguese queen, who were both confirmed tea drinkers. Tea mania
swept across England as it had earlier spread throughout France and Holland. By 1708 tea
importation had risen to thirteen times the 1699 level. Tea was drunk by all levels of society.
H The Russian interest in tea began as early as 1618, when the Chinese embassy in
Moscow presented several chests of tea to the Emperor, Czar Alexis. Later in the century, a trade
treaty between Russia and China allowed caravans to cross back and forth freely between the two
countries. Still, the journey was not easy. The average caravan consisted of 200 to 300 camels, and
the 18,000-kilometre trip took over 16 months to complete. Eventually, however, tea became - as it
still is - one of the most popular drinks in the country.
Question 1- 8
Write the correct number, i-xi, in boxes 1-8.0n your answer sheet. List of
Headings
i Not enough tea to meet demand
ii. Religious objections iii. in - and sometimes out
of- fashion iv. A connection between tea and
religion v. A luxury item
vi. News of tea reaches another continent vii. Is
tea a good or bad thing? viii. A chance discovery ix.
Tea-making as a ritual
x. Difficulties in importing tea
1. Paragraph A
2. Paragraph B
3. Paragraph D
4. Paragraph C
89
5. Paragraph E
6. Paragraph F
7. Paragraph G
8. Paragraph H
Question 9 - 13
Look at the following statements (Question 9-13) and the list ofcountries below.
Match each statement with the correct country, A-G.
Write the correct letter, A-G, in boxes 9-13 On your answer sheet.
List of Countries
A China
B. Japan
C Portugal
D Holland
E France
F England
G Russia
9. Claims that tea might be harmful failed to affect it popularity.
10. Tea lost favour to other drinks.
11. Special buildings were constructed in which to drink tea.
12. Animals were involved in importing tea.
13. A ruler's specialist knowledge led to an interest in tea.
READING PASSAGE 2
below.
New filter promises clean water for millions

90
A. An ingenious invention is set to bring clean water to the third world, and while the science
may be cutting edge, the materials are extremely down to earth. A handful of clay yesterday's coffee
grounds and some cow manure are the ingredients that could bring clean, safe drinking water to
much of the third world.
B. The simple new technology, developed by ANU materials scientist Mr. Tony Flynn, allows
water filters to be made from commonly available materials and fired on the ground using cow
manure as the source of heat, without the need for a kiln. The filters have been tested and shown to
remove common pathogens (disease-producing organisms) including E-coli. Unlike other water
filtering devices, the filters are simple and inexpensive to make. "They are very simple to explain
and demonstrate and can be made by anyone, anywhere," says Mr. Flynn. "They don't require any
western technology. All you need is terracotta clay, a compliant cow and a match."
C. The production of the filters is extremely simple. Take a handful of dry, crushed clay, mix it
with a handful of organic material, such as used tea leaves, coffee grounds or rice hulls, add enough
water to make a stiff biscuit-like mixture and form a cylindrical pot that has one end closed, then dry
it in the sun. According to Mr. Flynn, used coffee grounds have given the best results to date. Next,
surround the pots with straw; put them in a mound of cow manure, light the straw and then top up
the burning manure as required. In less than 60 minutes the filters are finished. The walls of the
finished pot should be about as thick as an adult's index. The properties of cow manure are vital as
the fuel can reach a temperature of 700 degrees in half an hour and will be up to 950 degrees after
another 20 to 30 minutes. The manure makes a good fuel because it is very high in organic material
that bums readily and quickly; the manure has to be dry and is best used exactly as found in the
field, there is no need to break it up or process it any further.
D. "A potter's din is an expensive item and can could take up to four or five hours to get upto 800
degrees. It needs expensive or scarce fuel, such as gas or wood to heat it and experience to run it.
With no technology, no insulation and nothing other than a pile of cow manure and a match, none of
these restrictions apply," Mr. Flynn says.
E. It is also helpful that, like terracotta clay and organic material, cow dung is freely available
across the developing world. "A cow is a natural fuel factory. My understanding is that cow dung as
a fuel would be pretty much the same wherever you would find it." Just as using manure as a fuel for
domestic uses is not a new idea, the porosity of clay is something that potters have known about for
years, and something that as a former ceramics lecturer in the ANU School of Art, Mr. Flynn is well
aware of.
The difference is that rather than viewing the porous nature of the material as a problem after all not
many people want a pot that won't hold water his filters capitalize on this property.
91
F. Other commercial ceramic filters do exist, but, even if available, with prices starting at US$5
each, they are often outside the budgets of most people in the developing world. The filtration
process is simple, but effective. The basic principle is that there are passages through the filter that
are wide enough for water droplets to pass through, but too narrow for pathogens. Tests with the
deadly E-coli bacterium have seen the filters remove 96.4 to 99.8 per cent of the pathogen — well
within safe levels. Using only one filter it takes two hours to filter a litre of water. The use of organic
material, which burns away after firing, helps produce the structure in which pathogens will become
trapped. It overcomes the potential problems of finer clays that may not let water through and also
means that cracks are soon halted. And like clay and cow dung, it is universally available.
G. The invention was born out of a World Vision project involving the Manatuto community in
East Timor The charity wanted to help set up a small industry manufacturing water filters, but initial
research found the local clay to be too fine a problem solved by the addition of organic material.
While the AF problems of producing a working ceramic filter in East Timor were overcome, the
solution was kiln-based and particular to that community's materials and couldn't be applied
elsewhere. Manure firing, with no requirement for a kiln, has made this zero technology approach
available anywhere it is needed. With all the components being widely available, Mr. Flynn says
there is no reason the technology couldn't be applied throughout the developing world, and with no
plans to patent his idea, there will be no legal obstacles to it being adopted in any community that
needs it. "Everyone has a right to clean water, these filters have the potential to enable anyone in
the world to drink water safely," says Mr. Flynn.
Questions 14-19
Complete the flow-chart below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS/ AND A NUMBER from
the passage for each answer.
Step-by-step guide to making Flynn's water filters

Making the mixture for the filter from organic material (e.g. tea, coffee, rice), 14
……………….. and 15……………….
Shape into pots and place them in a fire made from 16 ………………. and 17
…………………
Fuel the fire to reach a maximum heat of 18 …………………. Remove the filters
from the fire
Bake the filters in the fire for a maximum period of 19 ………………
92
Questions 20-23
20 The clay in the Manatuto project was initially unsuitable for the project's purpose.
21 Coffee grounds produce filters that are twice as efficient as those using other organic materials.
22 It takes half an hour for a cow-manure fire to reach 950 degree.
23 E-coli is the most difficult bacterium to remove from water by filtration.
Questions 24-26
24 The Manatuto project aimed to set up a A charitable trust.
B filtration experiment.
C water filter factory.
D community kiln.
25 To be effective, the Flynn filters must A remove ail dangerous pathogens.

B be a particular thickness.
C filter water as quickly as possible.
D be made from 100 per cent clay.
26 Flynn does not intend to patent his filter because he A wants it be freely available.
B has produced a very simple design.
C cannot make a profit in poor countries.
D has already given the idea to a charity.
The Cause of Linguistic Change
93
A The changes that have caused the most disagreement are those in pronunciation. We have
various sources of evidence for the pronunciations of earlier times, such as the spellings, the
treatment of words borrowed from other languages or borrowed by them, the descriptions of
contemporary grammarians and spelling-reformers, and the modern pronunciations in all the
languages and dialects concerned From the middle of the sixteenth century, there are in England
writers who attempt to describe the position of the speech-organs for the production of English
phonemes, and who invent what are in effect systems of phonetic symbols. These various kinds of
evidence, combined with a knowledge of the mechanisms of speech-production, can often give us a
very good idea of the pronunciation of an earlier age, though absolute certainty is never possible.
B When we study the pronunciation of a language over any period of a few generations or
more, we find there are always large-scale regularities in the changes: for example, over a certain
period of time, just about all the long [a:] vowels in a language may change into long [e:] vowels, or
all the [b] consonants in a certain position (for example at the end of a word) may change into [p]
consonants. Such regular changes are often called sound laws. There are no universal sound laws
(even though sound laws often reflect universal tendencies), but simply particular sound laws for
one given language (or dialect) at one given period
C It is also possible that fashion plays a part in the process of change. It certainly plays a part in
the spread of change: one person imitates another, and people with the most prestige are most
likely to be imitated, so that a change that takes place in one social group may be imitated (more or
less accurately) by speakers in another group. When a social group goes up or down in the world,
its pronunciation of Russian, which had formerly been considered desirable, became, on the
contrary, an undesirable kind of accent to have, so that people tried to disguise it. Some of the
changes in accepted English pronunciation in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries have been
shown to consist in the replacement of one style of pronunciation by another style already existing,
and it is likely that such substitutions were a result of the great social changes of the period: the
increased power and wealth of the middle classes, and their steady infiltration upwards into the
ranks of the landed gentry, probably carried elements of middle-class pronunciation into upper-class
speech.
D A less specific variant of the argument is that the imitation of children is imperfect: they copy
their parents' speech, but never reproduce it exactly. This is true, but it is also true that such
deviations from adult speech are usually corrected in later childhood. Perhaps it is more significant
that even adults show a certain amount of random variation in their pronunciation of a given
phoneme, even if the phonetic context is kept unchanged. This, however, cannot explain changes in
pronunciation unless it can be shown that there is some systematic trend in the failures of imitation:
if they are merely random deviations they will cancel one another out and there will be no net
change in the language.
94
E One such force which is often invoked is the principle of ease, or minimization of effort. The
change from fussy to fuzzy would be an example of assimilation, which is a very common kind of
change. Assimilation is the changing of a sound under the influence of a neighbouring one. For
example, the word scant was once skamt, but the /m/ has been changed to /n/ under the influence
of the following /t/. Greater efficiency has hereby been achieved, because /n/ and /t/ are articulated
in the same place (with the tip of the tongue against the teeth-ridge), whereas /m/ is articulated
elsewhere (with the two lips). So the place of articulation of the nasal consonant has been changed
to conform with that of the following plosive. A more recent example of the same kind of thing is the
common pronunciation of football as football.
F Assimilation is not the only way in which we change our pronunciation in order to increase
efficiency. It is very common for consonants to be lost at the end of a word: in Middle English, word-
final [-n] was often lost in unstressed syllables, so that baken 'to bake' changed from [`ba:kan] to
[ba:k3], and later to [ba:k]. Consonant-clusters are often simplified. At one time there was a [t] in
words like castle and Christmas, and an initial [k] in words like knight and know. Sometimes a whole
syllable is dropped out when two successive syllables begin with the same consonant (haplology): a
recent example is temporary, which in Britain is often pronounced as if it were tempory.
Questions 27-30
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer.
The pronunciation of living language undergo changes throughout thousands of years.

Large scale regular Changes are usually called 27 ……………….. There are three reasons for these
changes. Firstly, the influence of one language on another; when one person imitates another
pronunciation(the most prestige's), the imitation always partly involving factor of 28
…………………... Secondly, the imitation of children from adults language sometimes are 29 ……..
…………, and may also contribute to this change if there are insignificant deviations though later
they may be corrected Finally, for those random variations in pronunciation, the deeper evidence
lies in the 30 …………………. or minimization of effort.
Questions 31-37
In boxes 31-37 on your answer sheet, write:
95
31. It is impossible for modern people to find pronunciation of words in an earlier age
32. The great change of language in Russian history is related to the rising status and fortune of
middle classes.
33. All the children learn speeches from adults white they assume that certain language is difficult
to imitate exactly.
34. Pronunciation with causal inaccuracy will not exert big influence on language changes.
35. The word scant can be pronounced more easily than skamt
36. The [g] in gnat not being pronounced will not be spelt out in the future.
37. The sound of 'temporary' cannot wholly present its spelling.
Questions 38-40
Look at the following sentences and the list of statements below. Match each statement with the
correct sentence, A-D.
Write the correct letter, A-D, in boxes 38-40 on your answer sheet.
A. Since the speakers can pronounce it with less effort
B. Assimilation of a sound under the influence of a neighbouring one
C. It is a trend for changes in pronunciation in a large scale in a given period
D. Because the speaker can pronounce [n] and [t] both in the same time
38. As a consequence, t' will be pronounced as
39. The pronunciation of [mt] changed to [nt]
40. The omit of 'f in the sound of Christmas
96
ĐỀ 8
PART 1
Question 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Consultation

Patient Information
Name: Anu 1 ………………… Post code 2
……………….. Current address: 3 ………………..
Avenue Birthday: October 1st 4………………..
Phone number: 875934
Health Condition
Background: Illness has lasted for 5 …………… days
Symptom: see 6 ……………. lights
Possible cause: the room was too 7………………
Previous hospital: 8 ……………. Hospital
Suggestions
Have a good rest after staring at a 9 …………….. for a long time Use some
medicine to ease eye 10 ……………….
PART 2
Questions 11-13
Wildlife Park 11 Where is

the information board?
A At the reception
B Inside the cottage
C On the beach
12 Which sport do customers have to book in advance?
97
A Beach soccer
B Water-skiing
C Scuba diving
13 What does the cave tour ticket price include
A shoes
B a map of cave
C Safety helmet
14 Davison Wildlife Park is a great place for 14 ………………….
15 Children are allowed to 15 ……………….
16 Red kangaroos are larger than 16 ……………….
17 Crocodiles can live for at least 17 ………………
Questions 18 — 20
Choose THREE correct answers.
Which THREE activities are popular now for tourists in inland region?
A hill hiking
B barbecue and bonfire
C buying souvenirs
D visiting EMU farm
E visiting cheese factory
F following nature trails
G fruit picking
H staff
Part 3 Questions 21-30

Questions 21-25
98
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
21 Why did they do it as a team?
A They needed to do a lot of research.
B They had worked together before.
C The research was very complicated.
22 Who will be the interviewees at the first stage?
A manufacturers
B shoppers
C managers
23 What is the manufacturers' top priority on the labels?
A the weight
B the ingredients
C the price
24 What result surprised them?
A There are a lot of additives in food.
B The cost of food is much higher than before.
C Fast food is popular among customers.
25 What does Jack worry about most regarding the project?
A They don't have enough respondents.
B There is not enough time.
C Some important data is not available.
Questions 26-30
What does the tutor suggest doing with Jack's research regarding each of the following tasks?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-E, next to Question 26-30.
Suggestions
A do it with a partner
B not worthy of doing
99
C leave it to others
D do it later
E need special training beforehand
26 sort out recorded content ………………
27 collect and analyse some specific data ………………. 28 do research on
ingredients of well-done beef ………………
29 interview customers when they shop …………….
30 decide on the format of the presentation ……………….

Questions 31-36
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Study of

Fossil Park Types of fossils:
− transitional fossils: rare,show evidence of evolutionary change
− 31…………….. fossils: more common,actual fossilised remains
− 32 ……………. fossils: indirect evidence of animals, such as footprints or tunnels
Fossilisation processes:
Organism trapped in volcanic ash
Petrifaction
− An animal is 33 …………….. in the mud after death.
− Mud dries and hardens.
− 34 ……………. replace the bones leaving a stone shape.
Purchasing fossils:
− Site: Shop outside the park or from the park's 35 ……………….
100
− Prices: generally 36 ……………..
Questions 37-40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Tools Function or purpose
A tape measure Record the 37 …………….. of each fossil
A notebook Record the types of 38 ……………….
A camera Record the 39 …………….. of each fossil

Detect 40 …………….. the fossils to
A compass
locate
READING PASSAGE 1
on pages 2 and 3.
Sweet Trouble
Problems in the Australian sugar industry
The Australian town of Mossman in the state of Queensland sits in a tropical landscape between the
rainforest and the Great Barrier Reef. Eco-tourism is important there; more than 80% of Douglas
Shire, of which Mossman is the administrative centre, is protected by World Heritage listing. But for
most of the town's history, forest and reef have been largely irrelevant: since the sugar mill was built
in 1894, the town has relied on sugarcane. Now Mossman is holding its breath. For two years the
mill used by all the farms has been close to bankruptcy. It is at the centre of the economic shocks
that have shaken Australia's sugar industry, and for lifetime farmers and a long list of cane industry
workers a way of life will disappear if the mill closes. Mossman has roughly 160 growers, who now
produce less than one million of the nation's annual care harvest of 30-40 million tonnes. But it is a
microcosm of the industry. Al! across Australia, the cane-growing business is being squeezed
between the pincers of economics and the environment.
The ten-year average return to sugar growers throughout the 19905 was about $350 a tonne. In
early 2004, sugar prices plummeted, resulting in a 25-year-low average price for Australian sugar of
about $232 a tonne. Although figures vary widely across farms and regions, that was about what it
cost to grow a tonne of sugar in Australia. To forestall social and economic disaster, the
Government offered more than $400 million to encourage growers to leave the industry. By the end
101
of the year, 21 farmers had taken up the offer to leave, but another 1,000 are thought to be seriously
considering it, allowing those remaining to buy the vacated land and improve their economies of
scale.
Fourth-generation Mossman grower Bill Phillips-Turner is one who plans to fight on. 'The
consequences of losing the mill would be catastrophic,' Bill says, 'Sugar has a big economic
multiplier effect: for every dollar generated from sugar, an additional $7 is generated in the wider
community. Because of limited options around here, most people now employed by the industry
would have to leave the area to find work.' The farmershareholders have so far saved the mill by
accepting substantial cuts to cane payments, but this has come at a big cost to everyone. As
chairman of the board of the mill, Bill has presided over some tough and unpopular decisions; the
hardest was slashing the mill workforce. Assets were sold and maintenance costs cut. The board
has also worked hard to find new ways of doing business. Ethanol production, where sugar is used
to produce fuel, has potential, and co-generation, using cane waste to generate electric power, is
another possibility. However, the most radical but preferred alternative is to create a future for the
mill as a food factory, turning out quality sugar-based foods.
In addition to the economic struggle, there is the environmental one. The sugar industry has the
reputation of being environmentally damaging, but it has some surprising supporters. Douglas Shire
mayor, Mike Berwick, is a well-known environmentalist, and might be expected to be anti-cane.
'There's no question of the past damage its done to the reef through chemical and nutrient run-off`,'
he says. 'But
there's a formula for sustainable cane production and Mossman has nearly reached it.' Another
surprise endorsement for cane comes from the Queensland Environmental Protection Agency's
sugar liaison officer, Karen Benn. 'I'm less worried about the effect of cane on the environment than
I am about other agriculture,' she says. 'There are good growers everywhere, but at
Mossman they seem to have taken up the challenges faster.' For example, sediment runoff,
previously one of the main environmental problems caused by cane growing, is now nothing like it
once was, according to Dr Brian Roberts, co-ordinator of the Douglas Shire Water Quality
Improvement Program. *North Queensland used to hold the record for soil loss,' he says. 'Now cane
country is accumulating soil:
However, these improvements have been achieved at a great cost to growers. Now in his
60s, Tom Watters has spent a lifetime on the same farm. Fourteen years ago, he was alerted to the
effect his cane could be having on Mackay Creek, the narrow waterway that receives all his run-off,
and so Tom planted a 5,000-tree buffer along the edge of the creek, built up the edges of the creek
with rocks to prevent erosion, and began exploring farming methods that cause minimal soil
disturbance. However, none of these costly initiatives has helped him get better cane prices.
Another cane grower, Doug Crees, comments that 'Economically, it [cane growing] doesn't make
much sense. But there's more to life than money.' It's this addiction to the way of life that keeps
many cane farmers growing an under-performing crop. 'It's a good lifestyle,' Doug says. 'I spend
eight months working on the farm and four months looking after our kids while my wife works in
102
town. I've been looking at alternative crops, like forestry and cocoa, and It turns out that working
away from the farm is the best diversification we could do. However, I still don't want to do that.'
It is difficult to see how anyone can deal satisfactorily with the
passing of a way of life. Cane farmers have been part of eastern Queensland for more than a
century, but despite the efforts they have put into fighting the good environmental fight, there is no
guarantee that the new way of life evolving there will include cane.
* run-off: water that is used for agriculture and then passes into waterways, carrying salt and
agricultural chemicals with it
Questions 1 — 4
Look at the following statements (Questions 1-4) and the list of people below. Match each statement
with the correct person, A-F.
Write the correct letter, A-F, in boxes 1-4 on your answer sheet.
1 Mossman cane farming practices are close to an environmentally friendly model.
2 Financial return is rot the only Important factor for cane growers.
3 Cane sugar may not harm the environment as much as other crops do.
4 The local population would decline f the sugar-processing plant closed
List of People
A Bill Phillips-Turner
B Mike Berwick
C Karen Benn
D Brian Roberts
E Tom Vvatters
F Doug Crees
Questions 5 — 8
Write the correct letter in boxes 5-8 on you answer sheet
5 In the first paragraph, the writer says that the town is 'holding its breath' because
A. it has environmental problems

B. its tourism business is threatened
C. most of its people have left the town D. a key processing plant may shut down.
103
6 According to the writer, cane growers who refuse the government offer are expected to
A. expand their farms.

B. sell their land at a low price.
C. find jobs in other industries.
D. financial help from banks.
7 Which of the following did Bill Phillips-Turner find most difficult to do?
A. sell mill property

B. reduce spending on upkeep
C. lower mill workers' wages
D. cut the number of mill staff
8 Cane grower Doug Drees says that he
A. would prefer to grow cocoa,

B. wants to remain on his farm.
C. wants his family lc live together.
D. will look for part-time work in town.
Questions 9 — 13
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Pensive 17 In bores 9-13
FALSE if the statement contradicts the iriformation
NOT GIVEN if there is no infermation on this
9 In 2004. the cost of producing sugar in Australia was similar to the selling price.
10 Farmers who accepted the Government offer have mostly moved to the city
11 Fuel production is regarded as the most desirable alternative business for the sugar mill.
12 Tom Watters reduced his use of pesticides_
13 Environmentally friendly farming practices have been profitable for Tom Watters.
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26 which are based on Reading Passage 2
on pages 7 and 8.
It was that summer, scientists now realise, when global warming at last made itself unmistakably felt
People in the Northern Hemisphere knew that summer 2003 was remarkable. Britain had record
104
high temperatures; Europe had out-of-control forest fires, great rivers drying to a trickle and
thousands of heat-related deaths. But how remarkable that summer was is only now becoming
clear.
June. July and August were the warmest three months recorded in western and central Europe. And
they were the warmest by a very long way. Like Britain, Portugal, Germany and Switzerland had
record national highs. Over a great rectangular block stretching from west of Paris to northern Italy.
taking in Switzerland and southern Germany, the average temperature for the summer months was
3.78 °C higher than the long-term norm, says the University of East Anglia's Tyndall Centre for
Climate Change Research, one of the world's leading institutions for monitoring and analysing
temperature records That might not seem a lot until you are aware of the usual pattern_ But then
you realise it is enormous_ There is nothing like this in previous data It is considered so exceptional
that Professor Phil Jones, the unit's director, says openly — in a way that few scientists have done
— that 2003's extreme temperatures may be directly attributed to global warming caused by human
actions, rather than natural climate variations.
Meteorologists have hitherto contented themselves with the formula that recent high temperatures
are 'consistent with predictions' of climate change. For the great block of the map in question, the
unit has reliable temperature records dating back to 1781, Using as a baserine the average summer
temperature between 1961 and 1990, departures from the temperature norm. 'anomalies', can easily
be plotted.
Over the past 200 years, there have been at least half a dozen excess temperature anomalies
approaching, or even exceeding, 2 'C. But there has been nothing remotely like that year, when the
anomaly was nearly 4 °C. 'That is quite remarkable,' Professor Jones says. 'It's very unusual in a
statistical sense_ If this series had a normal statistical distribution you wouldn't get this number. The
return period (i.e. how often it could be expected to recur) would be something like one in 1,000
years. If we look at an excess above the average of nearly 4 °C, then perhaps nearly 3 ` )C of that is
natural variability, because we've seen that in past summers. But the final degree of it is likely to be
due to global warming, caused by human action.'
That year's summer had in a sense been one that climate scientists had long been anticipating Until
then. the warming had been marefestirg itself mainly J n winters that were less cold rather than in
summers that were much hotter. Last week, the UN predicted that winters were warming so quickly
that some of Europe's lower-level ski resorts will die out
But sooner Of later the unprecedented hot summer was bound to come — and that year it did. Over
a large swathe of the western part of the European continent, records were broken in 0 three
months It wasn't only monthly averages, but daily extremes and the lengths of spells above
thresholds National records were set in at least four countries
One of the most dramatic features of the summer was the hot nights. especially in the first half of
August The high night-time temperatures were related to the 15,000 extra deaths in France during
August, compared with previous years. They gradually increased during the first t2 days of the
105
month. peaking at about 2,000 a day on August 12 and 13 and severely overloading the medical
services Then they dropped dramatically after August 14 when minimum temperatures fell by about
5oC The elderly were most affected — they death rate rose 70 per cent.
For Britain, the year as a whole is likely to be the warmest recorded But despite the temperature
record on August 10. the summer itself — defined as the June, July and August period — comes
behind 1976 and 1995, when there were longer periods of intense heal. At the moment. the year is
likely to be the third-hottest in the global temperature record (which goes back to 1856), behind 1998
and 2002. But when the records for October, November and December are collated, it might move
into second place. The ten hottest years in the record have occurred since 1990.
Professor Jones is in no doubt about the astonishing nature of that year's European summer The
temperatures recorded that year were out of all proportion to the previous record,' he says. It was
the warmest summer in the last 500 years and probably way beyond that. It was enormously
exceptional.'
His colleagues at the Tyndall Centre are planning a study of it it was a summer that had not been
experienced before, either in terms of the temperature extremes that were reached or the range and
diversity of the effects of the extreme heat.' says the centre's executive director, Professor Mike
Hulme, 'It will certainly have left its mark on a number of countries as to how they think and plan for
climate change. much as the 2000 floods revolutionised the way the Government is thinking about
flooding in the UK The 2003 heatwave will have similar repercussions across Europe.'
Questions 14 19
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 2? in boxes 14-19
14 In 2003, the average temperature for June to August in parts of Europe was almost 4 °C
higher than usual
15 According to Phil Jones, the impact people have on the planet was one reason for 2003's
record summer.
16 Temperatures are recorded twice daily in major cities.
17 Professor Phil Jones believes that the exceptional summer temperatures are within normal
variation.
18 Before 2003, global warming generally caused milder winter months, not warmer summers
19 New ski resorts are being built at higher altitudes in some countries.
106
Questions 20 and 21
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS from the passage for each
answer.
Write your answers in boxes 20 and 21 on your answer sheet.
20 In Britain, which TWO years had hotter summers than the one under discussion?
21 Apart from the extreme summer of 2003, what other natural event has affected the way
Britain is planning for the future?
Questions 22 — 25
Choose ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer. Write your answers
In boxes 22-25 on your answer sheet
The three warmest years since global temperature records began in 22…………… have peen
1998. 2CC2 and 2003. It is significant that the warmest ten years have all been after
23..................Recorded temperatures n Europe in summer 2003 were the highest for at least
24…………….. years and had serious consequences. For example, in August alone, thousands of
people died in 25 ……………….
Question 26
Write the correct letter in box 26 on your answer sheet.
Which of the following is the most suitable title for Reading Passage 27
A The Causes of Global Warrnirg
B The Effects of Extreme Heat
C The History of Temperature Recording
D The Year of European Heat
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40 which are based on Reading Passage 3 on
pages 11 and 12
107
Improving Patient Safety
How improved drug packaging could provide some answers to
patient safety issues
Packaging
One of the most prominent design issues in pharmacy is that of drug packages and the patient
information leaflets (Pits) included in them. Many pharmacists are concerned that current designs
are "accidents waiting to happen'. The U1< government shares this concern and, in 2003, the
National Patient Safety Agency created a new role, appointing Coturn Lowe. who has 14 years'
experience as a designer in the private sector, as head of design and human factors
Pack.a_ging design in the pharmaceutical industry is handled by either in-house teams or external
design agencies. For packaging design of over-the-counter medicines, which do not have to be
dispensed by a pharmacist but can be bought directly from a sales assistant, characteristics such as
attractiveness and distinguishability are important and so these are usually commissioned from an
external design team. The marketing team prepares the initial brief and the designers come up with
six or seven designs. Two or three of these are then tested on a consumer group_ In contrast, most
designs for prescription-only products are created in-house. In some cases, this may simply involve
the company's design team applying the house design and then handing it over to design engineers
rather than testing the design on a consumer group. Clearly this process cannot adequately address
the needs of the wide variety of patients using medication.
Design considerations
In her book Information Design for Patient Safety, Thea Swayne highlighted a multitude of design
problems. For example, drugs that look or sound alike can lead to confusion. small type sizes and
even the glare on silver foil packaging can lead tr7 names or instructions being misread. One such
example is a drug that was accidentally injected into a patient through the spine (intrathecally) rather
than through the veins
(intravenously). Investigations following this tragedy attributed some blame to the poor choice of
typescript used on the drug container. Furthermore, according to Swayne, real situations in which
medicines are used include a parent giving a cough medicine to a child in the middle of the night;
packaging should be designed for moments such as these rather than for the ideal world of a
hospital.
Safety and compliance

Child protection is another area that gives designers opportunities to improve safety. According to
the Child Accident Prevention Trust, 70% of children admitted to hospital with suspected poisoning
have swallowed medicines, and although child-resistant lids have helped, they are not yet fully
effective. There is scope for improving what is currently available, according to Richard Mawle, a
freelance product designer who feels it is not just children who are blocked by child-proof closures.
'Many child-resistant packs are based on strength but older people may have the same level of
108
strength as a child: he explained, and suggested that better designs could rely on cognitive skills
(e.g. removing the lid using a three-step process).
Mawle also worked on a project which involved applying his skills to packaging and PEA.
Commenting on the information presented, he said: There can be an awful lot of junk at the
beginning of PILs. For example, why are company details towards the beginning of a leaflet when
what might be more vital for the patient is that the medicine should not be taken with alcohol?'
Design principles and guidelines Most designers work according to basic principles; for example,
certain print styles are known to be more difficult to read than others. Lookalike boxes present the
potential for errors and an obvious solution would be to use colours to highlight a larger dosage of a
drug. However, according to Thea Swayrie, designating a colour to a particular dosage is not
recommended because this could lead to the user not reading the text on a box.
Design features can provide the basis for lengthy debates. One argument is that if all packaging was
white with black lettering, people would have no choice but to read every box carefully. The problem
is that trials of drug packaging are few - common signage studies concern road traffic signs and
visual display units. Although some designers take results from such studies into account, proving
that a particular feature is beneficial can be difficult. For example, current UK legislation requires
packaging to include the name of the medicine in Braille, but, according to Karel van der Waarde, a
design consultant to the pharmaceutical industry, 'it is riot known how much visually impaired
patients will benefit nor how much the reading of visually able patients will be impaired'. Van der
Waarde is sceptical about current legislation and says that many regulatory authorities do nut have
the resources to handle packaging information properly. They do not look at the use of packaging in
a practical context - they only see one box at a time and not several together as pharmacists would
do,' he said.
Innovation
On a positive note, a recent innovation exhibition revealed several new designs, 'The popper' aims
to help arthritis sufferers remove tablets from blister packs, and 'Pluspoine is an adrenaline auto-
injector (a device that allows diabetics to inject themselves) aimed at overcoming the fact that many
patients do not carry their medication due to its prohibitive size. The aim of good design is to try to
make things more user-friendly as well as safer. The guidelines in Information. Design for Patient
Safety are not intended to be legally binding. Rather, the book's purpose is to create a basic design
standard and to stimulate innovation. The challenge for the pharmaceutical industry is to adopt such
a standard.
Questions 27 — 32
Look at the following statements (Questions 27-32) and the list of people or groups below. Match
each statement with the correct person or group, A. B. C r 0.
Write the Correct letter, A, B. C or D, in boxes 27-32 on your answer sheet.
NB You may use any letter mere than once.
27 The elderly would benefit from drug containers that do not require force to open them
109
28 Adapting packaging for the blind may disadvantage people who can see.
29 Specially designed containers have not been able to eliminate drugs being swallowed
accidentally.
30 Designers have to consider how drugs are used in the home.
31 Governing bodies need to compare different drug containers rather than sludying individual
ones.
32 Information provided with medicine is not listed in the right order.
List of People or Groups

A Theo Swayne
B The Child Accident Prevention Trust
C Richard Towle
D Karel van der Waarde
Questions 33 — 37
Complete the summary using the fist of words, A-G. below.
Write the correct letter, A•G, in boxes 33-37 on your answer sheet.
Packaging design in the pharmaceutical industry

Over-the-counter drugs
First, a proposal is written by the 33…………….. Then several designs are produced by the
34………....... Finally, selected designs are shown to 35…………… Prescription-only drugs
The 36……………. create the design. The design is then passed to 37 ………………..
A consumers B design engineers C external design team
D in-house design team E marketing team F pharmaceutical industry G
pharmacists
Questions 38 - 40
Choose the Correct letter, A. a C or D.
Mire the correct letter in boxes 38-40 on your answer sheet.
38 In the accident mentioned in the passage, what was the 'design consideration' that caused a
drug to be given incorrectly?
110
A. a printing error
B. the style of print
C. an incorrect label
D. the shape of the bottle
39 What do some people say about the use of only black and white as a design feature?
A. Consumers would dislike this option_

B. Drug containers would all look too similar
C. People would pay more attention to label information.
D. Partially sighted people would fpnd these colours more helpful.
40 Why does the writer refer to the popper' and 'Pluspoint ?
A. to show that progress is being made in pharmaceutical packaging design

B. to give an example of pharmaceutical design problems that can cause accidents
C. to prove that a lot of work still needs to be done to improve pharmaceutical packaging design
D. to point out that patients need to be more informed about pharmaceutical products
111
ĐỀ 9
PART 1
Question 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Travel Insurance
Type: 1 ………………. Comprehensive
Section 1 - Baggage and Personal Effects
- single 2……………… $1,500
- cameras and portable electronic 3 ………………. $2.500
- money: $ 4…………………
- disrupted travel: rational 5 ………………..
(missed connections or early return (as verified by the 6 ………………. ))
Questions 7 — 8
7 The woman will buy A a new motorbike.
B an old car. C a new car.

8 The woman does not want to insure her vehicle with a Multi-
saver policy A because it has too many conditions.
B because it is rather expensive.
C because it benefits homeowners.
Questions 9 —10
Choose TWO letter, A- E
Which TWO of the following relate to the Top Cover policy?
A it includes an agreement on the value of a holder's vehicle
B it covers vehicles of any age
C there is a stand-down period before it takes effect
112
D it covers storm damage
E it is cheaper than many other policies

Questions 11-16
11 When was Eyesaver founded?
A 15 years ago
B 30 years ago
C 60 years ago
12 What was the original aim of the program?
A to offer common equipment
B to offer medication to children with eye diseases
C to offer operational help to people who had eye problems
13 The main funding comes from A monthly donation.
B donation from rich people.
C money collected on the street.
14 What does the speaker expect listeners to provide?
A glasses for the patients
B money donation
C voluntary work
15 What is the main purpose of this program?
A to show people their donation can make a difference
B to show people how easily eye problems can be cured
C to educate people about common eye diseases
16 Eyesaver advertises for the program through A computers.
B recordings.
C training.
113
Questions 17-20
What role does each of the following organisations play for the development of Eyesaver? Write the
correct letter, A-F, next to Question 26-30.
A gain more donation
B involve more children in need
C earn support from colleges
D help look for equipment manufacturers
E take the reputation to a higher level
F recruit and support staff
17 National Vision Funding Group
18 Eye for the Future
19 Sam's Eyecare Institution
20 Youth Health

Questions 21-30
Choose the correct letter A. B or C
21 What was the Professor attending in Massachusetts and New York?
A Physics Conferences
B Physics Class
C Mechanics Conferences
22 What mark did Rangi receive for Classical Mechanics?
A C plus
B A plus
C B plus
23 Which degree has Rangi decided to abandon?
A Math and Physics
114
B Science
C Arts
24 What did the Professor think about the Science Faculty?
A quick response to students' queries
B has a unclear timetable for students
C has a comprehensive website
25 benefit of Rangi's decision is that he will A finish his degree earlier.
B receive higher marks.
C improve his writing style.
26 The Professor thinks the claims of some lecturers are
A critical.
B doubtful.
C boastful.
27 Rangi is disappointed because he A will have to work in a bar again.
B cannot afford to study abroad.
C will not be going to Europe.
28 The Professor offers Rangi
A a part-time job in his lab.
B supervision of his master's degree.
C help with his laser experiments.
29 In the Professor's opinion, Rangi is
A quite likely to win a scholarship.
B not so likely to win a scholarship.
C highly likely to win a scholarship.
30 What did Rangi feel by the end of the conversation?
A thrilled but nervous
B relieved and grateful
C a little apprehensive
115
Leatherback Turtles Background:
31. The advantageous ……………… of leatherback turtles makes them swim efficiently than
others.
32. it is one of the deepest ……………… reptile.
33. Shell is ……………… not bony to avoid from high pressure.
34. Leatherbacks can ………….. in the water for several hours due to their size of lungs.
35. Main food is jellyfish contains high proportion in ………………. and mineral.
Research methods:
36. Scientists can learn their ……………….. pattern in Atlantic ocean.
37. Scientists can start tracking when the turtle reaches ……………….
38. Huge front flipper can produce ……………….. from strong muscles
39. A new recorder can monitor not only their location but also the ………………. in the sea.
40. Leatherback turtles are found using more ………………… to search food.
READING PASSAGE 1
on pages 2 and 3.
Good Nuggets of Australia

Australia was, and is, home to some of the most amazing discoveries of gold the world has seen.
This is mainly due to the fact that found on the surface. Some finds changed the nation entirely,
such as those in Ballarat in Victoria and Bathurst in New South Wales. Gold nuggets are naturally
occurring lumps of gold. These are recovered either by placer mining (mining the gold in deposit
where the veins (thin layers of gold contained in rock) are weathered.
A single, small- to- medium sized gold nugget could turn a poor miner into a rich man and nugget
discoveries could turn under- worked fields or empty farmland into thriving tent village with
thousands of miners looking to locate the next "big one". Some of these places where gold was
116
found over 150 years ago are towns today. Many of the largest gold nuggets ever formed on Earth
were found in Australia. In fact, eight out of the top ten were found there.
The welcome nugget was by far the largest nugget ever found when it was discovered. It was found
when it was discovered. It was found in June 1856 by a team of approximately 20 miners at Bakery
Hill, Ballarat. It was dug out of a tunnel at a depth of 55 metres. The welcome nugget weighed 69.98
kilograms, and it was melted down a litter over a year later, in 1859. Despite its size, the Welcome's
fame short lived. An even bigger nugget was found ten years later, when on 5th February 1869 the
Welcome Stranger nugget was discovered in a small town named Moliagul. A miner named Deason
was digging at Bulldog Gully when he first thought e had truck a large stone just under the surface.
However after digging only three centimetres, he was delighted to see the twinkle of gold. With the
help of his companion, Oates, Deason was able to free the monster from the roots of a native
Australian tree. This discovery was the world's largest ever recorded gold nugget. There are some
differing reports on the exact weight of the welcome stranger nugget, but the most well-known ounce
rating was 2284 troy ounces (71 kilograms). It measured 60 by 30 centimetres and could not be
weighed in the district as they did not have scales large enough. At today's gold exchange rate, the
Welcome Stranger would be worth over $2.000.000. A Stone monument marks where it was found.
In 1985 at the Mount Alexander goldfield in Victoria, a group of inexperienced miners were sent by
other miners to a site in Golden Gully that was believed to be empty of gold. Such sports were called
duffer claims because they were thought to be useless. However, in this case the plan backfired. On
their second day of digging the miners unearthed a 1008 ounce (28.5 kilograms) gold nugget which
would be change their lives forever. The nuggets was named after a gold commissioner called Mr
Heron. The Heron nugget was the seventh largest nugget in the world when discovered.
More recently, the hand of Faith was found behind a primary school in the state of Victoria by an
amateur metal- collector named Hillter. The nugget was in the vertical position only about 15
centimestres below the surface. It measures 47 by 20 centimetres, and is still on display at a casino
in Las Vegas, named The Golden Nugget, which bought it for US $1,000,000. Interestingly, the
school where it was found is only approximately 30 miles from where the Welcome Stranger nugget
was found in 1869
The nugget Hillier found in 1980 was, and is, the largest known nugget found anywhere in the world
by a metal detector. It weighs 27.21 kilograms, making it also the largest still in existence. As noted
above, much larger nuggets were discovered in the 1850s, but these were melted down to decrease
the chances of theft and to change the gold into a form that would be easily sold
While the largest nugget of gold ever found is the Welcome Stranger, it is not the largest mass of
gold ever found. The Holtermann 'nugget' is not technically a nugget: in 1872 it was cut from an
incredibly rich vein at Hill End, New South Wales, by a prospecting company in which Holtermann
was a partner. The specimen also had quartz in it and whopping 286 kilograms. It was estimated
that 3,000 ounces (85 kilograms) of gold were extracted when the giant was crushed. Only the top of
the specimen remains, cut off by Holtermann as a souvenir.
117
Amazingly, this was not the only gigantic piece of gold cut from Hill End's mine; an even larger
specimen was drilled from the same vein some months later. This second monster was broken up
below ground as there seemed no point struggling with it up to the surface only to have it crushed.
Its estimated weight was around 318 kilograms and it yielded approximately 5,000 ounces (142
kilograms) of gold
Gold has been a major part of Australia's development and continues to have huge effects on the
nation. It is possible that even larger nuggets and gold deposits still exist, although as years and
technology progress, it is not very likely.
Questions 1 — 7
TRUE if the statement is true
FALSE if the statement is false
NOT GIVEN if the information is not given in the passage
1 Placer mining involves searching for gold near a present or past source of water.
2 The locations of former tent villages still attract gold diggers today.
3 A small minority of the ten largest gold nuggets in the world were found in Australia.
4 The Welcome Stranger nugget was smaller than the Welcome nugget.
5 The people who found the Heron nugget were sent to the site by people who were trying to
trick them.
6 Holtermann kept a piece of the gold his company had found.
7 A more significant specimen of gold that was found at the same site as the
Holtermann 'nugget' was cut into pieces as soon as it was brought above ground
Questions 8 — 13

Name of When
Where found Notes
nugget found
118
• found by team of 20
Welcome • 55 m beneath ground
1858 miners
nugget • in a tunnel
• weighed 69.98 kg
• area unequipped to
• just weigh the nugget
Welcome
8…………..beneath • point of discovery
Stranger 1869
ground now indicated by a 9
nugget
• among roots of tree ..............
• nugget given the name

of a 10 …………. at
Heron nugget 1855 • Mount Alexander
that
time
• at the back of a • discovered by using
Hand of Faith 11….......... a metal detector
1980
nugget • 15 cm beneath • can now be seen at
ground a 12.....................
• gold was found in a
mass that also
Holtermann • Hill End, New South contained
1872
'nugget' Wales
13……………..
• yielded 85 kg of gold
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 14-26, which are based on Reading Passage 2 on
pages 6 and 7
Nature's use Full designs
A What has fins like a whale, skin like a lizard, and eyes like a moth? The future of engineering.
Almost all living organisms are uniquely adapted to the environment in a which they live, some so
well that scientists study them in the hope of replicating their natural designs in technology. This
process, called biomimetics, is the crossroads where nature and engineering meet.
B Perhaps the best example of biomimetics is Velcro. In 1948 a Swiss scientist, George de
Mestral, had trouble removing a plant's prickle which was stuck to his god's fur, so he studied it
under a microscope. Impresses by the stickiness of the prickle's hooks, he copied the design,
engineering a fastener made of two pieces. One piece has stiff hooks like the prickly, while the other
has soft loops that allow the hooks to stick. De Mestral named his invention Velcro- a combination of
119
words "velour" and "crochet" C Andrew Parker, a research fellow at the natural History Museum in
London and at the University of Sydney, is a leading proponent of biomimetics- applying designs
from nature to problems in engineering, materials science, medicine, and other fields. He has
investigated iridescence in butterflies and beetles and antireflective coatings in month eyes- studies
that have led to brighter screens for cellular phones and an anticounterfeiting technique so secret he
cannot say which company is behind it. He is working to make cosmetics that mimic the natural
sheen of diatoms (a type of algae) and, with the British Ministry of Defense to emulate the water-
repellent properties of these same creatures. He even draws inspiration from nature's past: on the
eye of a 45-million- year- old fly trapped in amber that he studies in a museum in Poland, Parker
noticed microscopic corrugations that reduced light reflection. This feature is now being built into
solar panels.
D To parker, every species, even those that have become extinct, is a success story, optimized
by millions of years of natural selection. He asks: why not learn from this? Parker explained how the
metallic sheen and dazzling colors of certain birds derive not from pigments but from neatly spaced
microstructures that reflect specific wavelengths of light. Such structural color, fade- proof and more
brilliant than pigment, is of great interest to people who manufacture paint and holograms on credit
cards. Glowworms produce a cool light with almost zero energy loss (a normal light build wastes 98
percent of its energy as heat) and bombardier beetles have a highly effective combustion chamber
in their posterior that heats chemicals and fires them at would- be predators.
E For all nature's sophistication, many of its clever devices are made from sample substances
like keratin, calcium, carbonate, and silica, which are manipulated into structures of fantastic
complexity and toughness. The abalone, for example, makes its shell out calcium carbonate, the
same stuff as soft chalk. Yet by coaxing this substance into walks of staggered, nanoscale bricks
through a subtle play of proteins, it creates an armor 3000 times harder than chalk. Understanding
the microscale and nanoscale structures responsible for a living materials exceptional properties is
critical to re¬creating it synthetically.
F Though impressed by biological structures, Robert Cohen, an engineer at MIT in the United
States, consider biology merely a starting point for innovation. You don't have to reproduce a lizard
skin to make a water- collection device or a moth eye to make an antireflective coating "Cohen says.
The biological structure provides a clue to what is useful. But maybe you can do it better. Ultimately,
he considers a biomimetics project a success only if it has the potential to make a useful tool for
people. "Looking at pretty structures in nature is not sufficient say Cohen" what I want to know is,
can we actually transform these structures into something with true utility in the real world?
G This, of course, is the tricky bit. Potentially one of the most useful embodiments of natural
design is the bio- inspired robot, which could be deployed in places where people would be too
conspicuous bored to tears, or killed. But such robots are notoriously hard to build. Ronald Fearing,
120
a professor of electrical engineering at the University of California, Berkeley, has taken on one of the
biggest, challenges of all: to create a miniature robotic fly that is swift, small, and maneuverable
enough for use in surveillance or search- and- rescue operations.
H The key to making his micromechanical flying insect (MFI) work, Fearing says, is not to
attempt to copy the fly, but to isolate the structures crucial to its feats of flying. The fly's wing is
driven by 20 muscles, some of which only fire every fifth wing beat, and all you can do is wonder,
"what on earth just happened there?" says Fearing Some things are just too mysterious and
complex to be able to replicate
I For all the power of the biomimetics paradigm, and the brilliant people who practice it, bio-
inspiration has led to surprisingly few mass- produced products, and arguably only one household
word- Velcro. Some biomimetists blame industry, whose short- term expectations about how soon
project should be completed and become profitable clash with the time- consuming nature of
biomimetics research. Others lament the difficulty in coordinating joint work among diverse
academic and industrial disciplines, which is required to understand natural structures and mimic
what they do. But the main reason biomimetics has not yet come of age is that from an engineering
standpoint reproduce such intricate nanopuzzles. Nonetheless, the gap with nature is gradually
closing.
Question 14-19
Reading Passage 2 has nine paragraphs, A-I.
Write the correct letter, A-I, in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet.
14 how an organism turns a basic material into something incredibly strong
15 a claim that biomimetists has had limited commercial impact so far
16 a difficulty that led to a researcher's accidental discovery
17 an example of nature being far more efficient than a common household object
18 an ancient specimen that inspired a modern innovation
19 situations where it is preferable to replace a human with a machine
Question 20-22
Look at the following statements (Question 20-22) and the list of people below. Match each
statement with the correct person, A, B, C or D
121
Write the correct letter, A, B, C or D in boxes 20-22 on your answer sheet 20 All living
things provide something, useful for humans to discover.
21 Natural designs are sometimes impossible for people to copy.
22 Biomimetists achieves nothing unless it has a practical application
List of People
A George de Mestral
B Andrew Parker
C Robert Cohen
D Ronald Fearing
Questions 23-26
Complete the sentences below
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer Write your answers in boxes 23-26
on your answer sheet
23 Andrew Parker is studying the shiny surface of diatoms in order to develop

……………..
24 Paint companies are interested in the way some ……………….. get their colour
25 Bombardier beetles protect themselves by shooting hot ………………. at their enemies
26 one scientist is studying the …………………… to build a tiny robot that can help people in danger
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Question 27-40, which are based on Reading
Passage 3 on pages 10 and 11
The art of deception

Do tiny changes of facial expression show whether someone is telling lies?
Forty years ago, the research psychologist Dr Paul Ekman was addressing a group of young
psychiatrists in training when he was asked a question, the answer to which has kept him busy ever
since. Suppose the group wanted to know, a particular patient swears they are telling the truth. They
look and sound since. So here is the question is there any way you can be sure they are telling the
truth? Ekman did not know the answer then, but wanted to find out
122
As part of his research, he had already filmed a series of 12- minutes interview with psychiatric
patients. In a subsequent conversation, one of the patients sold him that she had lied to him. So,
Ekman sat and looked at the film but saw nothing noteworthy. Then he slowed it down and looked
again. Then he slowed it even further. And suddenly, there, across just two frames of the film, he
saw it: an intense expression of extreme anguish. It lasted less than a 15th of a second, but once he
had spotted the first expression, he soon found three more examples in that same interview. He
termed his discovery "micro- expression: very rapid intense demonstrations of emotion that the
subject intended to be concealed.
Over the course of the next four-decade Ekman successfully demonstrated a proposition first
suggested by Charles Darwin: that the ways in which we express rage, disgust, contempt, fear,
surprise, happiness and sadness are universal. The facial muscles triggered by those seven basic
emotions are, he has shown, essentially standard, regardless of language and culture, from the US
to Japan and Brazil to Papua New Guinea. What is more, expressions of emotion are impossible to
suppress and, particularly when we are lying, micro- expressions of powerfully felt emotions will
inevitably flit across our face before we get the chance to stop them.
Fortunately for liars, most people will fail to spot these fleeting signals of inner torment.
Of the 15000 Ekman has tested, only 50 people, whom he calls "naturals", have been able to do it.
But given a little more training. Ekman says, almost anyone can develop the skill. He should know,
since these tests were completed in the mid-1980s and the first publication of his research, he has
been called in by the FBI and CIA (among countless more law- enforcement and other agencies
around the world), not just to solve cases, but to teach them how to use his technique for
themselves. He has held workshops for defense and prosecution lawyers, health professionals,
even jealous spouses, all of them wanting to know exactly when someone is not being 100 per cent
candid.
Most recently, Ekman's research has resulted in a new television series about the exploits of the
fictional Dr Cal Lightman, a scientist who studies involuntary body language to discover not only if
you are lying. But why you might have been motivated to do so. According to the publicity blurb,
Lightman is a human lie detector, even more accurate than a polygraph test. Ekman concedes has
was skeptical when the producer first approached him with the idea of turning his life's work into a
TV series, and initially would have stopped the project if he could. In particular, he was fearful that
the show would exaggerate the effectiveness of his techniques and create the quite inaccurate
impression among audiences that criminals could no longer hope to get away with lying. In the
worst-case scenario, he was concerned about unfair convictions, that one day someone not properly
trained in his techniques might be sitting on a jury and wrongly find someone guilty of a crime simply
on the basis of a television programme.
In the end though, he was won over because the series is unusual in several respects. It is the first
time, as far as Ekman is aware, that a commercial TV drama has been based on the work of just
one scientist. That scientist is also deeply involved in the
123
project, talking through plot ideas and checking five successive drafts of each script to ensure
details are correct. He was also impressed with the producer's manifestly serious and well-
intentioned reasons for making the programme. Now that the first series has been completed, he
believes probably 80-90 per cent of the show is based on fact and that's good enough for what is.
After all, a drama, not a documentary.
Ekman, incidentally, professes to have been a terrible liar ever since he was a small boy and
observes that ability to detect a lie and the ability to lie successfully are completely unrelated. He
has been asked by people running for high office if he could teach them to become" more credible
with the public but has always refused to use his skills in that way on ethical grounds. He also insists
that there are various kinds of lies. A "true" lie can be identified by having two essential
characteristics there must be a deliberate intent to mislead and there must be no notification that this
is what is occurring. This means that an actor or a poker player isn't a true liar. They' are supposed
to deceiving you, it's part of the game, and the same is true of flattery. He prefers to focus on the
kinds of lies where the liar would be on grave trouble if they were found out, and where the target
would feel properly aggrieved if they knew.
Question 27-31
Choose the correct letter, A, B C or D
27 According to the writer, Ekman became interested in lying after a question from his
A. peers
B. patients
C. students
D. teachers
28 the writer refers to the 12- minutes interviews in order to
A. illustrate how frequently patients lie

B. describe the origins of Ekman's theories
C. compare Ekman's research to previous studies D. show how patients behaviour is affected by
filming
29 what is the writer's point in the third paragraph?
A. micro- expressions are common to all people

B. recent research has refuted an old idea
C. with practice we can learn to control our micro- expression
D. human society is too complex to allow for generalisations.
30 what are we told about Ekman's conclusions from his tests?
A. it's natural for people to lie

B. Few untrained people can detect lying
124
C. most liar suffer from periods of depression.
D. all of his subjects were trained to identify micro- expressions.
31 what point does the writer make about Ekman's techniques in the fourth paragraph?
A. they take decade to teach

B. they have been in great demand
C. they have aroused the suspicions of some agencies
D. they can be used by a limited range of occupations.
Questions 32-36
Complete the summary using the list of words, A-I, below
Write the correct letter, A-I, in boxes 32-36 on your answer sheet
The television series based on Ekman's work

A new TV series based on Ekman's work features a hero named Lightman, who detects lies.
Inlitially, Ekman was unenthusiastic about the TV project because he feared the possibility of
encouraging viewers 32……………. For example, he was worried that one day the programme
could result in 33…………. not being carried out. Ultimately though, he has given the show his
blessing because he is not aware of any other comparable programme based on a single person's
34…………… the 35……………. of the show's producer have been another pleasant surprise and,
considering the genre of the programme, Ekman is happy with the show's overall 36………………
A consequences B crimes C False beliefs
B motives E justice F accuracy
C acting H research I ratings
Question 37-40
TRUE if the statement is true
FALSE if the statement is false
NOT GIVEN if the information is not given in the passage
37 Ekman regrets the lies he told as a child
38 people who are good at lying tend to be good at detecting lies
39 Ekman has worked with poker players to help them lie more convincingly
40 Ekman is more interested in the types of lies with serious consequences

125
ĐỀ 10
PART 1
Question 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. International Club
Event/Venue Time/Dates Fees Notes
Return the deposit if there
Example: From 11:00 Deposit:$
Library is
am to 6 pm 1 ..............
no damage
2………. centre Open on 3 .............. $3 Bring one guest for free
Bring your own swimming

Swimming Starts on 4 .............. $ 5 ..............
suit
$5 (6 ........... Bring enough water and
Dance class Open all day
included) food
Open between 10:30
am and Replacement for the visit
7 .............. $3
3:30 pm to Grand hotel
(weekdays)
Questions 8 - 10
Choose THREE correct answers.
Which THREE events are held every month by the club?
A Lecture
B Fil
C Saturday
D excursion
E Culture evening
F Night tour
G Yoga classes
Part 2
126
Questions 11 - 15
Label the map below
Write the correct letter, A-1, next to Question 15-20
11 bike racks ................
12 luggage lockers ................
13 chemist's ................
14 toilet ................ 15 news agency ................
Questions 16-20
16 Where could the passengers see the exhibition?
A in the town library
B in Fitchton college
C in the station
127
17 What is the best gift for passengers to buy and bring home?
A local food
B clothing
C jewelry
18 Where can passengers buy souvenir postcards?
A in the museum
B in the shop
C in the college
19 What will the old cinema be converted to?
A a housing area
B a new theatre
C a shop
20 Who is the statue in the train station modeled after?
A a poet
B an engineer
C a politician
Part 3
Questions 21-25
21 Students may fail the exams if they
A do not collect primary statistics
B copy other people' work
C do not follow the instructions
22 Why does the man think they should avoid including the pictires of the first volcano in the
presentation?
A they are not attractive
B the time is limited
128
C People have never heard of it
23 About mount fago, a volcano in Mexico or the USA the man thinks
A they should not use inaccurate informatio in the presentation
B they should use another example
C it does not matter where the volcano is
24 The woman thinks they should mention mount Ema since
A it covers most of the inportant points
B it was formed a long time ago
C it has stunning views
25 They agree to leave out Mounts Hertons as
A other students have used it before
B it is irrelevant to their topic
C There is nothing special about this volcano
Question 26-30
Which statement applies to each of following situations?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to question
26-30 make a short film
A make a short film
B lacked his/ her own points
C neglect the positive aspect
D watch some documentarie
E did not prepare beforehand
F indentify the differences between them
21 the woman's last presentation was criticized because it
22 the tutor suggests for the next presentation the woman should
23 people do not know enough about vocanoes and so they
24 the reason why the man felt very nervous is that he
25 they are researching active and extinct volcanoes to
129
Part 4
Questions 31-40
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
Research methods:
- This research is world-leading because 31 is used in the study.
- In previous studies, the tests were done with 32 ............
- Problem of the old device: always losing 33 .............
- The crocodiles are not easily captured, as they are cautious and try to avoid being followed by 34
.............
- A tracking device is attached to the 35 of the crocodile.
Relocation of crocodiles:
- Scientists relocate the crocodiles by using a 36 .............
- Relocated crocodiles follow the most 37 route home.
- Crocodiles can find their way because they have the ability to 38 .............
Conclusions:
- The crocodiles find their direction by using their senses to the 39 .............
- Crocodiles have the same migration system as 40 .............
READING PASSAGE 1
on pages 2 and 3.
Jewels from the sea

Indigenous necklaces in TaStilarsia
Necklace-making is the most significant cultural tradition of Tasmanian Aboriginal women. it is also
one of the few tradlions that have continued without interruption since before the Europeans settled
130
in Tasmania, the island to the south of the mainland of Australia, in 1803. Whereas colonisation
disrupted or destroyed so much of Tasmanian Aboriginal life and heritage, necklace-making has not
only continued but also evolved in various ways.
The knowledge and skills of shell processing and stringing have been passed down through
generations of women, particularly the women of the Furneaux Islands, off Tasmania's north-east
coast. Necklace-making is an opportunity for women of all ages to get together and share stories,
pass knowledge to younger generations and continue to affirm their culture. Aunty Dulcie Greeno,
an elder of the Tasmanian Aboriginal community, has been making necklaces for more than 40
years, but first began practising as a child. 'My grandmother used to do shell necklaces and a
couple of my aunties did too,' she said in an interview for Australian Museums and Galleries Online.
'We'd go round with them on the beach and collect shells with them.' Now her sister (Corrie Fullard),
daughter (Betty Grace), daughter-in-law (Lola Greeno) and niece (Jeanette James) — all celebrated
artists in their own right — make necklaces.
Shell necklaces were originally made as an adornment, as gifts and tokens of honour, and as
objects to be exchanged with other groups for tools or for ochre, which could be used in important
ceremonies. Archaeologist Rhys Jones found shells that had been pierced for a necklace dating
back at least 2,000 years. After European colonisation, necklaces were also sold or exchanged for
food, clothing and other essential supplies. Now, the artists are often commissioned to create
necklaces for museums, galleries and private collectors.
Early European explorers remarked on the beauty of these treasures, and held them in high esteem.
The French naturalist Jacques Labillardiere, travelling with the d'Entrecasteaux expedition of 1791-
94, observed women wearing 'strings of brilliant pearly blue spiral shells upon their bare heads'.
18th- and 19th-century images show Tasmanian Aboriginal people wearing necklaces, including a
photograph taken around 1866 of the leader and spokeswoman Truganini.
Shell-stringing was, and remains, a painstaking process, requiring knowledge of coastal resources
and a great deal of patience. Aunty Dulcie's daughter Patsy Cameron has explained how the women
pierced each shell with a tool consisting of a jawbone and sharpened tooth of a kangaroo or wallaby.
The shells were then threaded on string made from natural fibres, smoked over a fire, and rubbed in
grass to remove their outer coating and reveal the pearly surface. The shells were later treated with
penguin or muttonbird oil.
European colonisation introduced new tools and materials, including acidic liquids such as vinegar
to clean the shells and steel punches to make holes in them. Needles and cotton or synthetic thread
enabled the women to incorporate smaller shells into increasingly intricate designs.
Necklace-making is dependent on the availability of shells, and shell collection has its season. Aunty
Dulcie regularly returns to the Furneaux Islands to replenish her supplies. 'We still walk for miles on
the beach,' she said. 'We take our lunch and crawl along on our hands and knees to get the shells.'
Men often help women collect the shells, especially the maireeners (rainbow shells), which are
found on kelp, a type of seaweed, These shells are best when picked directly from the sea. 'We
don't use the ones we pick up on the beach because they are too brittle and they lose their colour,'
said Aunty Dulcie.
131
After colonisation, women started making longer necklaces. In 1835, Benjamin Duterrau sketched
Tanleboneyer, 'a native of the district of Oyster Bay', and Bruny Island man Woorraddy, Truganini's
husband, with long strands looped around their necks.
Wortabowigee, a woman from Port Dalrymple, who is featured in an 1837 portrait by Thomas Bock,
wears five loops of what must have
been a necklace of astonishing beauty. It is possible that the new European tools adopted by the
women enabled them to make longer necklaces, but it also indicates the changing circumstances of
Tasmanian Aboriginal people. Historian Brian Plomley points out that long necklaces would have
been impractical for women accustomed to a traditional lifestyle of diving for crabs, crayfish and
abalone, digging for root vegetables, hunting seals or climbing trees to catch possums. Men tracking
kangaroo, wallaby and emu through the bush would not have risked getting snagged by long
necklaces — or risked damaging the valuable necklaces themselves.
The change in necklaces after colonisation also points to the Tasmanians' courageous assertion of
their identity, and a continuation of their culture at a time when their world was being taken apart.
The connection of shell necklaces with the distinct culture and story of the Tasmanian Aboriginal
people and with the Tasmanian natural environment means they have iconic status in the wider
Tasmanian community. In 2009, they were listed as a Tasmanian Heritage Icon by the National
Trust of Australia. The cultural and aesthetic value of the necklaces is also demonstrated by their
inclusion in many national and international museum, gallery and private collections.
Questions 1 — 6
1 After European settlement agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1?
2 Aboriginal women on the Furneaux Islands made the most beautiful necklaces.
3 An 1866 photograph of the leader Truganini shows her wearing a necklace she had made
herself.
4 Men assist in gathering shells growing on sea plants.
5 Tasmanian Aboriginal men wore long necklaces when hunting.
6 Tasmanian Aboriginal necklaces are appreciated outside Australia.
Questions 7 - 13
132
The process of shell-stringing

Shell-stringers must have patience and an understanding of resources available near the sea
The traditional procedure

• hole put in shell with an instrument made of animal's bone and 7 ………………..
• shells strung on natural fibre and smoked
• shells wiped with 8 ………………. to achieve a pearly surface
• animal 9 ……………… applied
Changes after the Europeans arrived

• cleaning substances like 10 ………………… were used
• more complex designs achieved using needles as a tool
Fumeaux Islands
• shells need to be gathered in the right 11 ………………..
• shell collectors walk along the beach then 12 ……………… in order to pick up shells
• shells from beach not suitable as do not keep 13 …………….. and break easily
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26. which are based on Reading Passage on
pages 6 and 7.
The return of monkey life

Rain forest trees growing anew on Central American farmland are helping scientists find ways for
monkeys and agriculture to benefit one another
A Hacienda La Pacifia, a remote working cattle ranch in Guanacaste province of northern Costa
Rica, has for decades been home to a community of mantled howler monkeys. Other native
primates - white-faced capuchin monkeys and spider monkeys - were once common in this area,
too, but vanished after the Pan-American Highway was built nearby in the 1950s and most of the
surrounding land was cleared for cattle raising. At Hacienda La Pacifica, however, an enlightened
ranch owner chose to leave some strips of native trees growing. He used these as windbreaks to
133
protect both cattle and their food crops from dry-season winds. In the process, the farmer unwittingly
founded a unique laboratory for the study of monkeys.
B Ken Glander, a primatologist from Duke University in the USA, is studying La Pacifica's
monkeys in an effort to understand the relationship between howlers and regenerating forests at the
edges of grazing lands. Studying such disturbed woodlands is increasingly important, because
throughout much of the New World Tropics, these are the only forests left. In the 18th century,
tropical dry forests covered most of Central America, but by the 1980s less than two percent
remained undisturbed and less than one percent was protected.
C Howlers persist at La Pacifica, Giander explains, because they are leaf-eaters. They eat fruit
when it is available but, unlike capuchin and spider monkeys, do not depend on large areas of
fruiting trees. Glander is particularly interested in howlers' ability to thrive on leaves loaded with
toxins - poisonous substances designed to protect the plants. For leaf-eaters, long-term exposure to
a specific plant toxin can increase their ability to neutralize the poisonous substances and absorb
the leaf nutrients. Watching generations of howlers at La Pacifica has shown Giander that the
monkeys keep their systems primed by sampling a variety of plants and then focusing on a small
number of the most nutritious food items. The leaves that grow in regenerating forests, like those at
La Pacifica, are actually more howler-friendly than those produced by the centuries-old trees that
survive farther south. In younger forests, trees put most of their limited energy into growing wood,
leaves and fruit, so they produce much lower levels of toxin than do well-established, oldgrowth
trees.
D The value of maturing forests to primates is also a subject of study at Santa Rosa National
Park, about 35 miles northwest of La Pacifica. Large areas of Santa Rosa's forests had at one time
been burnt to make space for cattle ranching and coffee farming, thereby devastating local monkey
habitat. But in 1971 the government protected the area by designating it a National Park, and
species of indigenous trees which had been absent for decades began to invade the abandoned
pastures. Capuchins were the first to begin using the reborn forests, followed by howlers. Eventually
even spider monkeys, fruiteaters that need large areas of continuous forest, returned. In the first 28
years following protection of the area, the capuchin population doubled, while the number of howlers
increased sevenfold.
E. Some of the same traits that allow howlers to survive at La Pacifica also explain their population
boom in Santa Rosa. Howler reproduction is faster than that of other native monkey species. They
give birth for the first time at about 3.5 years of age, compared with seven years for capuchins, and
eight or more for spider monkeys. Also, while a female spider monkey will have a baby about once
every four years, well-fed howlers can produce an infant every two years. Another factor is diet.
Howlers are very adaptable feeders, and only need a comparatively small home range. Spider
monkeys, on the other hand, need to occupy a huge home range. Also crucial is the fact that the
134
leaves howlers eat hold plenty of water, so the monkeys can survive away from open streams and
water holes. This ability gives them a real advantage over capuchin and spider monkeys, which
have suffered during the long, ongoing drought in the area. F Alejandro Estrada, an ecologist at
Estacion de Biologia Los Tuxtias in Veracruz, Mexico, has been studying the ecology of a group of
howler monkeys that thrive in a habitat totally altered by humans: a cacao plantation in Tabasco
state, Mexico. Cacao plants need shade to grow, so 40 years ago the owners of Cholula Cacao
Farm planted fig, monkeypod and other tall trees to form a protective canopy over their crop. The
howlers moved in about 25 years ago after nearby forests were cut. This strange habitat seems to
support about as many monkeys as would a same-sized patch of wild forest. The howlers eat the
leaves and fruit of the shade trees, leaving the valuable cacao pods alone.
G Estrada believes the monkeys bring underappreciated benefits to such plantations, dispersing
the seeds of fruits such as fig and other shade trees, and fertilizing the soil. Spider monkeys also
forage for fruit here, though they need nearby areas of forest to survive in the long term. He hopes
that farmers will begin to see the adungges of associating with wild monkeys, which could include
potential ecotourism projects. `Conservation is usually viewed as a conflict between farming
practices and the need to preserve nature,' Estrada says. 'We're moving away from that vision and
beginning to consider ways in which commercial activities may become a tool for the conservation of
primates in human-modified landscapes.'
Questions 14 — 17
Write the correct letter, A-G. in boxes 14-17 on your answer sheet.
14 a reason why newerpersterrninvidA hnwiers with better feeding opportunities than older forest
15 a reference to a change in farmers' attitudes towards wildlife
16 a description of the means by which howlers select the best available diet for themselves
17 figures relating to the reduction of natural wildlife habitat over a period of time
Questions 18 — 21
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer.
135
Why do howlers have an advantage over other Central American
monkeys?
Howler monkeys have a more rapid rate of 18 ……………….. than either capuchin or spider
monkeys. Unlike the other local monkey species, howlers can survive without eating 19
………………. and so can live inside a relatively small habitat area. Their diet is more flexible, and
they are able to tolerate leaves with high levels of 20 ……………… Howlers can also survive periods
of 21 ………………… better than the other monkey species can
Questions 22 — 26
Look at the following features (Questions 22-26) and the list of locations below. Match each feature
with the correct location, A, B or C.
Write the Correct letter, A, B or C, in boxes 22-26 on your answer sheet.
22 It has seen the return of native tree species.
23 It supports only one species of native monkey.
24 Its monkey population helps the agriculture of the area 25 It is home to populations of all
three local monkey species.
26 Its landscape was altered by the construction of a transport link.
List of Locations
A Hacienda La Pacifica
B Santa Rosa National Park
C Cholula Cacao Farm
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 10 and 11.
Innovation in Business
Innovation describes the way that we develop new ideas, products and approaches. and it is one of
the most vital human endeavours. Over the history of humanity, innovation has made life better in so
many different ways. It is part of human nature to recognise the benefits of innovation; however.l.the
majority of us have little comprehension of the processes that actually lead to innovation occurring. It
is a frequent topic for discussion in journals and university lecture theatres. However, in company
136
boardrooms across New Zealand, the term is heard far too frequently and more caution should be
applied. Certainly. a recent international survey showed that the idea of innovation is so broad as to
appear almost meaningless. with different sectors of the business world — or different divisions
inside the same business — often defining innovation in their own way.
While there is an obvious attraction to the new, innovation is not always about large scale research
and development projects or revolutionary business models; it can be on a small, highly localised
scale and involve a step-by-step approach. The famous case study of the drinks company Lucozade
shows it can be as simple as adding a screw top to a bottle. This carefully managed change in
packaging shifted the public perception of the product from a medicine to a sports drink and
Lucozade profited handsomely, clearly showing their approach was successful. So what steps can
businesses take to keep ahead in the innovation game?
There seems to be a widespread belief that the world's best ideas are sudden and intuitive. Thomas
Edison supposedly invented the light bulb with a sudden moment of clarity, but in fact the book
Edison: His Life and Inventions shows that Edison's own inspiration usually resulted from laborious
experimentation, rather than a moment of genius. Thus, business managers are at risk of
overestimating the pace of development while underestimating the amount of perseverance needed.
This is why we must reject the false assumption that innovation is just a moment of brilliance waiting
to strike.
No exploration of innovation is complete without mention of Steve Jobs, the late chief executive
officer (CEO) of Apple. No-one encapsulated the creative essence of Silicon Valley, the home of
many global tech companies, better than Jobs, but he has also been accused of arrogance. Jobs
managerial approach often irritated his co-workers but, in part, it was the fuel for his visionary
innovations. He felt it his duty to make society a better place, but his egotistical behaviour could
have undesirable consequences, too. Jobs' former employees have suggested this type of
demanding behaviour affects sickness rates and group morale. which in turn may squash creativity
and innovation.
In his 2011 TED (Technology, Entertainment, Design) Talk, economist Tim Harford made this
statement: 'Show me a successful complex system, and I will show you a system that has evolved
through trial and error.' It sounds like common sense, and some commentators have claimed
Harfords TED Talk was not persuasive, because. it was stating the obvious. But he responds that a
trial and error approach is not all that obvious. because society expects all problems to have a quick
and simple solution. Harford is right to point out that both consumers and investors expect
consistent and clear breakthroughs. But the value of step-by-step innovation is often underrated and
failure may in fact be crucial to eventual success.
Former chief solutions officer at Yahoo, Tim Sanders, believes that innovation is only 'little ideas that
combine with other little ideas that improve themselves into game-changing ideas' This snowballing
effect has similarities to the phenomenon that author and broadcaster Steven Johnson calls the
'hummingbird effect' of innovation. This points out that progress in a specific area or discipline can
end up triggering small but significant developments elsewhere entirely. A good case to cite in
137
support of this universal truth would be Gutenberg's printing press, which was revolutionary in itself
for making books accessib'e to the masses. However, the press also affected an unrelated industry
by causing a rise in demand for reading glasses.
This highlights the wider idea of connectivity, which is an essential component of innovation. When
Kode Biotech won a recent innovation award. CEO Steve Henry had this to say: Most people think
innovation is invention, but they don't understand that innovation is the conversion of invention
inte)3omething useful.' This is particularly true when comes to Kode's highly speciafted use of nano-
technology. Henry says that Kode cannot chase all the opportunities it has created. Instead, Kode's
approach is to collaborate with similar nano-technology businesses, which take its innovations and
develop them into commodities that can be sold in the marketplace.
Innovation can be hectic and disorganised, but that is the way that radical new ideas sometimes
come about. But, for established businesses, the disorderly nature of innovation can seem
discouraging. Previously Unavailable, a specialist innovation consultancy, says that while 84% of
businesses consider innovation critical to their future, only 6% are satisfied with their innovation
efforts. Previously Unavailable uses a process called Black Box, which was developed following a
study at Harvard Business School. Black Box was formed to overcome the barriers that prevent
innovation in larger organisations. Using this unique system. Previously Unavailable will lease a
team of innovation experts on a short-term basis to client organisations to assist with conceiving,
developing and launching new products and business innovation. It seems probable that this sort of
innovation consultancy will become increasingly common, just as businesses already employ
specialist consultants for legal, financial or marketing services.
Questions 27- 30
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to saf wh he writer thinks about this
27 Most people naturally understand how innovation happens
28 The word ‘innovation’ is overused in business in New Zealand.
29 There are many interpretations of what innovation means in business, according to one
global study.
30 Research and development projects have a higher priority today than in the past.
Questions 36 — 40
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-G, below. Write the correct letter. AG. in boxes
36-40 in your answer sheet.
138
36 A book about the life and work of Thomas Edison suggests that
37 People who have worked for CEOs like Steve Jobs claim that
38 Critics of Tim Harford’s 2011 TED Talk say that
39 Steven Johnson's 'hummingbird effect' proposes that
40 Kode Biotech CEO Steve Henry believes that
A innovators do not get enough credit for their own ideas.
B innovation may influence a completely different field.
C expressing what everyone already knows is pointless.
D innovation can be enhanced through collaboration with similar companies.
E innovation requires a great deal of hard work.
F copying ideas that already exist is not true innovation.
G certain personality types can limit innovation
ĐỀ 11
SECTION 1 – QUESTION 1-10
Questions 1 – 6
Birthday party arrangements
Which hotel offers the following facilities?
Write the correct letter, A, B, C or D, next to questions 1-6.
A. Royal Hotel
B. Star Hotel
C. Winchester Hotel
D. all three hotels
Example
Online booking B
1.sea view …………………………..
2. disabled access …………………………..
3. indoor play area …………………………..
4. choice of food
…………………………..
5. private dining room
139
…………………………..
6. group discount …………………………..
Questions 7 — 10
Things to do immediately
Send a7………………………….to the Winchester Hotel
Make the 8………………………….
Things to do latter
Find out who needs help with 9…………………………..
Tell people not to bring any 10…………………………..

Questions 11 — 16
write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer. The game of curling 11. The four players
on the team are called the…………………………..the Second, the Third and the Skip.
12. The length of ice on which curling is played is called the…………………………..
13. The target area is called the…………………………..
• The main pieces of equipment used are stones and brushes.
14. Scottish brushes are usually made from…………………………...
15. One shoe needs to have a sole made of…………………………..
16. The captain of the team often carries a
Questions 17— 20
Choose the correct letter, A. B or C
17 Montreal Curling Club is famous as
140
A. the champion club of the local league.
B. the oldest sports club in the region.
C. the most influential club in winter sports.
18 The Caledonian Curling Club was formed in order to
A. attract interest in the sport.

B. train young players.
C. fix regulations for the game.
19 In the 16th century. curling avoided being banned because
A. it was already so popular

B. it was good training for battle.
C. it was only played by children.
20 Earty curling games in Canada used implements made of
A. local material.
B. imported stone.
C. cast iron.

Questions 21 — 24
Using scientific techniques to investigate works of art 21 What does

Josh think about Jackson Pollock's paintings?
A. They are easy to copy.
B. They are complex.
C. They are childish.
22 The $5 painting was considered to be a fake because
A. it lacked documentation.
B. it was too cheap.
C. it featured the wrong colours.
23 What made the International Foundation for Art Research reject the $5 painting?
A. what was on the back of the painting

B. the type of paint used
C. how the paint was applied
24 What do Josh and Emily agree about art evaluation?
141
A. Only an experienced critic can evaluate a painting's authenticity.
B. Modern scientific methods have replaced the traditional approach.
C. Experts from the science and art worlds should work together.
Questions 25 — 30
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-H, next to questions 25-30.
A. ultrasound
B. gamma-ray technology
C. stone
D. a laser scanner
E. a radar machine
F. glass
G. a thermographic camera
H. brick
Seracini's search for Leonardo Da Vinci's Battle of Anghiari
Seracini used 25………………………….. to help make a model of

the building
Seracini used 26………………………….. to reveal different materials in the walls. He

found the original architecture.
Seracini guessed that Da Vinci painted his masterpiece on the east wall, in a space
that used to hold 27…………………………..
Seracini analysed
the all using 28………………………….. and
discovered a second wall behind it.
142
Seracini hypothesized that the Da Vinci painting is still there on
the original 29………………………….. wall
Seracini is using 30………………………….. to prove his theory.

Questions 31 - 40
Sustainability
Sustainability: Term first used in 1987 by writers of United Nations report Lecture aim:
Analysis of the 31………………………….. surrounding sustainability
Sustainable development: Development that will meet the needs of both present and future 32
…………………………..
Myth 1:
• No mention of the 33 ………………………….. in original definition

• Original focus: poorer nations should have the same 34…………………………... to natural
resources as richer nations
• This would help them achieve better 35………………………….. conditions
Myth 2: 'Green' vs Sustainable
• Key difference: unlike 'green', •sustainable' is not always associated with things that are
natural • For the sustainability lobby, the key problem is finding 36…………………………... to
develop technology
• Sustainability lobby is prepared to 37………………………….. .. nuclear energy
Myth 3: Role of technology
• Introduction of battery stations on 38………………………….. . is an example of new business

thinking, not new technology
• Agriculture: some farmers plant crops like sunflowers which don't use much water, unlike 39
…………………………..
Greater use of water is a result of changes in our 40…………………………..
143
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on Reading Passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3
When Maps were Made for the Public

Since the art of map-making began, maps have largely been made for explorers, academics and
rulers. It wasn't until the 19th century that the general public began to demand maps for themselves.
More than anything else, it was the appeal of travel to ordinary people that encouraged publishing
companies to begin creating and printing more maps than ever before, in order to meet the demand
of their new market.
In the years after the American Civil War (1861-65), the rapidly growing US railroad system had so
many independent rail companies, schedules and destinations that maps were critical for planning a
person's journey. One publisher, Rand McNally, made a fortune from producing railways maps for
different parts of the USA, combined with a timetable and many descriptions of scenery and towns in
the same booklet.
When safety improvements in the 188tts helped to make the bicycle popular, cycling maps quickly
followed. Thing to provide something special, publisher George Philip produced attractive-looking
maps that would remain in good condition even if they were exposed to water. In 1896, one of the
finest cycling maps was produced, in seven pans: George Blum's Cyckrin Guide and Road Book of
Cali/n ia. Each cycle road was highlighted in red and labelled with not only the type of surface riders
could expect to find, but also an indication of how steep it was.
The advent of the car brought a need for road maps and travel information. In 1900, Andre Michelin
published a guide about France, with maps that showed the location of different kinds of reasonably
priced accommodation and also car assistance for any mechanical problems. However, it was due
primarily to its recommendations regarding which was the best restaurant to go to that the guide
quickly became something that a huge number of tourists and travellers bought and relied on.
Nowhere was the need for road maps greater than in the United States. In 1902, the American
Automobile Association was founded in Chicago, and three years later it published irs first road
maps for long-distance drivers. In 1917, Rand McNally began to publish Tradc Maps, a series of
maps that each focused in detail on a different region that people might hope to visit within North
America. The same publisher also helped to establish the US's system of identifying its roads.
Previously roads had names, following the European tradition, but now, thanks in part to Rand
McNally, they were allocated numbers instead. Also in the early twentieth century, publisher H. M.
Gousha Company developed the Touraide, a set of spiral-bound maps with places to stay and eat
and points of interest, ordered in advance and assembled individually for the traveller.
The oil companies did not take long to realize the profit to be made from Americans exploring the
open road, so service stations soon began to distribute free maps to encourage this. Free road
maps became part of the fabric of American life, and it has been estimated that more than ten billion
144
were distributed before the 1970s. It was then that the rising costs of oil and subsequent falling
consumption led to the oil companies investigating where savings could be made. The maps were
one of the first things to go.
Another map product was the aeronautical chart for pilots. The first examples were produced in
France and England around 1911. Techniques progressed greatly during World War 1, and during
the 1920s there was continual development of maps for air navigation.
New niaps also became available for those who only wanted to cross town by train. Some of the
early maps of the London Underground were based on the city above ground; therefore, although
they were accurate in terms of distance and direction, the maps were confusing because the
stations in central London were so crowded together.
In 1931, Harry Beck produced a map that looked rather like an electrical circuit, with straight lines
and symbols. It included only one feature above ground: the river Thames. The stations were also
spaced relatively equally, making the map much easier to read. Although Beck's map was initially
rejected as too radical, it was approved in 1933. He continued to refine it for the next 25 years.
Shortly after Heck's contribution to the mapping of subterranean London, an equally significant
achievement was performed above ground. Phyllis Pearsall was a painter who, in 1935, became lost
on the way to a party in London, due to the lack of a good map. This inspired her to plot all of
London, and the next year she traced and catalogued its 23,000 streets. With map-maker James
Duncan, Pearsall then produced an atlas and a comprehensive street index. Unable to interest any
of the major publishers, the two founded their own company, the Geographer's Map Company Ltd,
and produced what was then called the A—Z Atlas and Guide to London. The company still exists
and now publishes more than 300 different A—Z maps and atlases.
Questions 1 - 6
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer. Write your answers in boxes 1-6 on
your answer sheet.
The development of maps from the 19th century onwards
• a growing interest in travel led to the increased production of maps in the 19th century
After 1865: • Rand McNally made a lot of money by putting a map and a 1……………….
publication After 1880:
• George Philip produced maps that could not be damaged by water

• George Blum's cycling map showed
- the kind of 2………………. the paths had
- how steep the paths might be 1900 onwards:

145
• Andre Michelin's guide provided information about
- finding economical 3……………….
- what to do if your car broke down
• the Michelin guide became popular mainly because it helped people select a
4……………….
1917 onwards:
• Rand McNally
- the company's Auto Trails Maps helped people explore roads through a particular
5………………. of the USA
- the company was also responsible for giving 6………………. to American roads
Questions 7 — 13
NOT GIVEN If there is no information on this
7 The Touraide was organised according to the particular needs of each traveller.
8 It was the high price of oil that stopped free maps being given out to the public.
9 In the 1920s. maps for pilots helped improve safety records for flights
10 People found the early maps of the London Underground easy to read.
11Harry Beck had previous experience of map-making when he produced a map of the
underground.
12 Beck's first version of the underground map met with a positive reaction.
13 Phyllis Pearsall was the first woman to produce a published map.
READING PASSAGE 2
Passage should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26, Kobel are based on Reading "ssage 2
on pages 6 and 7
Preserving Antarctic History
146
Protecting early buildings in Antarctica
A Few people conjuring up the 'most comfortable dwelling place imaginable' are likely to picture a
wooden shelter on an island off the coldest continent on Earth. But that's how Antarctic explorer
Robert Falcon Scott described the hut at Cape Evans on Ross Island that was the base for his
1911)-13 expedition. The hut is nestled below a small hill on a long stretch of black sand. In
2011, it looked like a building site, but now, seals lie on the ice in front of the newly restored
structure and sun reflects off the cliffs of the nearby glacier.
B The New Zealand Antarctic Heritage Trust (NZAHT) and its team of conservation workers
recently announced the completion of 10 years of intensive work to save three historic buildings
on Ross Island. As well as the but at Cape Evans, it has worked on the Discovery Hut from
Scott's 1901-04 expedition at Hut Point, and the but at Cape Royds, built for Ernest Shackleton's
1907-09 expedition. When work began, many of the artefacts were temporarily removed while
carpenters from the team of conservation workers repaired the walls, floors and roof. In Scott's
'zone of command' was the table where team member Edward Wilson made his enduring
biological and botanical illustrations. In a dark corner nearby, Edward Atkinson had once
incubated his moulds and parasites. Of particular interest is the small workbench and array of
test tubes, sample jars and Bunsen burner stands of biologist Edward Nelson, lit by sunshine
through a dusty window. This was where the young scientist preserved marine specimens as part
of his search for new species and an understanding of the Antarctic food chain.
C The NZAHT executive director Nigel Watson describes the three restored huts as
'fantastic remnants of humans' first contact with the continent'. The idealor the birth of the
conservation project, he says, 'was the fact that we were in great danger of losing them'. When the
on-site work began in 2004, snow and ice were building up around, under and sometimes inside the
huts, damaging the structures and threatening their contents. ‘We now have three buildings that are
structurally sound and watertight with a very different feel - they are drier and lighter and the
humidity is reduced. It's a much better environment for the collection’.
D As well as heritage carpenters, the NZAHT team on Ross Island has included experts in textile.
paper and metal conservation: in total, 62 experts from 11 countries have visited Antarctica to
work on the project, often spending a whole summer on-site, sleeping in tents and popping 25km
back to Scott Base for the occasional shower. 'It became known as the most exciting
conservation project in the world. says Watson, 'so it attracted top heritage conservation talent.'
E Some of the most exciting discoveries were three intact crates of 'Mackinlay’s Rare Old Highland
Malt Whisky' found encased in ice beneath Shackleton’s hut, a paper notebook that belonged to
surgeon, zoologist and photographer George Murray Levick found buried in dirt at Cape Evans
and a small box of 22 cellulose nitrate negatives waiting to be developed into photographs found
in Herbert Ponting's darkroom. But most of the 18,202 items catalogued and conserved are more
147
mundane: food, tools, clothing and other personal items that were not precious enough to be
taken home on the return voyages.
F The NZAHT team's conservation treatments involved thorough cleaning, followed by chemical
treatment to help slow, or even reverse, the deterioration. Metal items would go through corrosion
removal, followed by a chemical stabilisation treatment, then application of an oxygen and
moisture barrier to prevent further corrosion. Treatment of paper items often involved washing to
remove harmful acids and salts and to help reinforce the fibres so that in some: cases the paper
was even stronger than before.
G As a result of the project, the NZAHT has become the world leader in cold-climate heritage
conservation and its members have been interviewed for numerous television documentaries and
radio reports. The Ross Island huts are the jewels in the crown', says Watson, but there are other
historic buildings needing attention. With logistics support from Antarctica New Zealand,
programme managers Al Fastier and Lizzie Meek will be part of a small team heading to Cape
Adare, an exposed site more than 700km north of Scott Base. The two Cape Adare huts,
remnants of an 1898 - 1900 British expedition, 'are not only the first buildings on the continent',
says Watson, but also 'the only example of humanity's first buildings on any continent on Earth'.
H The three-year restoration effort will involve construction repairs and the removal, conservation
and return of about 1100 objects. Compared with the hut sites on Ross Island, which are
relatively sheltered, Cape Adare is 'a very remote and challenging place to work in', says Watson.
It's set among the world's biggest colony of Adelie penguins on an exposed spit of land, and it is
important that they don't interrupt the functioning of the colony in any way while they are there.
Lizzie Meek looks forward to the challenge. 'But I'm also looking forward to going back to the
Ross Island huts and seeing them with fresh eyes. After so many years of working on them, to be
able to step inside huts, and look around to see what we have accomplished will be amazing.'
I If you can find your way to Antarctica, you'll need a permit to visit any of these huts which are
each in an Antarctic Specially Protected Area. But there's an easier way to see them without
making the long journey: the trust has partnered with Google to offer Street View walkthroughs of
each of the dwellings, available via Google Earth or through the NZAHT's website.
Questions 14-19
Reading Passage 2 has nine paragraphs. A-I
Write the correct letter, A-1. in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet.
14 a reason the early explorers left some objects behind
148
15 an explanation of how to see the huts without travelling to Antarctica
16 reference to the fact that Robert Falcon Scott enjoyed the time he spent living in the hut
17 reference to how the Ross Island project has received attention from the media
18 the reason the trust decided to begin conservation work at Ross Island 19 a description of the
process for preserving paper
Questions 20 and 21
Write the correct letters in boxes 20 and 21 on your answer sheet.
Which TWO research activities were carried out by Scott's expedition team?
A. collecting samples of sea life

B. monitoring penguin behaviour
C. studying the effects of cold on the human body
D. keeping a record of Antarctic weather patterns
E. drawing pictures of plants and animals
Questions 22 and 23
Which TWO statements are true about the conservation workers on Ross Island'?
A. They lived in Scott's huts while carrying out the work.

B. They were in Antarctica for months at a time.
C. They had previously worked together in New Zealand
D. They restored the contents as well as the buildings themselves
E. They had no access to showers at all
Questions 24 — 26
Complete the summary below,
149
Cape Adare
Cape Adare is located several hundred kilometres north of Scott's hut. The huts on
Cape Adare are not as 24………………. as those on Ross Island and the workers have to be careful
not to disturb the group of 25………………. living nearby. Visitors to Antarctica must have a
26………………. to see the restored huts.
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 11 and 12
Questions 27 — 33
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below Write the correct
number; 1-vIII, in boxes 27-33 on your answer sheet.
27 Paragraph A List of Headings
28 Paragraph B i negative reaction to receiving flowers
29 Paragraph C ii Some surprisingly strong responses to flowers A
30 Paragraph D iii mutually beneficial relationship'?
31 Paragraph E iv Becoming more open about personal matters
32 Paragraph F v Some common social functions of flowers
33 Paragraph G vi Sensory appeal versus practical purpose of flowers
vii Bridging the gap between strangers in an enclosed space
viii An imperfect theory
Flower Power
A Why do we give people flowers? To offer condolence to those who are psychologically grieving.
To celebrate. To woo. To ask for forgiveness. We all know intuitively that there is something
Powerful about giving flowers. In fact, few objects provoke such a universal emotional response.
In the US alone, the flower industry is now worth about $5bn a year which suggests that, at the
very least, they service a compelling human need.
B Recent studies at the Department of Psychology at Rutgers State University of New

Jersey investigated claims that flowers are unique among living organisms in their ability to induce
profound changes in our emotional state. As the first part of their research, the Rutgers team visited
150 women in their homes. Each was presented with a variety of gifts such as flowers, fruit or
sweets. The women were unaware that the study was about the effect of the flowers on their
emotions. They were told that it was a study about their daily moods, and that they would receive a
150
gift in return for taking part. Following the presentation of the gift, those receiving flowers were
assessed as displaying a much more positive mood than those who got other gifts, and this effect
lasted for several days. After receiving flowers, they were also more willing to answer questions
concerning their social circle and intimate conversations with friends and family. The results suggest
that flowers influence our secondary socio-emotional behavinigs, as well as having a strong effect
on our immediate emotional expression.
C In the second study, the psycnoiogists observed participants being handed single flowers, or
alternative gifts, in a constrained and stressful situation - inside an elevator. Contrary to
predictions regarding gender differences, both men and women presented with flowers were
more likely to smile, to stand closer and to initiate conversation. Several subjects who were given
the alternative gift then learnt that flowers were also being handed out, and returned to the
elevator and demanded a flower. The scientists used elevators for this study precisely because
the most typical behaviour in sparsely occupied elevators is for people to retreat to opposite
corners. The subjects who received flowers, however, dosed up that space to a considerable
extent indicating that the flowers not only induced a strong positive mood, but brought a
significant affiliation among people who had never previously met.
D The third study involved regularly sending flowers to a selected sample of men and women. The
researchers found not only a profound elevation of mood, but also reliable improvements in other
measures of cognitive function, like memory. In this series of experiments, some participants
produced such extraordinary emotional displays that the psychologists were totally unprepared
for them, Subjects gave spontaneous hugs and kisses to the people who delivered the flowers,
and sent invitations to the psychologists to come to their homes for refreshments.
E Various evolutionary hypotheses attempt to explain the remarkably powerful psychological effect
of flowers. One is that our aesthetic preferences for fertile locations and growing things stern from
prehistory, when these clues in our environment could mean the difference between starvation
and survival. We may have become hardwired to respond positively to Rowers because for early
man, finding them in a particular location predicted future food supplies and possibly a better
place to rear children. Yet the flaw in this argument is that the supplies and possibly showy
flowers which humans seem to find most visually attractive are generally found on those plants
which yield no edible products.
F The Rutgers psychologists' findings show that the various physical attributes of flowers combine
to directly affect our emotions through multi-channel interactions. We have evolved preferences
for the particular colours, textures, patterned symmetries and specific floral odours which
influence our moods. Indeed, previous research has established that popular perfumes, which
often have a floral 'top-note', will actually reduce depression. The origins of these inclinations may
well be as the evolutionary theories suggest: the patterned symmetries of flowers can be detected
easily as a recognisable signal within a wide variety of visual arrays, and a response to certain
colour tones is important in finding ripe fruit against a leafy background. But, claim the Rutgers
151
team, these preferences have long been separated from their primary evolutionary use, and
become rewarding to us more generally. Thus plants with preferred colours, shapes and odours -
despite having no other products -would therefore be protected and dispersed.
G The Rutgers study suggests that flowers may have actually evolved to exploit their peculiar
impact on humans. The team's theory proposes a plant-human co-evolution, or even
domestication, based on the intense emotional rewards that flowers provide. The idea that
flowering plants, with no known food or other basic survival value to man, have co-evolved with
us by exploiting an emotional niche instead, is very much like the scenario presented for the
evolution of dogs. Flowers may be the plant equivalent of 'companion animals'. If this is true, then
there is a very real sense in which, when you next give flowers, they are using you just as much
as you are using them.
Questions 34 — 37
Classify the following statements as referring to
A the first study
C the second study
D the third study
Write the correct letter. A. B or C. in boxes 34-37 on your answer sheet.
34 The study focused on participants' short-term reaction to receiving flowers.
35 Participants were deliberately misled as to the aim of the study.
36 Receiving flowers had a notable effect on participants' mental capacities. 37 Male and female
responses were more uniform than expected
Questions 38 — 40
Complete the summary of paragraph E below.
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from paragraph E for each answer.
A possible explanation for the appeal of flowers

It has been suggested that our intense response to flowers originates in prehistoric times. The
presence of flowers might indicate a potential source of 38………………. in a particular location,
and primitive humans would search for such signs when looking for a suitable site to raise their
39………………. The interpretation of these signs was essential for the survival of our ancestors.
152
However, the problem with this idea is that the plants producing the most attractive flowers do not
usually have fruit which is
40……………….
153
ĐỀ 12
SECTION 1 – QUESTION 1-10 Complete the notes
below.
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Al Furniture
Removals
Example
Request to move furniture within UK
Details of items:
• A 1…………………. (normal size)

• A small 2 …………………. table
• A antique 3…………………. (2mX2m)
• A cupboard (1.9m X 1m, doors made of 4………………….) Items to be collected
from:
• 21 A forest Road
• Muswell Hill
• London
• M10 3LY
• Contact name: Tania Green
• Phone: 0777 422 8760 Items to be delivered to:
• 488 5 Road
• Birmingham
• B17 5CB
• Contact name: Stephen Green
• Phone: 0121 551 6743 Price quoted:
6$ ( not including 7…………………. ) Date of

collection:
• August 26 ( in the 8 ………………….) Parking:
• Collection: at the 9 …………………. of the house

• Delivery: in front of the 10 …………………. of the house SECTION 2 – QUESTION
11-20
Questions 11 - 16
Museum tour
154
11 What does the tour guide advise the visitors to do in the museum today?
A. see the most popular exhibits first

B. pay a brief visit to each gallery
C. go to the photography gallery last
12. The museum was designed by William Craven, who also designed
A. A textile factory
B. The town hall
C. The railway station
13. the Museum won an award for the preservation of the
A. Staircase
B. Floor
C. Windows
14. Most of the money for the project came from
A. The public
B. The government
C. Local business
15. Over the next five years, the museum will invest mainly in
A. restoring existing collections B. developing educational programmes

C. purchasing new objects for display.
16. Visitors who are interested in learning more about the exhibits should
A. Visit the museum’s website

B. Read the leaflets on display
C. Attend the monthly lectures
Questions 17-20
What information does the guide give about each of the following collections?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to Questions 17-20
Information
A. Has been shown in different museums
B. Consist of work by a local resident
C. Has exhibits from various countries
D. In only on temporary display
E. Shows things the are no longer common
F. Is on load from foreign museum
155
Collections
17 18th century paintings ………………….
18 Farnley collection ………………….
19 Kitchen appliances …………………. 20 Fashion gallery ………………….

Questions 21-25
Choose the correct letter from A-G
What are the characteristics of the following analysis methods?
Choose FIVE letters from the box and write letters A-G, next to questions 21-25
A. It will save a lot of business time and effort

B. it is visualized
C. it does not fit our company
D. it will take too long
E. it is easy to use
F. it is difficult to apply
G. it is suitable to almost all sized companies
Analysis Methods
21. PEST ………………….
22. Drill Down ………………….
23. PMI ………………….
24. Pareto ………………….
25. SWOT ………………….
Questions 26-30
26. What does Frances consider as the best strength of the company?
A. reputation
B. experienced employees
156
C. management
27. what factor did Sam overlooked for the future growth of the company?
A. seek for cheaper suppliers

B. set up an overseas office
C. compete with major competitors
28. Which of the following can be the threat to a company?
A. increasing competition
B. outdated technology
C. new legislation
29. What has Sam learned from the research?
A. using better tools

B. cost of a success business
C. gap between reality and theory
30. What is the professor's suggestion for the report?
A. give a final determination

B. reorganize a clear structure
C. add more detailed information

below
Employment Survey on Graduates
Overview
• Interviews from which subject: 31………………….

• Two research methods: email questionnaires and 32………………….
Findings
• 32% of students tended to acquire another 33………………….

• Only 4% were unemployed
• Most of the students work in the 34…………………. sector
• Majority are happy with: 35………………….
Feedback
Useful skills learned in college:
157
• Working as a 36 …………………. member
• Personal organization
• 37 …………………. ability
Useless skills:
• 38 …………………. (lack of training)

• Advice on 39 …………………. (unnecessary)
• Advice on finding a 40 …………………. (not enough)
READING PASSAGE 1
pages 2 and 3.
Advertising needs attention

The harder advertisers try to get y9our attention, the more your brain ignores them.
Jane Raymond, a consumer psychologist at the University of Wales in Bangor, is carefully holding
and gazing at a bottle of Chillz mineral water like a baby. Despite being made of clear plastic it looks
as if it has been carved from ice This simple feature means shoppers are drawn to this bottle over
the others on the shelf and cannot resist picking it up, Raymond says. She studies the subtle factors
that motivate us to buy what we buy, and advise big companies on how powerful an advertisement
is, and how it could be designed to stick more firmly in a consumer's memory. Most of all she works
out how to attract your attention.
In today's fast-paced consumer world, attention is in short supply. Whether we are taking our time
shopping in a mall, surfing the internet for information , or just watching television as a form of
passive entertainment, consumers are surrounded by messagesexperiencing one every 15 seconds
of our waking lives, according to some estimates. Last year, companies worldwide spent $401 billion
on advertising, according to the independent World Advertising Research Centre in the UK. But as
the graveyard of failed products shows, they usually get it wrong.
Nine out of 10 new products meet an early death, says Jamie Rayner, director of research at ID
Magasin, a UK consultancy specializing in consumer behavior. And the reason, he explains, is
simple: conventional advertising ahs ceased to work. Rayner and his colleagues have measured
how consumers, in particular regular commuters, react to advertising, and their conclusion should
alarm many executives. They used a camera embedded in a pair of glasses to record their gaze as
they glanced at advertisements on their journey to and from work. After analyzing the recordings
and questioning the subjects, they found that most of the advertisements made no impression at all:
only about one per cent could be recalled without prompting. It seems that although we may be
looking at brands and advertisements all day long, most of the time we're not taking anything in.
Raymond thinks she knows why. Her move from research in visual processing into consumer
psychology began in the early 1990s, when she discovered some strange behavior in the brain's
158
attentional system. She showed people a stream of letters and numbers on a screen and asked
them to look out for a shite letter o an X. When she asked her volunteers afterwards what they had
seen, she found that if the X appeared up to half a second or so after the white letter, or vice versa,
people failed to see it. She concluded that if something catches your attention, your brain is blind to
anything else for a short period afterwards. She called this effect the 'attentional blink'. In short, the
reason most advertising doesn't work is that we're in a severe state of attentional overload. Unless
advertising is presented in a way the brain can absorb, it is simply not seen, Raymond says.
So what does this mean for advertiser? A typical television advertisement consists of a series of
attention-grabbing images interspersed with the product. But unless the scenes in the advertisement
are cut to take account of attentional blink. The brain is likely to ignore the information the advertiser
wants to get across. The same applies to magazine advertisements, where viewers often register
the main image but fail to pick up on the secondary images-the bits advertisers often desperately
want us to see. Raymond says advertisers consistently fail to consider how easily the brain misses
the point. It's not that they haven't realized that the space and time they have to get their message
across has shrunk. But advertisers respond by cramming in ever more complex information.
Raymond is opposed to this and her advise is simple: deliver your message in a straightforward
manner and do so slowly, gently and concisely.
After her research on the attentional blink, she wondered whether attention would be linked to other
processes in the brain, particularly emotion. Could our attentional state influence whether we like or
dislike a brand, for example? Today, companies are hugely interested in the emotional value of their
brand as they want their products to make us feel good. It is well known that if something elicits
positive emotions then you are more likely to take notice of it. But Raymond's further research also
demonstrated that if people are distracted by an image or a brand when performing an intellectually
demanding task they tend to instantly dislike the brands, regardless of its emotional value. So for
example, if you are reading a web page when a banner advertisement starts flashing, or are
watching a film with intrusive product placement, it is probable you will come to dislike the brand
whatever it is.
This contradicts the more-exposure-the-better rule most of the industry follows, says Raymond
and means that advertising can backfire horribly. Advertising can backfire horribly. Advertisers tend
to buy much exposure for a product as they can, through television and radio commercials as
billboards, whatever they think will attract their target audience, but again Raymond has found that
this doesn't necessarily work in their favor. Perhaps the most dangerous time, says Raymond, is the
holiday season when advertisers are madly competing to grab people's attention. 'Marketers don't
realize that humans digest information like they do food. Once they are full, if they are shown any
more food, they're disgust,' she says.
Questions 1-7
Do the following statement agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes 1-7 on
your answer sheet, write
159
FALSE if the statement contradicts with the information
1 Jane Raymond statement that Chillz mineral water is packaged in a way that is unattractive to
consumers.
2 Consumers are still exposed to more advertising through television commercials than through the
medium of the internet.
3 According to Jamie Rayner, the reason that most products are discontinued is that advertising
fails to attract consumers.
4 Jamie Rayner shows that people are no longer influenced by traditional advertisements.
5 Jamie Rayner believed that commercials should be simpler in their content.
6 Advertisements showing unfamiliar brands affect a person’s concentration more than ones with
familiar brands.
7 Jane Raymond suggests that a product should be advertised in as many ways as possible.
Question 8-13
Answer the questions below
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answers
in boxes 8-13 on your answer sheet.
8 What group of consumers were specifically targeted in Jamie Rayner's research?
9 What subject did Jane Raymond use to study before focusing on the behaviour of consumers?
10 According ording to the writer, what important aspect of an advertisement in print do many
people fail to notice?
11 According to the writer, what do companies today want their products to have in order to make
consumers feel positive about themselves?
12 What does Jane Raymond say will annoy someone watching a movie?
13 According to Jane Raymond, when do advertisers promote their products most fiercely?
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26 , which are based on Reading Passage 2
on page 5 and 6.
160
Growing more for less
Satellite technology is helping farmers boost crop yields
A For farmers, working out the optimal amount of seed, fertiliser, pesticide and water to scatter
on a field can make, or break, the subsequent harvest. Regular laboratory analyses of soil and plant
samples from various parts of the field can help-but such expertise is costly, and often unavailable.
However, a new and cheaper method of doing this analysis is now on offer. Precise prescriptions for
growing crops can be obtained quickly, and less expensively, by calculating the amount of electron-
magnetic radiation reflected from agricultural land. The data is collected by orbiting satellites.
B Examining the wavelength of the radiation that is reflected can reveal, with surprising
precision, the properties of the soil, the quantity of crop being grown, and the levels in those crops of
chlorophyll, various mineral, moisture and other indicators of their quality. If recent and forecast
weather data is added to the mix, detailed ,maps can be produced indicating exactly how, where
and when crops sho7ld be grown. The service usually costs less than US $15 per hectare for a
handful of readings a year, and can increase yields by as much as 10%.
C Such precision farming using satellite-based intelligence is a relatively new technique. Even
so, it is catching on quickly. Five times a year, for example, a French cereal-growers' co-operative
called Sevepl purchases satellite data and makes it available to its members in the form of maps of
their fields, divided into three of four colour-coded zones per hectare. For each zone, one of about
50 fertilizer formulas is recommended. On top of this, if the wheat in the field has already grown
quite high early in the season, and heavy showers are expected, an appropriate dose of growth
regulator is recommended for each zone. (Lone, fragile stems break more easily in downpours.)
Then, farm vehicles equipped with global-positioning system locators automatically mix and apply
the prescribed dose to each area.
D France is the pioneer in this sort of surveillance. More farmland is analysed by satellite there
than in any other country, according to Infoterra (a subsidiary of EADS Astrium), the firm that is
France's largest provider of such informaiotn, supplying data to companies such as Sevepi.
Moreover, Henri Douche, head of Infoterra's agriculture sales in Toulouse, reckons the amount
monitored farmland will increase as weather patters change and farmers can no longer rely on the
past as a guide to the future. When confounded by the yield variations that these new weather
patterns will bring, even farmers who are afraid of new technology will sign up, he says.
E Inexpensive date on the productivity of land is advantageous to governments, too. Areas

where fertillisers and pesticides are being applied excessively can be pinpointed, studied and
regulated by environmental and land- use agenices. Guy Lafond, an agronomist with Agriculture and
Agri-food Canada, a government agency, says the satellite date it purchases is providing useful for
the study of fields with declining productivity in the province of Saskatchewan. Overkill with nitrate
fertilizers (which are also a source of greenhouse gases) appears partly responsible. And according
161
to RapidEye, a German statellite operator, insurance companies are also studying satellite data with
a view to selling insurance policies to governments of famine-prone countries that might be
threatened by crop failure.
F In March, RapidEye began selling data that helps forecast harvest. 'Too often, farmers limit
productivity by managing fields uniformly,' says Fredrick Jung-
Rothenhausler, head of product development at the firm's headquarters in Brandenburg an der
Havel. Our satellites are the first commercial satellites to include the Red-Edge band of the light
spectrum, which is sentitive to changes in chlorophyll content. More research will be necessary to
realise the full potential of the Red-Edge band. However, this band can assist in monitoring
vegetation health, improving species separation and also help in measuring protein and nitrogen
content in biomass.' The company's date, which comes from both Europe and the Americas, breaks
field productively down into patches just five metres square.
G The advantage that satellite technology provides in terms of precision farming do not have to
be restricted to rich countries. In Africa, where many soils have become badly depleted of nutrients,
better fertiliser management would greatly improve the situation. As a consequence, the charitable
trust World Agroforestry Centre, in the city of Nairobi, in Kenya, has begun to build up a catalogue of
the radiation patterns derived from around 100,000 samples of African soils. The information is the
key to understanding the potential of these soils to be more agriculturally productive. Once passed
on to the International Center for Tropical Agriculture, based in Colombia, South America, it is
intended that the information be used to build a database called the 'Digital Soil Map'. When ready,
this will provide farmers with free forecasts, developed with regularly updated satellite imagery,
across farmland in a number of countries in Africa. This is information which will almost certainly
assist in improving crop yield. For a hunger-ravaged continent, that is good news indeed.
Questions 14-20

14 an example of how farmers in one country are now using satellite data to determine fertiliser use.
15 a reference to climate change and its effects
16 a reference to the effect on the soil of using too much fertiliser
17 an example of information that will be shared between different countries.
18 a mention of the country which is the leader in agricultural technology
162
19 a description of an innovation in satellite imaging which requires further study
20 evidence of the cost effectiveness of using satellite technology in agriculture
Questions 21 and 22
Which TWO companies obtain information directly from satellites?
A Sevepi
B Infoterra
C Agriculture and AgriFood Canada
D RapidEye
E World Agroforestry Centre
Questions 23-26
Complete the sentence below.
23 Initially, orbiting satellites are used to measure………………. coming from farmland. 24

………………. believes that confusion about irregular weather will cause more farmers use satellite
technology.
25 As a result of satellite technology, it may become possible to insure against the risk
of……………….
26 In Africa, much of the soil suffers from the loss of……………….
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 9 and 10.
The fluoridation controversy

The long-standing debate about whether to fluoridate our drinking water continues
163
Fluoridation is the addition of fluorine to public water supplies with the aim of reducing tooth decay.
The fluorine, when mixed with water, becomes fluoride and the desired concentration of fluoride in
public water is approximately one part per million, depending on the regional temperature and hence
the amount of water people are likely to drink. Many studies, such as those by McClure in 1970
through to Burt in 1983, have shown that when children drink fluoridated water, their average rate of
tooth decay seems greatly reduced. A typical figure claimed is 50 percent reduction. This apparently
enormous benefit for children's teeth is the major argument in favor of fluoridation.
Three main grounds for opposition to fluoridation have been expressed. First, opponents claim the
benefits are exaggerated or not established. Second, there are claims of health risks to parts of the
population, for example, allergic reactions. It is also accepted that high levels of fluoride can cause
discoloration of otherwise healthy teeth.
Proponents do not consider this to be a problem in such small concentrations, whereas opponents
disagree-especially because some people drink more water and obtain much more than the
standard 1 milligram of fluoride per day. Third, fluoridation is thought to be an infringement on
individual rights because it is compulsory medication of all members of a community.
An understanding of the fluoridation issue has important implications. If, according to the experts,
fluoridation is unquestionably a beneficial and non-hazardous measure, then the wisdom of allowing
the public to vote on, and reject it must be questioned.
Almost all studies that have been done have assumed that the scientific aspects of the controversy
are unproblematic, and they have excluded science from sociological examination. The traditional
view is that science is a special kind of knowledge, which is established through scientific methods
and objectively applied by members of a scientific community. However, in recent years there has
been a major challenge to this picture by a sociology of science that shows how scientific knowledge
is socially negotiated, and inevitably linked to the values of the relevant parties, both scientists and
nonscientists. These challengers do not see scientific knowledge as exempt from social inquiry.
Kuhn(1970) argued that scientific knowledge does not always develop as an orderly process, but is
characterized by periodic revolutions, in which the methods of study and the assessment criteria
change in a fragmented way. According to Kuhn, the shift from one scientific way of thinking to
another is not made solely on the basis of clear rules of formal scientific practice, but can include
social factors, though Kuhn has never developed a full analysis of what these might be. Collins
(1975) took this concept further when he asserted that the outcome of experiments was not
something whose meaning could be immediately comprehended, but rather something for
interpretation, discussion between scientists, and reinterpretation in the light of other experiments.
One interpretation of this analysis of science is that traditional distinctions between facts and
theories, and between scientific knowledge and values, can no longer be justified. Because social
processes are involved at all stages of the creation, evaluation, and establishing of scientific
knowledge, social values may also be involved.
In the same way as many scientists who study fluoridation have overlooked social values,
sociologists have also down played an important part of the debate by ignoring the number of
164
eminent scientists who have questioned aspects of fluoridation. An example is the study by Sutton in
1960, which analyzed the classic North American studies of the effect of fluoridation on tooth decay,
and found that each showed significant methodological shortcomings. Sutton's detailed study throws
doubt as to the extent of reductions in tooth decay from fluoridation. Yet Sutton's book is not cited in
a single analysis of the fluoridation issue by any sociologist.
In a situation of some scientific uncertainty, differences in values are highlighted. A supporter of

fluoridation might argue. 'The evidence for the benefits of fluoridation is quite substantial, while the
evidence for harm is limited and dubious. I think the likely benefits outweigh the possible dangers;
hence I support fluoridation because it is the cheapest and easiest way to make sure every child
reaps the benefits.' An opponent might argue, 'Though the evidence for the benefits of fluoridation is
substantial, there is some doubt about it. Since fluoridation is not necessary for good teeth, we
should forego the benefits if there is some slight chance of harm. Some scientists claim that a small
percentage of the population could be harmed by fluoride. Therefore, I oppose fluoridation of water
supplies and favor the voluntary use of fluoride tablets by those who want to take them.
Both arguments consider the scientific evidence concerning fluoridation, but differ in their
assessments of the social benefits and costs. This difference is not between rationality and
irrationality but is a legitimate difference in values, for example, the positive value placed on good
teeth, the negative value placed on possible health risks, and the social benefits or costs of
compulsory or voluntary intake of fluorides.
From the sociological point of view, opposition to fluoridation is not necessarily irrational. Rather,
claims to rationality and to scientific authority are better seen as part of a strategy to promote
fluoridation than as incontrovertible statements of fact. Second, social values are likely to be bound
up in any decision about fluoridation, so this is not an issue on which declarations by scientific
experts ought to be considered the final word.
Questions 27-31
27 The optimum amount of fluorine in fluoridated water is calculated partly according to A how
hot the area is.
B how warm the water is.
C how many dental problems there are in the community.
D how much fluorine the community chooses to have in its water.
28 One reason given by the writer for opposing fluoridation is that A it may contribute to tooth
decay.
B it will be unacceptably expensive for the public.
165
C obligatory fluoridation takes away personal freedom.
D excessive fluoride could be added to the water by mistake.
29 The writer mentions Kuhn in order to
A provide a contrast with the view of Collins.
B support the rational nature of scientific inquiry.
C demonstrate that Kuhn did not argue his case adequately.
D show that science can be influenced by non-scientific considerations.
30 What did Sutton's research discover about earlier studies in North America?
A There were failings in the way they were carried out.
B The scientists involved had achieved unique results.
C Proponents of fluoridation had not understood its long-term effects.
D Fluoridation had a greater effect on tooth decay than previously believed.
31 In the last paragraph, what does the writer say about scientists?
A They should reveal their true motivations.
B They should not decide the fluoridation policy.
C They are solely concerned with scientific truths.
D They cannot reach agreement on the fluoridation issue.
Question 32-35
Do the following statements agree with the views of the writer in Reading Passage 3? In boxes 32-
YES if the statement agrees with the views of the writer
NO if the statement contradicts the views of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this 32 Scientific
knowledge should be kept separate from social values.
33 many sociologists have disregarded the doubts that some scientists have concerning fluoridation.
34 Sutton's findings have been given insufficient attention by scientists nt aside of North America.
35 There are valid arguments on both sides of the fluoridation debate.
166
Questions 36-40
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-G, below.
36 The traditional view of science is that
37 A sociological view of science argues that
38 Collins is of the opinion that
39 The writer suggests that a supporter of fluoridation may conclude th
40 The writer suggests that an opponent of fluoridation may conclude that
A the results of scientific research are not always understood at first.
B science is an unbiased discipline.
C people should be able to choose whether they want fluoride.
D there is insufficient proof to support a cautious approach.
E the serious damage fluoride causes far outweighs any positive effects.
F children are not the only ones who benefit from fluoridation.
G scientific knowledge is affected by the beliefs of everyone concerned.
ĐÊ 13
SECTION 1 – QUESTION 1-10 Complete the notes.
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Renting an
apartment Location
• In central Sydney
Description
• A 1………………… apartment (for one or two people)

• Approximately 34 spare meters
• A shared 2…………………
• On the fourteenth floor
• Views of the 3…………………
• Outdoor area: a 4…………………
Tenants have:
167
• A 5………………… (no charge for residents)
• An indoor pool
• two 6…………………(reduced charge for residents)
• underground 7…………………
• easy access to transport in the area
• Rent: $…………………per month
• include 9…………………
Other details
available from 10…………………August

Questions 11 - 16
Complete the flow-charts below.
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter A-I. next to questions 1115.
A. 12 months'probation
B. Circuit-based
C. Provisional licence
D. Renewable after one year
E. Revision
F. Road-based
G. Road safety check
H. RTD test
I. Trial test
Driving lessons
Theory course Practical course
Lessons (classroom or Training and assessment

online) (14…………………)
11 ………………… Training and assessment

(classroom) (om the highways)
12…………………
168
Trial test
Road Traffic Department
(RTD) test
15…………………
13…………………
Full driving license

(16…………………)
Questions 17-20
17. If you want to do the theory course, you
A. have to reserve a place.

B. can get details on the internet.
C. must pay the whole cost in advance.
18. What does the woman say about the theory classes?
A. They are available in more than one language

B. All the necessary materials are provided.
C. Trainees stay together for the whole course.
19. What does the woman say about the practical course?
A. You must attend a session every day.

B. You are allowed to drive your own car
C. You can book at certain shops.
20. There is no charge for a cancelled practical session if
A. the instructor agrees to reschedule it.

B. the required amount of notice is given.
C. a medical certificate is produced
SECTION 3 – QUESTION 21-30 Questions 21-25

Choose the correct letter, AB or C.
Product development presentation: mosquito net

169
21. Edward heard about a type of mosquito net from
A. an administrator.
B. a doctor.
C. a friend.
22. Edward believes that mosquito nets were first used in
A. China.
B. Japan.
C. Egypt.
23. Chemical treatment of mosquito nets in the mid-twentieth century
A. was first developed by a soldier.

B. made them potentially dangerous to users.
C. was made possible by modern textiles.
24. The owners of present-day nets
A. A are likely to find they have an unpleasant smell.

B. B should avoid using them every night.
C. may have difficulty obtaining the necessary chemical.
25. According to Edward, Olyset nets are better than other nets because they
A. remain effective for longer.

B. use a greater number of chemicals
C. give protection against more types of insects.
Questions 26-30
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 26-30.
A. workforce
B. sources of funding
C. investment opportunities
D. unique features of the product
E. future developments
F. production figures national economies
170
Seminar presentation
Context: need for anti-malarial products Figures
relating to:
• global incidence of the disease
• impact on 26 …………………
Mosquito nets
• History
• 27…………………
Production
• information about 28 …………………
• profile of manufacturer with
• description of 29 …………………
• 30 ………………… (according to website)

Question 31-36

Earth-sheltered Housing Advantages:
• has a 31………………… on the environment

• increased use of energy-efficient 32…………………. technologies
• easy to maintain no noise from the 34………………… outside (big problem in many
conventional homes)
• health benefits from advanced methods of 35………………… Earth-sheltered housing in
the UK:
• no longer difficult to get planning permission

• more likely to get approval for development in 36....................... areas
• may replace mobile homes on the coast
Questions 37-40
Which UK projects have the following features?
171
Choose the correct answer.
A. Mole Manor
B. The Hockerton Project
C. Both Mole Manor and the Hockerton Project
37 favourable reaction …………………
38 self-sufficiency in energy …………………
39 low building costs …………………
40 luxurious accommodation …………………
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13 which are based on Reading Passage 1 on
pages 2 and 3.
Multiple intelligences
The implications of multiple intelligence theory for teachers
The first intelligence test was developed in France by Alfred Binet early in the 20century. By the
1920s and 1930, intelligence tests and their product, an individual's IQ (Intelligence Quotient), had
become widely used in many societies around the world. Tests of this type, however , have now
fallen into disrepute. All they test is linguistic and logical-mathematical intelligence and this
traditional definition of intelligence is now regarded as too narrow. We now know that 75% of
teachers are sequential, analytical presenters but 70% of students do not actually learn this way. A
number of investigators now believe that the mind consists of several independent modules or
intelligences. The educational psychologist most responsible for this change of attitude is Howard
Gardner, professor of education at Harvard University in the United States and the creator of the
Multiple intelligence theory.
Multiple Intelligence theory, according to Gardner, is an endorsement of three key propositions: we

are not all the same, we do not all have the same kinds of minds, and education works most
effectively if these differences are taken into account, Gardner argues that there are at least eight
kinds of intelligence that are important to fuller human development and that are available for almost
everyone to develop. These intelligence are:
1. Linguistic intelligence
2. Logical-mathematical intelligence
172
3. Musical intelligence
4. Spatial intelligence
5. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence
6. Interpersonal intelligence
7. Intrapersonal intelligence
8. Naturalist intelligence
Gardner also speculates on the possibility of there being both a spiritual intelligence and an
existential intelligence but comes to no definite conclusions.
Following are some characteristics of the different intelligences, along with ways to exercise and
develop them:
Linguistic intelligence :
Involves reading, writing , speaking, and conversing in one's own or foreign languages. It may be
exercised through reading interesting books, listening to recordings, using various kinds of computer
technology, and actively participating in discussion.
Logical-mathematical intelligence :
Involves number and computing skills, developing an awareness of patterns, and the ability to solve
different kinds of problems through logic. It may be exercised through playing number and logic
games , and solving various kinds of puzzles.
Musical intelligence :
Involves understanding and expressing oneself through music and rhythmic movements or dance. It
may be exercised through exposure to a variety of recordings, engaging in rhythmic activities , and
singing , dancing , or playing various instruments.
Spatial intelligence :
Involves the ability to create and manipulate mental images, and the orientation of the body in
space. It may be developed through sharpening observation skills, solving mazes and other spatial
tasks , and using imagery and active imagination.
Bodily- kinesthetic intelligence:

Involves understanding how to communicate with and understand other people and how to work
collaboratively. It may be exercised through cooperative games, group projects and discussions,
and dramatic activities or role-playing.
Intrapersonal intelligence:
173
Gardner proposes that the eight intelligences he has identified are independent, in that they develop
at different times and to different degrees in different individuals. They are, however, closely
related , and many teachers and parents are finding that when an individual develops
Involves comprehending our emotions, and growing in the ability to control and work with them
consciously. It may be exercised through participating in independent projects, journal-writing, and
finding quiet places for reflection Applyig Multiple Intelligence theory to the classroom proficiency in
one area, the whole constellation of intelligences may be enhanced.
Gardner refers to intelligences as potentials that will or will not be activated , depending upon the
values of a particular society, and the personal decisions made by individuals and / or their families .
A student who believes that intelligence can be developed is likely to be persistent and
adventurous . However, learner who thinks they have no control over their ability level is more likely
to get upset when faced with failure , as it can only be constructed as evidence of inadequate
ability .The fluid theory of intelligence advocated by Gardner encourages students to stretch
themselves.
Does the fact that we each have a unique profile mean that teachers should plan individual lessons
for every student in the class to talk this into account? Clearly, this would be impractical and the
solution lies in including classroom activities designed to appeal to each of the intelligence types.
Gardner suggests that the challenge of the coming decades is to stop treating everyone in a uniform
way. He proposes individually configured education-an education that takes individual differences
seriously and creates practices that serve different kinds of minds equally well.
Questions 1-4
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1 ? In boxes 1-4
1 Intelligence tests became popular worldwide in the early 20th century.
2 Traditional intelligence tests focused on assessing language and mathematical ability. 3 New
types of intelligence tests have now been developed to assess the potential of schoolchildren.
4 Research has shown that the majority of students benefit when information is taught in a
sequential manner.
Questions 5-10
174
Complete the table below .
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answer in
Intelligence type Characteristics Examples of ways to develop
the intelligence
Linguistic Language ability Taking part in 5…………….

Reading
Logical-mathematical Numberacy / logic skills Number games Solving

puzzles
Musical Expression through music Playing musical instruments

and dance Performing
Listening to different
6…………….
Spatial Manipulation of mental Tasks requiring imagination
images of objects in space
Improving 7…………….
Bodily-kinesthetic Physical skills Working with 8…………….
Playing sports
Interpersonal Communication skills Group work Drama
Intrapersonal Understanding and Working alone Reflection

controlling 9
Naturalist Understanding nature Exploration of nature
Organizing 10……………. of
items
Question 11-13
Complete the sentences below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each
answer. Write your answers in boxes 11-13 on your answer sheet. 11 in the experience of teachers
and parents , when……………. In one intelligence is improved , other areas may also develop. 12 if
a learner feels their level of intelligence is fixed, they may not cope with…………….
as well as a learner who believes intelligences is flexible.
13 Gardner believes that in the future educational programmes need to cater for the…………….
between students .
175
READING PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26 , which are based on Reading passage on
pages 7 and 8 .
Question 14-19
Reading passage 2 has six paragraphs A-F
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of heading below. White the correct
14 Paragraph A
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F
List of Headings
i Experimenting with an old idea ii Life cycle of
Madeagascar spiders iii Advances in the textile
industry
iv Resources needed to meet the project's demands v The
physical properties of spider silk vi A scientific analysis of
spider silk vii A unique work of art
viii Importance of the silk textile market ix Difficulties
of raising spiders in captivity
A unique golden textile

A two-man project to use spider silk is achieved after 4 years
A A rare textile made from the silk of more than a million wild spiders has been on display at the
American Museum of Natural History in New York City. To produce this golden cloth, 70
people spent four years collecting golden orb spiders from telephone poles in Madagascar,
176
while another dozen workers carefully extracted about 80 feet of silk filament from each of the
arachnids. The resulting 11-foot by 4-foot textile is the only large piece of cloth made from
natural spider silk existing in the world today.
B Spider silk is very elastic and strong compared with steel or Kevlar, said textile expert Silom
Peers, who co-led the project. Kevlar is a lightweight synthetic fabric which is chemically
related to nylon. It is very tough and durable and used in bullet-proof vest. Kevlar is also
resistant to wear, tear, and heat and has absolutely no melting point. But the tensile strength
of spider silk is even greater than Kevlar's aramid filaments, and greater than that of high-
grade steel. Most importantly, spider silk is extremely lightweight: a strand of spider silk long
enough to circle the Earth would weigh less than 500 grams (18 oz). Spider silk is also
especially ductile, able to stretch up to 140 per cent of its length without breaking. It can hold
its strength below-40c. This gives it a very high toughness, which equals that of commercial
fibers.
C Researchers have long been intrigued by the unique properties of spider silk.
Unfortunately, spider silk is extremely hard to mass produce. Unlike silk worms, which are easy to
raise in captivity, spiders have a habit of chomping off each other's heads when housed together.
According to Peers, there's scientific research going on all over the world right now trying to replicate
the tensile properties of spider silk a apply it to all sorts of areas in medicine and industry, but no
one up until now has succeeded in replicating 100 per cent of the properties of natural spider silk.
D Peers came up with the idea of weaving spider silk after learning about the
French missionary Jacob Paul Camboue, who worked with spiders in Madagascar during the 1880s
and 1890s. Camboue built a small, hand-driven machine to extract silk from up to 24 spiders at
once, without harming them. The spiders were temporarily restrainer their silk extracted, and then let
go, Peers managed to build a replica of this 24-spider silking machine that was used at the turn of
the century, said Nicholas Godley, who co-led the project with Peers. As an experiment, the pair
collected an initial batch of about 20 spiders. When we stuck them in the machine and started
turning it, lo and behold, this beautiful gold-colored silk started coming out', Godley said.
E But to make a textile of any significant size, the silk experts had to drastically scale up their
plan. Fourteen thousand spiders yield about an ounce of silk, Godley said, and the textile
weighs about 2.6 pounds. The numbers are overwhelming. To get as much silk as they
needed, Godley and Peers began hiring dozens of spider handlers to collect wild arachnids
and carefully harness them to the silk-extraction machine. We had to find people who were
willing to work with spiders, Godley said, because they bite' By the end of the project, Godley
and Peers extracted silk from more than 1 million female golden orb spiders, which are
abundant throughout Madagascar and known for the rich golden color of their silk, Because
the spiders only produce silk during the rainy season , workers collected all the spiders
between October and June. Then an additional 12 people used hand-powered machines to
extract the silk and where it into
177
96-filament thread. Once the spiders had been silked, they were released back into the wild , where
Godley said it takes them about a week to regenerate their skill. We can go back and re-silk the
same spiders, he said. It's like the gift that never stops giving.
F Of course, spending four years to produce a single textile of spider silk isn't very practical for
scientists trying to study the properties of spider silk, or companies that want to manufacture
the fabric for the use as a biomedical product, or an alternative to Kevlar armor. Several
groups have tried inserting spider genes into bacteria or even cows and goats to produce silk,
but so far, the attempts have been only moderately successful. Part of the reason it's so hard
to generate spider silk in the lab is that it starts out as a liquid protein that's produced by a
special gland in the spider's abdomen. Using their spinneret, spiders apply force to rearrange
the protein's molecular structure and transform it into solid silk. When we talk about a spider
spinning silk, we're talking about how the spider applies forces to produce a transformation
from liquid to solid, said spider silk expert Todd Blackledge of the University of Akron , Ohio ,
US, who was not involved in creating the textile. Scientists simply can't replicate the efficiency
with which a spider produces silk. Every year we're getting closer and closer to being able to
massproduce it, but we're not there yet. For now, it seems we'll have to be content with one
incredibly beautiful cloth, graciously provided by more than a million spiders.
Questions 20-23
Look at the following statements (Questions 20-23) and the list of researchers below
Match each statement with the correct researcher, A ,B or c
Write the correct letter A, B or C in boxes 20-23 on your answer sheet
20 It takes a tremendous number of spiders to make a small amount of silk
21 Scientists want to use the qualities of spider silk for medical purposes
22 Scientists are making some progress in their efforts to manufacture spider silk
23 Spider silk compares favourably to materials known for their strength
List of Researchers
A Simon Peers B Nicholas Godley C Todd Blackledge
Questions 24-26
Complete the summary below
178
Choose ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer
Write your answers in boxes 24-26 on your answer sheet
Producing spider silk in the lab

Both scientists and manufacturers are interested in producing silk for many different purposes.
Some researchers have tried to grow silk by introducing genetic material into 24…………….and
some animals. But these experiments have been somewhat disappointing.
It is difficult to make spider silk in a lab setting because the silk comes from a liquid protein made in
a 25……………. inside the spiders body. When a spider spins silk, it causes a 26…………….that
turns this liquid into solid silk Scientists cannot replicate this yet.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40 ,which are based on Reading Passage 3
on page 10 and 11.
The power of persuasion

A new Zealand restaurateur assesses some recent research from the USA
Some scientists peer at things through high-powered telescopes, others tempt rats through mazes,
or mix bubbling fluids in glass beakers. Then there is Robert Cialdini, whose unorthodox research
involves such mundane items as towels and chocolates. Nonetheless, Cialdini believes he is
discovering important insights into how society works, because he is donducting research into why
some people are more persuasive than others.
Cialdini hopes that, by applying a little science, we should all be able to get our own way more often.
This is in part a personal quest with its origins in his own experience : Cialdini claims that for his
whole life he has been easy prey for salespeople and fundraisers who have managed to persuade
him to buy things he did not want or give to charities he had never heard of.
experiments on the psychology of persuasion were telling only a part of the story, Cialdini began to
probe influence in the real world, enrolling in sales-training programmes. In this way, he believes he
learned first hand a great deal about how to sell automobiles from a car lot, insurance from an
office ,and even encyclopaedias door to door . Most recently his research has involved the now
famous experiments with towels. Many hotels leave a little card in each bathroom asking guests to
reuse towels and thus conserve water and reduce pollution. Cialdini and his colleagues wanted to
test the relative effectiveness of different text on those cards. Could hotels best motivate their guests
to co-operate simply because it would help save the planet, or were other factors more compelling ?
To test this ,the researchers redesigned the cards, replacing the environmental message with the
simple ( and truthful ) statement tha the majority of guests at the hotel had reused their towel at least
once. Those guests who received this message were found to be 26% more likely to reuse their
179
towel than those given the original message, and 74% more likely than those receiving no message
at all.
This was just one study that has enabled Cialdini to identify his Six Principles of
Persuasion. The phenomenon revealed by the towel experiment he calls " social proof" : the idea
that our decisions are influenced by what other people like us are doing . More perniciously , social
proof is the force underpinning some people's anxiety not to be left behind by their neighhours, thus
the desire for a bigger house or a faster car. Afurther principle, which he names " reciprocity ,was
tested in a restaurant by measuring how patrons would respond to after-dinner chocolates. When
the chocolates were dropped individually in front of each diner, tips went up 14%. This is reciprocity
in action: we want to return favours done to us, often without bothering to accurately calculate
whether what we are giving is proportionate to what we have received.
Cialdini's research has established four more such principles. 'Searcity' is the idea that people want
more of things they can have less of, a notion that advertisers ruthlessly exploit-limit of four per
customer" , Parents can also make use of scarcity by telling their little ones that this is a very
unusual chance so they should seize it immediately. The principle of 'authority' states that we trust
people who know what they are talking about. Cialdini maintains that many professional don't
display their credentials , fearing it is bastful or arrogant to publicise their expertise. The principle he
labels' consistency' suggests that we want to act in ways that are consistent with undertaking we
have already made. For example , if you are soliciting charitable donations, first ask colleagues if
they think they will sponsor you. Later, return with a sponsorship form to those who said yes and
remind them of their earlier undertaking . The final principle is 'likeness' : we are more easily
persuaded by those who seem similar to ourselves. In one study, people were sent survey forms
and asked to return them to a named researcher. When the researcher falsely indentified herself
( e.g Cynthia Johnson is sent a survey by Cindy Johansen') , surveys were twice as likely to be
completed.
Many of Cialdini's claims about persuasion are just that- highly persuasive-and I can readily see
evidence for some of them in my own workplace. But Cialdini's experiments were conducted in the
United Stateds and I wonder how well all of his findings can be applied here in New Zealand or
elsewhere around the world. For instance, I do understand the general principle of ' reciprocity' but
cannot imagine New Zealand waiting staff using his cynical chocolate trick in their restaurants
because the culture of tipping in this country is so different, But it is true that the way to a diner's
heart is to give them something they are not expecting in the way of service and in this country
reciprocation would more likely take the form of a return visit to the restaurant and not a tip. It may
be that age is also a factor and that different generations would react differently to say , the '
consistency' principle . I suspect that younger people in this country would respond quite positively
to this sort of approach, where as their parents might be put off by any hint of a hard sell, Perhaps in
the end we must accept that some of us are simply born with more persuasion skills than others and
that we have less control over such matters than Cialdini might like to think.
Question 27-31
180
Choose the correct letter, A, B,C or D
27 What point is the writer making about Robert Cialdini in the first paragraph?
A He wants to change the way society operates.
B He uses a wide variety of research techniques.
C He has an unconventional approach to this work.
D He refuses to make use of animals in his experiments.
28 What is the writer doing in the second paragraph?
A identifying a motivation for the research
B assessing on aspect of Cialdini's character
C questioning Cialdini's scientific research techniques D Applauding
researchers who examine their own experience 29 What are we told about Cialdini's
research methodology?
A it was conducted in a laboratory B it involved
him taking courses of study .
C it was focused on one particular product.
D it was based on interviews with salespeople
30 What was Cialdini's research question for the towel experiment?
A is it more effective not to use a card?
B Does the message make any difference?
C Why is the threat of pollution so persuasive ?
D Can hotels be persuaded to provide more towels?
31 The results of the towel experiment suggest that guests
A were disinclined to tell the truth about towel use
B preferred not to receive a message with their towels
C were more receptive to messages about other guests.
D responded more positively to an environmental message
181
Questions 32-36
Complete the summary using the list of phrases, A-J, below.
White the correct letter, A-J , in boxes 32-36 on your answer sheet.
The six principles of persuasion

Cialdini's towel experiment demonstrated the principle he named ' social proof, which can result in
competitive materialism . His research using chocolates suggests that people don't always assess
the 32……………. of transaction . A further principle recommends that advertisers and parents
should claim that something is a 33……………. In order to be more persuasive. The authority
principle is often ignored when some professionals are concerned their actions might be considered
34……………. He similarly suggests that people will give more to charity if they can be reminded of
35…………….
Lastly, even something like a 36……………. Has been shown to result in move surveys being
completed.
A rare opportunity B previous commitments C generous response
D true qualification E similar name F ruthless exploitation
G social obligation H relative value I bad behavior
J small favor
Questions 37-40
Do the following statements agree with the views of the writer in Reading Passage 3 ? In boxes 37-
40 on your answer sheet , write
YES if the statement agrees with the views of the writer
NO if the statement contradicts the views of the writer
37 The writer sees evidence of the reciprocity principle in his own family 38
Persuasion may operate in different ways in different countries.
39 New Zealand diners are likely to leave tips if they are given chocolate
40 Oder New Zealanders would be more attracted to consistency
182
ĐỀ 14
below.
Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer

Holiday rental Example
Owners' name: Carol and Dave Marriott

Aster cottage
• Available for week beginning 1…………………
• Cost for the week: 2$………………… Perlwinkle Cottage
• The same price as Aster Cottage last year
• Part of a building that was first used as a 3…………………
• The living room leads out to the 4…………………
• View of the 5 …………………from the bedroom
• Bring our own 6…………………
• Doesn't have a 7………………… The town
• The owner recommends the 8 restaurant
• The town is well know for this antique shopes

Payment
• Deposit: 9$
Deadline for final payment: final day of 10…………………
183
Question 11-14
Bridge to Brisbane Fun Run

11. On the day of the race the speaker recommends parking
A. in the sports ground.

B. by the river.
C. in the shopping centre.
12. The timing Chip should be attached to
A. the shirt or singlet.

B. a shoe.
C. the wristband.
13. Which group will run first?
A. yellow
B. red
C. purple
14. The race organisers still need to find volunteers to help with.
A. giving firsr aid.

B. handing out water.
C. starting the race.
Question 15 — 20
Write the correct letter, A- l, next to questions 15-20.
Map of Race Village
184
15. Stage
16. T- shirt Stand …………………
17. Bag Collection Area …………………
18. Information Centre …………………
19. Prize Draw Box …………………
20. Water Station …………………

Questions 21 - 26
Farmers' attitudes to new developments in agriculture

21. What does Dr Owen advise Joel to include in the title of his project?
A. the location of the farms

B. the number of farmers
185
C. the types of farming
22. Why has Joel decided to do face-to-face interviews?
A. to see the farmers' workplaces

B. to limit the time he spends on the project
C. to get fuller answers
23. Joel agrees to investigate how farmers get information on new developments
A. by showing them a series of pictures.

B. by asking them open questions.
C. by sending them a checklist in advance.
24. Concerning government communication with farmers, the speakers agree that
A. much of it is irrelevant.
B. it is often insufficient for farmers' needs.
C. the wording is sometimes unclear.
25. According to Joel's reading about the cost of making changes, many British farmers
A. leave investment decisions to their accountants.

B. have too little time to calculate the costs of new methods.
C. are reluctant to spend money on improvements.
26. Survey of Australian sheep farmers found that most of them
A. are usually reluctant to make changes.

B. make changes based on limited research.
C. want plenty of evidence before they make changes
Questions 27 - 30
What opinion is expressed about each of the following books?
Choose FOUR answers from the boy and write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 27- 30
Opinions A. It's badly organised.

B. It's out of date.
C. It's clear.
D. It's essential reading.
E. It's inaccurate.
F. It's well illustrated.
G. It's boring
Books
186
27. Contemporary Farming Manual …………………
28. Running a Small Farm …………………
29. Agriculture and Economics …………………
30. How to Survive in Farming …………………

below.
Aboriginal Textile Design

Ernabella Arts Centre
• Artists produce craft and learn new techniques
• Initially, artists produced rugs made from 31…………………
• Later artists made batik and screen-printed fabrics
Tiwi Designs
• Early designs included 32………………… mages

• Designs are linked to traditional beliefs, e.g. some designs are believed to bring
• 33…………………
Jimmy Pike
• Inspired by the Australian landscape, especially the 34…………………

• Started creating art when he was in 35…………………
• His textiles were used to make 36 …………………
Bronwyn Bancroft
• Her work is a modern look at 37 …………………and nature

• 1995 - painted a successful Aboriginal athlete's jeans with lizards and a
• 2001 - designed a 'Journey of a Nation' parade outfit with part of a
39………………… on it
Copyright Issues
• Exploiting Aboriginal imagery affects the artists and the cultural group,
• e.g. 'The 40…………………Case'
READING PASSAGE 1
187
below.
CLASSIFYING SOCIETIES
Although humans have established many types of societies throughout history sociologists and
anthropologists tend to classify different societies according to the degree to which different groups
within a society have unequal access to advantages such as resources, prestige or power, and
usually refer to four basic types of societies. From least to most socially complex they are clans,
tribes, chiefdoms and states.
Clan
These are small-scale societies of hunters and gatherers, generally of fewer than 100 people, who
move seasonally to exploit wild (undomesticated) food resources. Most surviving hunter-gatherer
groups are of this kind, such as the Hadza of Tanzania or the San of southern Africa. Clan members
are generally kinsfolk, related by descent or marriage. Clans lack formal leaders, so there are no
marked economic differences or disparities in status among their members.
Because clans are composed of mobile groups of hunter-gatherers, their sites consist mainly of
seasonally occupied camps, and other smaller and more specialised sites. Among the latter are kill
or butchery sites—locations where large mammals are killed and sometimes butchered— and work
sites, where tools are made or other specific activities carried out. The base camp of such a group
may give evidence of rather insubstantial dwellings or temporary shelters, along with the debris of
residential occupation.
Tribe
These are generally larger than mobile hunter-gatherer groups, but rarely number more than a few
thousand, and their diet or subsistence is based largely on cultivated plants and domesticated
animals. Typically they are settled farmers, but they may be nomadic with a very different, mobile
economy based on the intensive exploitation of livestock. These are generally multi-community
societies, with the individual communities integrated into the larger society through kinship ties.
Although some tribes have officials and even a "capital" or seat of government, such officials lack
the economic base necessary for effective use of power.
The typical settlement pattern for tribes is one of settled agricultural homesteads or villages.
Characteristically no one settlement dominates any of the others in the region. Instead, the
archaeologist finds evidence for isolated, permanently occupied houses or for permanent villages.
Such villages may be made up of a collection of free-standing houses, like those of the first farms of
the Danube valley in Europe. Or they may be clusters of buildings grouped together, for example,
the pueblos of the American Southwest, and the early farming village or small town of Qatalhdyuk in
modem Turkey. Chiefdom
These operate on the principle of ranking— differences in social status between people. Different
lineages (a lineage is a group claiming descent from a common ancestor) are graded on a scale of
prestige, and the senior lineage, and hence the society as a whole, is governed by a chief. Prestige
188
and rank are determined by how closely related one is to the chief, and there is no true stratification
into classes. The role of the chief is crucial.
Often, there is local specialisation in craft products, and surpluses of these and of foodstuffs are
periodically paid as obligation to the chief. He uses these to maintain his retainers, and may use
them for redistribution to his subjects. The chiefdom generally has a center of power, often with
temples, residences of the chief and his retainers, and craft specialists. Chiefdoms vary greatly in
size, but the range is generally between about 5000 and 20,000 persons.
Early State
These preserve many of the features of chiefdoms, but the ruler (perhaps a king or sometimes a
queen) has explicit authority to establish laws and also to enforce them by the use of a standing
army. Society no longer depends totally upon kin relationships: it is now stratified into different
classes. Agricultural workers and the poorer urban dwellers form the lowest classes, with the craft
specialists above, and the priests and kinsfolk of the ruler higher still. The functions of the ruler are
often separated from those of the priest : palace is distinguished from temple. The society is viewed
as a territory owned by the ruling lineage and populated by tenants who have an obligation to pay
taxes. The central capital houses a bureaucratic administration of officials; one of their principal
purposes is to collect revenue (often in the form of taxes and tolls) and distribute it to government,
army and craft specialists. Many early states developed complex redistribution systems to support
these essential services.
This rather simple social typology; set out by Elman Service and elaborated by William
Sanders and Joseph Marino, can be criticised, and it should not be used unthinkingly: Nevertheless,
if we are seeking to talk about early societies, we must use words and hence concepts to do so.
Service's categories provide a good framework to help organise our thoughts.
Questions 1-7
1 There's little economic difference between members of a clan.
2 The farmers of a tribe grow a wide range of plants.
3 One settlement is more important than any other settlements in a tribe.
4 A member's status in a chiefdom is determined by how much land he owns.
5 There are people who craft goods in chiefdoms.

189
6 The king keeps the order of a state by using an army.
7 Bureaucratic officers receive higher salaries than other members.
Questions 8-13
Answer the questions below
8 What are made at the clan work sites?
9 What is the other way of life for tribes besides settled farming?
10 How are Qatalhoyuk's housing units arranged?
11 What does a chief give to his subjects as rewards besides crafted goods?
12 What is the largest possible population of a chiefdom?
13 Which group of people is at the bottom of an early state but higher than the farmer?
READING PASSAGE 2
on the following pages.
Questions 14-20
Reading passage 2 has seven paragraphs, A-G.
Write the correct number, i-viii, in boxes 14-20 on your answer sheet.c#44,
14 Paragraph A
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F
20 Paragraph G
190
List of Headings
i How CSR may help one business to expand ii CSR in many aspects of a
company's business iii A CSR initiative without a financial gain iv Lack of action
by the state of social issues v Drives or pressures motivate companies to
address CSR vi The past illustrates business are responsible for future
outcomes vii Companies applying CSR should be selective viii Reasons that
business and society benefit each other
Corporate Social Responsibility

Broadly speaking, proponents of CSR have used four arguments to make their case: moral
obligation, sustainability, license to operate, and reputation. The moral appeal arguing that
companies have a duty to be good citizens and to "do the right thing" is prominent in the goal of
Business for Social Responsibility, the leading nonprofit CSR business association in the United
States. It asks that its members "achieve commercial success in ways that honour ethical values
and respect people, communities, and the natural environment." Sustainability emphasises
environmental and community stewardship.
A An excellent definition was developed in the 1980s by Norwegian Prime Minister Gro
Harlem Brundt- land and used by the World Business Council for Sustainable
Development: "Meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs." Nowadays, governments and companies need to account for
the social consequences of their actions. As a result, corporate social responsibility (CSR) has
become a priority for business leaders around the world. When a well-run business applies its vast
resources and expertise to social problems that it understands and in which it has a stake, it can
have a greater impact than any other organization. The notion of license to operate derives from the
fact that every company needs tacit or explicit permission from governments, communities, and
numerous other stakeholders to justify CSR initiatives to improve a company's image, strengthen its
brand, enliven morale and even raise the value of its stock.
B To advance CSR, we must root it in a broad understanding of the interrelationship between a

corporation and society. Successful corporations need a healthy society. Education, health care,
and equal opportunity are essential to a productive workforce. Safe products and working
conditions not only attract customers but lower the internal costs of accidents. Efficient utilization
of land, water, energy, and other natural resources makes business more productive. Good
government, the rule of law, and property rights are essential for efficiency and innovation. Strong
regulatory standards protect both consumers and competitive companies from exploitation.
191
Ultimately, a healthy society creates expanding demand for business, as more human needs are
met and aspirations grow. Any business that pursues its ends at the expense of the society in
which it operates will find its success to be illusory and ultimately temporary. At the same time, a
healthy society needs successful companies. No social program can rival the business sector
when it comes to creating the jobs, wealth, and innovation that improve standards of living and
social conditions over time.
C A company's impact on society also changes over time, as social standards evolve and science
progresses. Asbestos, now understood as a serious health risk, was thought to be safe in the
early 1900s, given the scientific knowledge then available. Evidence of its risks gradually
mounted for more than 50 years before any company was held liable for the harms it can cause.
Many firms that failed to anticipate the consequences of this evolving body of research have
been bankrupted by the results. No longer can companies be content to monitor only the obvious
social impacts of today. Without a careful process for identifying evolving social effects of
tomorrow, firms may risk their very survival.
D No business can solve all of society's problems or bear the cost of doing so. Instead, each
company must select issues that intersect with its particular business. Other social agendas are
best left to those companies in other industries, NGOs, or government institutions that are better
positioned to address them. The essential test that should guide CSR is not whether a cause is
worthy but whether it presents an opportunity to create shared value — that is, a meaningful
benefit for society that is also valuable to the business. Each company can identify the particular
set of societal problems that it is best equipped to help resolve and from which it can gain the
greatest competitive benefit.
E The best corporate citizenship initiatives involve far more than writing a check: They specify
clear, measurable goals and track results over time. A good example is General Electronics's
program to adopt underperforming public high schools near several of its major U.S. facilities.
The company contributes between $250,000 and $1 million over a five-year period to each
school and makes in-kind donations as well. GE managers and employees take an active role by
working with school administrators to assess needs and mentor or tutor students. In an
independent study often schools in the program between 1989 and 1999, nearly all showed
significant improvement, while the graduation rate in four of the five worst performing schools
doubled from an average of 30% to 60%. Effective corporate citizenship initiatives such as this
one create goodwill and improve relations with local governments and other important
constituencies. What's more, GE's employees feel great pride in their participation. Their effect is
inherently limited, however. No matter how beneficial the program is, it remains incidental to the
company's business, and the direct effect on GE's recruiting and retention is modest.
F Microsoft's Working Connections partnership with the American Association of

Community Colleges (AACC) is a good example of a shared-value opportunity arising from
investments in context. The shortage of information technology workers is a significant constraint on
192
Microsoft's growth; currently, there are more than 450,000 unfilled IT positions in the United States
alone. Community colleges, with an enrollment of 11.6 million students, representing 45% of all U.S.
undergraduates, could be a major solution. Microsoft recognizes, however, that community colleges
face special challenges: IT curricula are not standardized, technology used in classrooms is often
outdated, and there are no systematic professional development programs to keep faculty up to
date. Microsoft's $50 million five-year initiative was aimed at all three problems. In addition to
contributing money and products, Microsoft sent employee volunteers to colleges to assess needs,
contribute to curriculum development, and create faculty development institutes. Microsoft has
achieved results that have benefited many communities while having a direct-and potentially
significant-impact on the company.
G At the heart of any strategy is a unique value proposition: a set of needs a company can meet for
its chosen customers that others cannot. The most strategic CSR occurs when a company adds
a social dimension to its value proposition, making social impact integral to the overall strategy.
Consider Whole Foods Market, whose value proposition is to sell organic, natural, and healthy
food products to customers who are passionate about food and the environment. The company's
sourcing emphasises purchases from local farmers through each store's procurement process.
Buyers screen out foods containing any of nearly 100 common ingredients that the company
considers unhealthy or environmentally damaging. The same standards apply to products made
internally. Whole Foods' commitment to natural and environmentally friendly operating practices
extends well beyond sourcing. Stores are constructed using a minimum of virgin raw materials.
Recently, the company purchased renewable wind energy credits equal to 100% of its electricity
use in all of its stores and facilities, the only Fortune 500 company to offset its electricity
consumption entirely. Spoiled produce and biodegradable waste are trucked to regional centers
for composting. Whole Foods' vehicles are being converted to run on biofuels. Even the cleaning
products used in its stores are environmentally friendly. And through its philanthropy, the
company has created the Animal Compassion Foundation to develop more natural and humane
ways of raising farm animals. In short, nearly every aspect of the company's value chain
reinforces the social dimensions of its value proposition, *1/4‘distinguishing Whole Foods from its
competitors.
Questions 21-22
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
The implement of CSR, HOW?

Promotion of CSR requires the understanding of interdependence between business and society.
Corporations workers' productivity generally needs health care, education, and given
21……………... Restrictions imposed by government and companies both protect consumers from
193
being treated unfairly. Improvement of the safety standard can reduce the 22……………... of
accidents in the workplace. Similarly society becomes a pool of more human needs and aspirations
Questions 23-26
Look at the following opinions or deeds (Questions 23-26) and the list of companies below.
Match each opinion or deed -with the correct company, A, B or C.
Write the correct letter, A, B or C in boxes 23-26 on your answer sheet.
23 The disposable waste
24 The way company purchases as goods
25 Helping the undeveloped
26 Ensuring the people have the latest information
List of Companies
A General Electronics
B Microsoft
C Whole Foods Market
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40 which are based on Reading Passage 3
below.
Amateur Naturalists
From the results of an annual Alaskan betting contest to sightings of migratory birds, ecologists are
using a wealth of unusual data to predict the impact of climate change.
A Tim Sparks slides a small leather-bound notebook out of an envelope. The book's yellowing
pages contain beekeeping notes made between 1941 and 1969 by the late Walter Coates of
Kilworth, Leicestershire. He adds it to his growing pile of local journals, birdwatchers' lists and
gardening diaries. "We're uncovering about one major new record each month," he says, "I still get
surprised." Around two centuries before Coates, Robert Marsham, a landowner from Norfolk in the
east of England, began recording the life cycles of plants and animals on his estate —when the first
194
wood anemones flowered, the dates on which the oaks burst into leaf and the rooks began nesting.
Successive Marshams continued compiling these notes for 211 years. rs\
B Today, such records are being put to uses that their authors could not possibly have
expected. These data sets, and others like them, are proving invaluable to ecologists interested in
the timing of biological events, or phenology. By combining the records with climate data,
researchers can reveal how, for example, changes in temperature affect the arrival of spring,
allowing ecologists to make improved predictions about the impact of climate change. A small band
of researchers is combing through hundreds of years of records taken by thousands of amateur
naturalists. And more systematic projects have also started up, producing an overwhelming
response. "The amount of interest is almost frightening," says Sparks, a climate researcher at the
Centre for Ecology and Hydrology in Monks Wood, Cambridgeshire.
C Sparks first became aware of the army of "closet phenologists"as he describes them, when a
retiring colleague gave him the Marsham records. He now spends much of his time following leads
from one historical data set to another. As news of his quest spreads, people tip him off to other
historical records, and more amateur phenologists come out of their closets. The British devotion to
recording and collecting makes his job easier — one man from Kent sent him 30 years' worth of
kitchen calendars, on which he had noted the date that his neighbour's magnolia tree flowered.
D Other researchers have unearthed data from equally odd sources. Rafe Sagarin, an ecologist
at Stanford University in California, recently studied records of a betting contest in which participants
attempt to guess the exact time at which a specially erected wooden tripod will fall through the
surface of a thawing river. The competition has taken place annually on the Tenana River in Alaska
since 1917, and analysis of the results showed that the thaw now arrives five days earlier than it did
when the contest began.
E Overall, such records have helped to show that, compared with 20 years ago, a raft of natural
events now occur earlier across much of the northern hemisphere, from the opening of leaves to the
return of birds from migration and the emergence of butterflies from hibernation. The data can also
hint at how nature will change in the future. Together with models of climate change, amateurs'
records could help guide conservation. Terry Root, an ecologist at the University of Michigan in Ann
Arbor, has collected birdwatchers' counts of wildfowl taken between 1955 and 1996 on seasonal
ponds in the American Midwest and combined them with climate data and models of future warming.
Her analysis shows that the increased droughts that the models predict could halve the breeding
populations at the ponds. "The number of waterfowl in North America will most probably drop
significantly with global warming," she says. F But not all professionals are happy to use amateur
data. "A lot of scientists won't touch them, they say they're too full of problems," says Root. Because
different observers can have different ideas of what constitutes, for example, an open snowdrop.
"The biggest concern with ad hoc observations is how carefully and systematically they were taken,"
says Mark Schwartz of the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, who studies the interactions
between plants and climate. "We need to know pretty precisely what a person's been observing if
195
they just say 'I noted when the leaves came out', it might not be that useful." Measuring the onset of
autumn can be particularly problematic because deciding when leaves change colour is a more
subjective process than noting when they appear.
G Overall, most phenologists are positive about the contribution that amateurs can make. "They
get at the raw power of science : careful observation of the natural world," says Sagarin. But the
professionals also acknowledge the need for careful quality control. Root, for example, tries to
gauge the quality of an amateur archive by interviewing its collector. "You always have to worry
things as trivial as vacations can affect measurement. I disregard a lot of records because
they1 re not rigorous enough/1 she says. Others suggest that the right statistics can iron out some
of the problems with amateur data. Together with colleagues at Wageningen University in the
Netherlands, environmental scientist Arnold van Vliet is developing statistical techniques to account
for the uncertainty in amateur phenological data. With the enthusiasm of amateur phenologists
evident from past records, professional researchers are now trying to create standardized recording
schemes for future efforts. They hope that well-designed studies will generate a volume of
observations large enough to drown out the idiosyncrasies of individual recorders. The data are
cheap to collect, and can provide breadth in space, time and range of species. "It's very difficult to
collect data on a large geographical scale without enlisting an army of observers," says Root.
H Phenology also helps to drive home messages about climate change. "Because the public
understand these records, they accept them," says Sparks. It can also illustrate potentially
unpleasant consequences, he adds, such as the finding that more rat infestations are reported to
local councils in warmer years. And getting people involved is great for public relations. "People are
thrilled to think that the data they've been collecting as a hobby can be used for something scientific
— it empowers them," says Root.
Questions 27-33
Reading Passage 3 has eight paragraphs A-H.
Write the correct letter A-H in boxes 27-33 on your answer sheet.
27 The definition of phenology
28 How Sparks first became aware of amateur records
29 How people reacted to their involvement in data collection
30 The necessity to encourage amateur data collection
31 A description of using amateur records to make predictions
32 Records of a competition providing clues for climate change
196
33 A description of a very old record compiled by generations of amateur naturalists
Questions 34-36
Complete the sentences below with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage Write your
answers in boxes 34-36 on your answer sheet.
34 Walter Coates's records largely contain the information of……………...
35 Robert Marsham is famous for recording the ……………...of animals and plants on his land.
36 According to some phenologists, global warming may cause the number of waterfowl in North
America to drop significantly due to increased ……………...
Questions 37-40
Choose the correct letter A, B, C or D.
Write your answers in boxes 3 7-40 on your answer sheet.
37 Why do a lot of scientists discredit the data collected by amateurs?
A Scientific method was not used in data collection.
B Amateur observers are not careful in recording their data.
C Amateur data is not reliable.
D Amateur data is produced by wrong candidates.
38 Mark Schwartz used the example of leaves to illustrate that?
A Amateur records can't be used.
B Amateur records are always unsystematic.
C The color change of leaves is hard to observe.
D Valuable information is often precise.
39 How do the scientists suggest amateur data should be used?
A Using improved methods.
B Be more careful in observation.
C Use raw materials.
D Applying statistical techniques in data collection.
40 What's the implication of phenology for ordinary people?
A It empowers the public.
197
B It promotes public relations.
C It warns people of animal infestation.
D It raises awareness about climate change in the public.
ĐỀ 15
Questions 1-8
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/ORA NUMBER for each answer. Post Office-
package Delivery Form
Country of destination: USA
Package to reach
Destination by: 1………………… at latest
Service selected: 2………………… express
Sender
• Name: peter White
• Address: 3…………………
• Suburb: Lakeview Delivery to:
• Name: Anna 4…………………

• Address: Apartment 228, 5 …………………
• Upper 6…………………
• New Yor
Contents
• 7…………………
• 8 …………………
Question 9 and 10
9 What is the total cost of sending the package?
…………………
198
10 What is required in order to find a lost package?
…………………

The Montana Resort Hotel
11. Rob says the hotel is exceptional because of A its easy

access to the airport.
B its unpolluted setting.
C its quiet location.
12 What is the price range for a standard room?
A $80-$145
B $145-$210
C $210-$285
13. All the bedrooms in the deluxe suite ave A windows

on two sides.
B mountain views.
C a balcony.
14 The hotel encourages families to stay by offering A rooms with connecting

doors B childcare facilities.
C discounts at certain times of the year
15 what does Rob say visitors can do in the Grill Room?
A listen to live music
B have a full meal or a snack
C see their food being cooked
Questions 16-20
Write the correct letter, A-H, next to questions 16-20.
199
Hotel's outdoor facilities
16 barn for horses …………………
17 tennis courts …………………
18 swimming pool …………………
19 golf course …………………
20 Outdoor Facilities Manager's office …………………

Choose the correct letter, A, BorC.
Oral History
21. What source did Mike use for his definition?
A history textbook
B an academic article
C a lecture handout
200
22 According to Mike and his tutor, what is the most important contribution of the intern to oral
history?
A the permanent preservation of recording
B an increase in student interest
C wide access to the interviews by the public
23. Mike says he chose his particular topic ecause A he is a football fan.
B his father loves oot all
C his friends encouraged him
24. What does Mike say was his best source of information about the team?
A Doing research in the local newspaper archives
B speaking to the team manager
C looking at materials in the local library
25 How did Mike find the former players he has arranged to interview?
A on the internet
B in the team records
C in the phone book
Questions 26-30
What problems with the following aspects of the proposed interviews do the speakers identify?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-H next to questions 26-30.
Problems Aspects of the proposed interviews
A. Too unreliable 26 Questions drafted………………… 27
B. Too short time allotted …………………
C. Too noisy
28 'Recording equipment
D. Too long
used…………………
E. Too formal
F. Too factual 29 Subjects chosen…………………
G. Too complicated 30 Proposed report…………………
H. Too vague
201
Questions 31-40
Plant Behaviour
Changing ideas
• Scientists once thought of plants as being 31…………………organisms

• Now there is evidence that this is not true Recent studies
• Great Lakes sea rocket

• Found on 32…………………
• When near other plants, it normally produces extra 33………………… compete for nutrients.
• However, it behaves differently if it is related to the other plants
Sagebrush and thomapple
• Recognize the surrounding plants by the type of 34………………… that they reflect
• Identification is possible because all plants have a particular 35………………… Dodder plant
• Is unable to produce 36…………………

• Needs to feed off another plant to survive
• Affects farmers’ crops e.g. alfalfa, 37 …………………and citrus
• Identifies suitable “hosts” by detecting the 38………………… they give off
• Moves In a 39 ………………… to check the environment, then grows towards the most
suitable host
Plant science
• Use of modern 40 ………………… provides evidence of plant behaviour
READING PASSAGE 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on Reading Passage I on
page 2 and 3.
BUILDING A CASTLE
Guedelon is no ordinary building site. There is no rumble of diggers or shriek of circular saws. All is
peaceful and quiet, save for the continual tapping of the small army of stonemasons, the quacking of
the ducks or the occasional crow of the cockerel. Slowly but surely, a brand new medieval castle is
rising from the woods of Guedelon, Yonne, home to the Burgundy vineyards in the heart of France.
202
The year is 1229 that is, for the perposes of this project: to build a prince's 'château fort' using only
the techniques and tools of the 13th century.
The project has four main aims,' explains Macyline Martin, managing director for Guedelon. The first
is experimental archaeology — to try and verify all the theories, based on documents of the time.
There's also a social aim, because this region is very poor, with high unemployment: so it provides
jobs. Then there's tourism: the project couldn't work without visitors because a lot of money is
needed to pay people working here and to run the site. And finally, we want to open experimental
archaeology to everybody — because in France, history and architecture are still very much oriented
to academics.'
The idea for the project emerged about five years ago. It was the brainchild of Michel Guyot, who
bought and renovated the nearby castle of Saint-Fargeau, which was built and rebuild between the
10th and 18th centuries. Beneath hist castle were the original foundations of the 13th-century
building. Guyot thought it would be fun to construct a château to the same plans, but this proved too
big to attempt. So Jacques Moulin, managing director for the local historical monuments, drew up
plans for a smaller castle that would still be ambitious, but realistic. Five months later, having
managed to get together 600,000 Euros in funding, they began looking for a site that would provide
all the materials they needed: stone, water, sand, wood, iron and clay. They found it at Guedelon.
The only major cheat so far was early on when a mechanical earthmover was brought in to raise the
castle floor. Archaeologists know how it was done in the 13th century: by backbreaking, tedious
work. 'To do it by hand would have added ten years to the project,' says Franck, one of the site's
guides. It's still a long, painstaking task. Next to the beginnings of the east wall is the quarry, where
masons extract the ferruginous limestone to build the thick castle walls. They bore lines of holes into
the rocks and then they hammer metal wedges into them until the rock splits along the line. It is then
hewn into bricks, and cemented together with a mortar of chalk, sand and quicklime. Quicklime is
made by heating limestone to 800°C — done off-site because of the poisonous gases that come
from the process. Little wonder that 13th-century limeburners had a life expectancy of only 25-30
years. The bricks are the laid horizontally for the first metre of the wall, and vertically thereafter,'
says Franck, 'because if there was a shock from, say, a catapult, and the stones were all laid in the
same way, the shockwave would shatter the wall.'
The scientists and craftspeople alike are learning on the job, as they don't know exactly why or how
things were done as the historical evidence suggests. One such discovery significance of the marks
that masons carved into each finished stone. It was thought that these probably had superstitious
meaning, but experience and archaeological research reveals three very practical uses: to establish
how much each mason should be paid; to keep track of who made what, in case of any problems;
and to specify where the stone should be placed in the castle reconstruction.
Guedelon has scientific committee of archaeologists that discusses ideas and problems as they
emerge, and will approve works and practices only when its members are sure that they are true to
the 13th century. Reaching unanimity is not always easy. 'All the big plans for the castle itself all
done but the details aren't settled,' says Martin. `So, during the winter, the site manager and I visit
203
other castles in the region. When we see something we want to do here, we draw a sketch, make
plans and show this to the committee.'
The castle will take at least a decade longer to build then it would have in the 13th century. 'With the
same number of workers it would have taken 15 years then,' says Franck. 'But we could do this too
if we had only professional workers, if the site wasn't open to the public and if we worked harder —
today it's illegal to work more than 8 hours a day, as they did at the time.'
Workers come and go but at any one time about 40 people are working on the site. Some are
students, others have 'downshifted' from other careers, others are local unemployed people learning
skills they might use elsewhere — say, in château restorations around France. They are trained on
the site as the need arises, and in the winter they may be trained in modern techniques as part of
Guedelon's social remit.
So, indeed, what will happen when Guedelon's magical-looking castle is complete? They might build
houses around it; perhaps villages may develop, testing out 13thcentury agricultural techniques. If
they can build this castle, anything seems possible.
Questions 1— 4
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1 In boxes 1-4 on
1 One of the reasons for building the castle is to make history more accessible to the general public.
2 Guyot was reluctant to abandon his original idea in favour of a more realistic project.
3 The lime-burners did not live long because their bodies were damaged by the extreme heat.
4 The bricks used to be laid in different ways to lessen the impact of an attack.
Questions 5 — 7
Choose THREE letters, A-H.
Write the correct letters in boxes 5-7 on your answer sheet.
The list below gives reasons why the castle may be taking a long time to build.
Which THREE reasons are mentioned by the writer of the text?
A. the reluctance of workers to commit themselves to the project

204
B. the lengthy training programmes the workers have to do
C. having to abide by modern employment regulations
D. the inability of committee members to reach any decsisions
E. tourists who come and visit the site
F. the number of unskilled workers employed
G. having to do everything by hand
H. the difficulty of finding authentic raw materials
Questions 8 — 13
How the limestone is extracted and used
The 8…………..drill rows of

9…………………….
10………………are used
The result is that the rock

eventually 11………………
Once extracted, the limestone:
Is made into Or, through a

12………………. 13………………
process, can be used
to make quicklime
205
READING PASSAGE 2
Questions 14 — 20
Reading Passage 2 has seven paragraphs, A—G.
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct
number, i-x, in boxes 14-20 on your answer sheet.
14 Paragraph A
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F
20 Paragraph G
List of Headings
i Why it is necessary to explain the meaning of the word celebrity ii The
influence of non-human celebrities on societies iii The impact of broadcasting
on concepts of celebrity iv Creativity having greater value v Admiration for
physical achievement
vi The advantages of celebrity status in the ancient world vii A
result of hardship viii Literacy and widespread celebrity ix
Attitudes of celebrities towards the media x The original
definition of celebrity
A study of western celebrity

In our celebrity-obsessed culture, TV shows, internet blogs, and even newspapers are often full of
the latest news, gossip and scandals about current celebrities A It seems that our current society
cannot get enough information about the daily lives of celebrities. But how did celebrities become so
much an important force in our culture? While people have always had shared a certain obsession
206
for the fantastic and the famous, the notion of celebrity, as well as the types of people termed
'celebrities', has evolved greatly throughout the ages. The word 'celebrity' has its roots in the
language of the ancient Roman civilization. The word we now know to mean 'a condition of being
famous' or 'a famous person' is derived from the Latin word iceleber, meaning `frequented or
populous'.
B The celebrities of the ancient world were the powerful and awesome deities of
Greece and Rome, and the citizens of these civilizations believed in a vast number of immortals who
had a direct impact on their lives. It was, therefore, important to know about these figures' personal
lives. This need to know led to the creation of myths, which personalized the gods and involved
them in ancient celebrity scandals that thrilled and excited the common people.
C During ancient times, amateur and professional athletes also began to make an impact on the
celebrity culture. Victors in the ancient Olympic Games were treated as heroes and were often
elevated to god-like status. In the ancient Roman civilization, gladiators —the equivalent of
today's professional athletes — were also revered by the common people for their heroics and
seemingly superhuman strength.
D As Europe moved into the Dark Ages (the years spanning approximately 400-1300 AD) and a
time when athletics and the arts were largely forgotten, monarchs and rulers continued to
maintain celebrity status, while religious figures took on newfound fame. The miraculous lives
and fascinating deaths of spiritual figures lent excitement to the lives of common people when
there was often little else to be excited about, as they faced war, disease and food shortages.
E During the period 1300-1600 AD, or the Renaissance period as it is known, interest in ruling
figures faded. As Europe emerged from its long neglect of the arts, there was greater
appreciation for portraits, statues and stone carvings. This period of appreciation for the arts lent
a sense of celebrity to artists who were noted for their works and their personal achievements. It
was a time when artists began to surpass political and religious individuals for supreme celebrity
— a trend that would continue into later centuries.
F While the figures of the ancient and early modern civilizations were able to achieve moderate and
sometimes lasting celebrity within particular cultures, the global reach of their fame was limited. It
was not until the 1700s, when technological advances made publishing commercially viable, that
the extent of a person's fame could spread further. The increase in the availability of the written
word was accompanied by a huge rise in the number of common people who could read,
allowing a mass audience to find out about celebrities for the first time. Suddenly, the lives of
authors, politicians, war heroes, and other celebrities could now be read about in newspapers
around the world. These gave ordinary people the opportunity to become intimately
knowledgeable about the figures they most admired.
207
G In the modern are, particularly as radio and film took off in the 1900s, things really began to
change. First, radio began to make its way into the average home in the 1920s and 1930s.
Professional athletes also began to be regarded as stars, as their games and exploits could be
broadcast over the air for an entirely new audience. Then, the rise of television in the 1950s only
cemented the premier level of celebrity that film stars, athletes and television actors were
beginning to share. This also meant a huge increase in the individual salaries of these celebrities.
Even a few animals gained fame through children's TV shows. The emergence of reality
television shows in the late 1990s allowed all kinds of people with little ability to enjoy a short
burst of fame on the television screen. All you needed, it seemed, was an attractive appearance.
Today, reality television programmers make it possible to be famous nor for doing anything in
particular, but simply for being, with the audience deciding whether someone deserves to
become a celebrity or not. As the meaning of celebrity continues to evolve and redefine itself in a
quickly changing world, there is no telling who will become of interest next.
Questions 21 — 23
Look at the following statements (Questions 21-23) and the list of historical periods in Europe below.
Match each statement with the correct historical period, A, B, C or D.
Write the correct letter, A, B, C or D, in boxes 21-23 on your answer sheet.
21 A wide variety of people achieve a brief period of fame.
22 Stories are invented about celebrities' lives.
23 The fame of rulers is starting to diminish.
List of historical periods in Europe

A Ancient times
B Dark Ages
C Renaissance
D Modern era
Questions 24-26
208
Celebrities achieve a global status
The development of the publishing industry in the 1700s signalled the beginning of international
fame. A growing number of people could read, which meant they had the chance to become
informed about their favourite figures by reading 24……………..
This exposure to celebrities expanded further when radio and television became popular, and it was
mass media attention that resulted in higher status and fame for some celebrities. The recent rise of
reality television has also meant that a person's
25…………….. rather than their talent can bring fame. With this type of television programme, fame
may be entirely dependent on the response of the 26……………..
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 10 and 11.
Some views on the use of headphones

Whether wearing headphones at work, or in other areas of everyday life, is a good thing or a bad
thing has generated a lot of research and opinion
To visit a typical modern office today is to walk into a room with possibly a dozen songs playing
simultaneously but to hear none of them. Up to half of younger workers listen to music on their
headphones, and nearly all of them think it makes them better at their jobs. In survey after survey,
people report with confidence that music makes them happier, better at concentrating, and more
productive.
Scientists do not share this belief, they maintain that listening to music hurts people's ability to recall
other things they should be doing, and any pop song, loud or soft, reduces overall performance for
both extroverts and introverts. A Taiwanese study linked music that has lyrics to lower marks on
concentration tests for college students, and other research has shown music with lyrics scrambles
our brains' verbal-processing skills. 'As silence has the best overall performance, it would still be
advisable that people work in silence,' another reporter dryly concluded.
The question is therefore: if headphones are so bad for productivity, why do so many people at work
have them? One factor to consider is that countries like the USA have moved from a farming and
manufacturing economy to a service economy, with an emphasis on jobs in offices that require
higher levels of concentration, reflection and creativity. As an estimated 70 percent of office workers
work in open-plan office spaces, it is more important to create one's own enclosing bubble of sound.
Lending strength to the argument for headphones at work is evidence that music relaxes our
muscles, improves our mood, and may even moderately reduce blood pressure, heart rate and
anxiety.
The story of headphones began in 1910, when the US Navy received an odd letter written in purple
ink on blue-and-pink paper. The letter writer, an eccentric inventor and repairman named Nathaniel
209
Baldwin, from the USA state of Utah, made what at the time was an astonishing claim: he had built,
in his kitchen, a new kind of headset that could amplify sound. This was an opportune invention for
the Navy, who asked for a sound test and then enthusiastically adopted the headsets, later called
headphones, and used them in World War I for naval radio communication.
The purpose of headphones is to concentrate a quiet and private sound in the ear of the listener,
which is a radical departure from music's social purpose in history. 'Music, together with dance, co-
evolved biologically and culturally to serve as a technology of social bonding,' Nills L Wallin and
Bjorn Merker wrote in The Origins of Music. Songs don't leave behind fossils, but evidence of
musical notation dates back to Sumeria, 3,5000 years ago, and in 1995 archeologists discovered a
bone flute in southern Europe estimated to be 44,000 years old. If music evolved as a social glue for
the species, as a way to make groups and keep them together, headphones have done what writing
and literacy did for language — they made music private.
Author and columnist Stephen Marche wrote that separation from other people is one of the first
things ordinary Americans spend their money achieving. It is 'a by-product of a long-standing
national appetite for independence,' he said. Americans are not alone in their desire for personal
independence and privacy. Marche is right; wealth can buy — and modern technology can deliver —
personal independence, and it is this that people have always sought.
Dr Michael Bull, an expert on personal music devices from the University of Sussex in the UK, has
repeatedly made the larger point that personal music devices change how we relate to public
spaces. Controlling our public spaces is more important now that more people are moving from the
edges of cities to live in urban centers. 'With the urban space, the more it's inhabited, the safer you
feel,' Bull says. 'You feel safe if you can feel people there, but you don't' want to interact with them.'
Headphones create shields for wearers, separating them from other people and their surroundings.
Headphones have their own rules of good manners; they are like wearing a 'Do not disturb' sign. We
assume that people wearing them are busy and we should respect their privacy, so now people
wear them to appear busy. In fact, it is now becoming quite common for people not to listen to
anything at all, but just to wear headphones.
However, as pointed out at the beginning of this piece, although scientists have stated that
headphones are bad for productivity, people still wear them at work. It is not just that headphones
create privacy out of public areas, but also that music causes people to relax and reflect and pause.
The outcome of relaxation, reflection and pausing at work won't be captured in minute-to-minute
productivity metrics. What must be considered is that in moments of extreme focus, our attention
radiates outward, toward the problem, rather than inward, on how to solve the problem. However,
with music `When our minds are at ease, we're more likely to direct the spotlight of attention inward,'
Jonah Lehrer wrote in his book Imagine: How Creativity Works. 'The answers have been there all
along. We just weren't listening.' In a crowded world, real estate is the ultimate scarce resource, and
a headphone is a small invisible fence around our minds — making space, creating separation, and
helping us listen to ourselves.
Questions 27-31
210
27 Young people are easily persuaded by surveys that listening to music is beneficial 28 Different
studies share the same conclusions about the desirability of working in silence
29 Some doctors recommend wearing headphones to lower blood pressure
30 Nathaniel Baldwin was a respected government researcher
31 The effect of the invention of headphones is comparable to the effect of the invention of the
writing
Questions 32-36
32 What does the writer suggest about a service economy?
A The work is mentally demanding
B It provides employment for younger workers
C It is a small part of a country's economy
D Workers have to live in urban centres
33 When the writer mentions the historical evidence for early music he is
A emphasizing the diversity of musical forms
B expressing his frustration with the limited archaeological evidence uncovered
C lending support to the view that music has been important in human history
D creating a geographical map of the evolution of music
34 What does the writer say about the social effects of listening to music through headphones?
A It has caused a reduction in the number of people who listen to music
B It has increased people's participation in music events
211
C It has reduced the global variation of music styles D It has changed the
traditional role of music in society 35 What does the writer say about personal
independence?
A Americans are unique in their desire for personal independence
B Personal independence is something that can be purchased
C Striving for personal independence is a recent phenomenon
D Personal independence destroys social connections
36 Why does the writer quote Jonah Lehrer in the last paragraph?
A to support the writer's own view
B to draw attention to an authoritative book about music
C to raise awareness of people's loss of listening skills
D to illustrate how music brings people closer to each other
Questions 37-40
Complete the summary using the list of words, A-I, below.
Write the correct letter, A-I, in boxes 37-40 on your answer sheet.
Headphones and city living

Dr Michael Bull believes that listening to music through headphones has changed the 37
…………….. the wearers of headphones have with public spaces. Living in the centre of cities is
becoming popular, as people become less keen on living in the
38…………….. In densely populated city centres, headphones form 39 that isolate people from
fellow citizens and from their environment. Wearers of headphones are treated with 40 ……………..
that other people do not receive. This is because if we see someone wearing headphones, we
believe they must be occupied in some way and should not be interrupted.
A courtesy D countryside G barriers
B relationship E suburbs H obstacles
C difficulty F language I disapproval
212
ĐỀ 16
below.
Getting a job with an airline Example
Job: cabin crew attendant
Duties include
• giving the safety demonstration
• some responsibility for 1…………………. from sales during the flight
• serving food
Requirements
• must be over age 19 and at least 2………………… cm tall

• basic academic requirements: English and 3.
• at least one other 4………………… is desirable
• must be able to 5 …………………
Training will include
• what to do in case of 6………………… during a flight

• awareness of different 7………………… Application
• the airline is called 8………………… • can download application form from website
• mention experience of:
• dealing with questions from supermarket customers
• working in a 9………………… (voluntary work)
Other information
• you don't have to buy a 10...................

Questions 11 and 12
Choose TWO letters, A-E
Which TWO kinds of people are the scholarships intended for?
213
A. people working as temporary staff
B. people with management experience
C. people straight from college
D. people with at least three years' experience
E. people with or without qualifications
Questions 13 and 14
Which TWO things does Marie say about the hospitality industry in Scotland?
A. It mainly attracts UK tourists

B. It pays high wages.
C. It is very important for the Scottish economy
D. It is highly regarded by visitors.
E. It is attracting a lot of investment
Questions 15-20
15. Why did Marie start working at the Rock Hotel?
A. It was the only job available

B. She needed a job with flexible working hours.
C. She wanted a job working with people.
16. What did the scholarship application process involve?
A. giving a presentation
B. writing a report about the Rock Hotel
C. researching the role of hotel manager
17. What does Marie say about the other winners she met?
A. They were not as old as she expected

B. They were doing a variety of jobs in the hotel sector
C. Most of them had applied for scholarships before
18. Marie says that at the Florida Beach Hotel, every member of staff
A. takes part in annual customer service training sessions
B. is responsible for providing an efficient service

C. is expected to interact with visitors.
214
19. What did Marie find out about people's attitude to visiting Scotland?
A. Most people would be interested in visiting it

B. People knew a surprising amount about it
C. People only wanted to see a limited number of places
20. What improvement has Marie introduced at the Rock Hotel?
A. getting better feedback from customers

B. providing more information for customers
C. making contact with more customers

Questions 21-26
Label the diagram below.
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter ,A-l, next to questions 2126
A. Fresh air is removed

B. Fresh air is pulled in
C. Heat loss is reduced
D. Rainwater is checked
E. Rainwater is used
F. Old air is removed
G. Temperature is checked
H. Water temperature is reduced
I. Water is stored
Education house
215
Questions 27-30
27. What do John and Debbie think will surprise visitors to the Education House building?
A. how high the building is

B. where the main entrance is
C. what is on the outside walls
28. What is their reaction to the findings on staff productivity in the building?
A. They think the findings are predictable.

B. They believe more research should be done.
C. They suggest the findings are reported in the media
29. What do they think about the' edge space' in the building?
A. It might be unpopular with staff.

B. It is a surprising part of the design.
C. It is an area for managers.
30. What could be a problem for the building's water system?
A. the reaction of the staff

B. the completion date
C. the possible health hazards

216
below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Textiles with Business Studies

New development
• Now possible to work with the 31………………… Faculty to widen learning opportunities
Aims of course
To cover three areas of textiles
• Knitted
• 32…………………
• Woven
To focus on related business operations
Work placement: focus on studio work in the context of the 33…………………
Course content
Year One: experimentation
• Visual research with 34………………… and suggestions for its application

Year Two: relating skills to the real world
• Optional course: 35………………… design processes

• Three- or four-year course? Students are offered 36………………… to help them make their
decision.
Year Three: consolidation
Learning style: 37………………… practice Students produce:
• a dissertation
• a portfolio
• a 38…………………
Career opportunities
• Within textile business-e.g. stylists, retail managers
• Further opportunities-jobs in 39………………… and trend forecasting
217
If interested - come back tomorrow for a short 40…………………
READING PASSAGE 1
How to find your way out of a food desert

Ordinary citizens have been using the internet to draw attention to the lack of healthy eating options
in inner cities
Over the last few months, a survey has been carried out of over 200 greengrocers and convenience
stores in Crown Heights, a neighborhood in Brooklyn, New York. As researchers from the Brooklyn
Food Association enter the details, colorful dots appear on their online map, which display the
specific location of each of the food stores in a handful of central Brooklyn neighborhoods. Clicking
on a dot will show you the store's name and whether it carries fresh fruit and vegetables, wholegrain
bread, low-fat dairy and other healthy options.
The researchers plan eventually to survey the entire borough of Brooklyn. We want to get to a more
specific and detailed description of what that looks like', says Jeffrey Heehs, who leads the project.
He hopes it will help residents find fresh food in urban areas where the stores sell mostly packaged
snacks or fast food, areas otherwise known as food deserts. The aim of the project is also to assist
government officials in assessing food availability, and in forming future policies about what kind of
food should be sold and where.
In fact, the Brooklyn project represents the intersection of two growing trends: mapping fresh food
markets in US cities, and private citizens creating online maps of local neighborhood features.
According to Michael Goodchild, a geographer at the University of California at Santa Barbara,
citizen map makers may make maps because there is no good government map, or to record
problems such as burned-out traffic lights.
According to recent studies, people at higher risk of chronic disease and who receive minimal
incomes for the work they do, frequently live in neighborhoods located in food deserts. But how did
these food deserts arise? Linda Alwitt and Thomas Donley, marketing researchers at DePaul
University in Chicago, found that supermarkets often can't afford the amount of land required for
their stores in cities. City planning researcher Cliff Guy and colleagues at the University of Leeds in
the UK found in 2004 that smaller urban groceries tend to close due to competition from suburban
supermarkets.
As fresh food stores leave a neighborhood, residents find it harder to eat well and stay healthy. Food
deserts are linked with lower local health outcomes, and they may be a driving force in the health
disparities between lower-income and affluent people in the US. Until recently, the issue attracted
little national attention, and received no ongoing funding for research.
Now, more US cities are becoming aware of their food landscapes. Last year, the United States
Department of Agriculture launched a map of where food stores are located in all the US counties.
218
Mari Gallagher, who runs a private consulting firm, says her researchers have mapped food stores
and related them to health statistics for the cities of Detroit, Chicago, Cincinnati and Washington,
D.C. These maps help cities identify where food deserts are and, occasionally, have documented
that people living in food deserts have higher rates of diet-related diseases.
The Brooklyn project differs in that it's run by a local core of five volunteers who have worked on the
project for the past year, rather than trained, academic researchers. To gather data, they simply go
to individual stores with pre-printed surveys in hand, and once the storekeeper's permission has
been obtained, check off boxes on their list against the products for sole in the store. Their approach
to data collection and research has been made possible by technologies such as mapping software
and GPS-related smart phones, Google Maps and OpenStreeMap, an open-source online map with
a history of involvement in social issues. Like Brooklyn Food Association volunteers, many citizen
online map makers use maps to bring local problems to official attention, Goodchild says. Heehs,
the mapping project leader, says that after his group gathers more data, it will compare
neighborhoods, come up with solutions to address local needs, and then present them to New York
City officials. Their website hasn't caught them much local or official attention yet, however. It was
launched only recently, but its creators haven't yet set up systems to see who's looking at it.
Experts who visited the Brooklyn group's site were optimistic but cautious. 'This kind of detailed
information could be very useful' says Michele Ver Ploeg, an economist for the Department of
Agriculture. To make the map more helpful to both residents and policy makers, she would like to
see price data for healthy products, too. Karen Ansel, a registered dietician and a spokesperson for
the American Dietetic Association, found the site confusing to navigate. 'That said, with this
information in place the group has the tools to build a more user-friendly site that could be ... very
helpful to consumers', she says. The group also should ensure their map is available to those who
don't have internet access at home', she adds. In fact, a significant proportion of Brooklyn residents
don't have internet access at home and 8 percent rely on dial-up service, instead of high-speed
internet access, according to Gretchen Maneval, director of Brooklyn College's Center for the Study
of Brooklyn. 'It's still very much a work in progress', Heehs says of the online map. They'll start
advertising it online and by email to other community groups, such as urban food garden
associations, next month. He also hopes warmer days in the spring will draw out fresh volunteers to
spread awareness and to finish surverying, as they have about two-thirds of Brooklyn left to cover.
Questions 1-6
your answer sheet.
Data on food deserts and their effects on health

The Brooklyn Food Association
• The online map provides users with a store's name, 1 …………… and details of its produce
219
• One goal of the mapping project is to help develop new 2…………… on food.
• Citizen maps are sometimes made when 3…………… maps are unsatisfactory. Reasons for
the development of food deserts
• New research suggests that people living in food deserts often have low
4……………
• Some supermarkets are unable to buy enough 5…………… inside cities for their stores
• Small grocery stores in cities often cannot cope with supermarket 6……………
Questions 7-13
7 A group of professional researchers are in charge of the Brooklyn project.
8 The Brooklyn project team carries out their assessment of stores without the owner's knowledge
9 The Brooklyn project has experienced technical difficulties setting up the website
10 The city government has taken a considerable interest in the Brooklyn project website
11 Michele Ver Ploeg believes the Brooklyn project website should contain additional information
12 The rate of internet use in Brooklyn is unlikely to increase in the near future
13 Jeffrey Heehs would like more people to assist with the Brooklyn project research
READING PASSAGE 2
The dingo debate

Graziers see them as pests, and poisoning is common, but some biologists think Australia's dingoes
are the best weapon in a war against imported cats and foxes.
A A plane flies a slow pattern over Carlton Hill station, a 3,600 square kilometre ranch in the
Kimberley region in northwest Australia. As the plane circles, those aboard drop 1,000 small pieces
220
of meat, one by one, onto the scrubland below, each piece laced with poison; this practice is known
as baiting.
Besides 50,000 head of cattle, Carlton Hill is home to the dingo, Australia's largest mammalian
predator and the bane of a grazier's (cattle farmer's) life. Stuart McKechnie, manager of Carlton Hill,
complains that graziers' livelihoods are threatened when dingoes prey on cattle. But one man wants
the baiting to end, and for dingoes to once again roam Australia's wide-open spaces. According to
Chris Johnson of James Cook University, 'Australia needs more dingoes to protect our biodiversity.'
B About 4,000 years ago, Asian sailors introduced dingoes to Australia. Throughout the ensuing
millennia, these descendants of the wolf spread across the continent and, as the Tasmanian tiger
disappeared completely from Australia, dingoes became Australia's top predators. As agricultural
development took place, the European settlers found that they could not safely keep their livestock
where dingoes roamed. So began one of the most sustained efforts at pest control in Australia's
history. Over the last 150 years, dingoes have been shot and poisoned, and fences have been used
in an attempt to keep them away from livestock. But at the same time, as the European settlers tried
to eliminate one native pest from Australia, they introduced more of their own.
C In 1860, the rabbit was unleashed on Australia by a wealthy landowner and by 1980 rabbits
had covered most of the mainland. Rabbits provide huge prey base for two other introduced
species: the feral (wild) cat and the red fox.
The Interaction between foxes, cats and rabbits is a huge problem for native mammals. In good
years, rabbit numbers increase dramatically, and fox and cat populations grow quickly in response
to the abundance of this prey. When bad seasons follow, rabbit numbers are significantly reduced —
and the dwindling but still large fox and cat populations are left with little to eat besides native
mammals.
D Australian mammals generally reproduce much more slowly than rabbits, cats and foxes —
and adaption to prevent overpopulation in the arid environment, where food can be scarce and
unreliable — and populations decline because they can't grow fast enough to replace animals killed
by the predators. Johnson says dingoes are the solution to this problem because they keep cat and
fox populations under control. Besides regularly eating the smaller predators, dingoes will kill them
simply to lessen competition.
Dingo packs live in large, stable territories and generally have only one fertile, which limits their rate
of increase. In the 4,000 years that dingoes have been Australia, they have contributed to few, if
any, extinctions, Johnsons says.
E Reaching out from a desolate spot where three states meet, for 2,500 km in either direction,
is the world's longest fence, two metres high and stretching from the coast in Queensland to the
Great Australian Bight in South Australia; it is there to keep dingoes out of southeast, the fence
separates the main types of livestock found in Australia. To the northwest of the fence, cattle
221
predominate; to the southwest, sheep fill the landscape. In fact, Australia is a land dominated by
these animals — 25 million cattle, 100 million sheep and just over 20 million people.
F While there is no argument that dingoes will prey on sheep if given the chance, they don't
hunt cattle once the calves are much past two or three weeks old, according to McKechnie. And a
study in Queensland suggests that dingoes don't even prey heavily on the newborn calves unless
their staple prey disappears due to deteriorating conditions like drought.
This study, co-authored by Lee Alien of the Robert Wicks Research Centre in Queensland, suggests
that the aggressive baiting programs used against dingoes may actually be counter-productive for
graziers. When dingoes are removed from an area by baiting m the area is recolonized by younger,
more solitary dingoes. These animals aren't capable of going after the large prey like kangaroos, so
they turn to calves. In their study, some of the highest rates of calf predation occurred in areas that
had been baited.
G Mark Clifford, general manager of a firm that manages over 200,000 head of cattle, is not
convinced by Allen's assertion. Clifford says, 'It's obvious if we drop or loosen control on dingoes, we
are going to lose more calves.' He doesn't believe that dingoes will go after kangaroos when calves
are around. Nor is he persuaded of dingoes' supposed ecological benefits, saying he is not
convinced that they manage to catch cats that often, believing they are more likely to catch small
native animals instead.
H McKechnie agrees that dingoes kill the wallabies (small native animals) that compete with his
cattle for food, but points out that in parts of Westers Australia, there are no fixes, and not very many
cats. He doesn't see how relaxing controls on dingoes in his area will improve the ecological
balance.
Johnson sees a need for a change in philosophy on the part of graziers. 'There might be a number
of different ways of thinking through dingo management in cattle country,' he says. 'At the moment,
though, that hasn't got through to graziers. There's still just on prescription, and that is to bait as
widely as possible.'
Questions 14-20
Reading Passage 2 has eight sections, A—H.
Which sections contains the following information?
Write the correct letter, A—H, in boxes 14-20 on your answer sheet.
14 a description of a barrier designed to stop dingoes, which also divides two kinds of non-natives
animals
222
15 how dingoes ensure that rival species do not dominate
16 a reference to a widespread non-native species that other animals feed on
17 a mention of the dingo's arrival in Australia
18 research which has proved that dingoes have resorted to eating young livestock
19 a description of a method used to kill dingoes
20 the way that the structure of dingo groups affects how quickly their numbers grow
Questions 21-23
statement with the correct person, A, B, C or D.
21 Dingoes tend to hunt native animals rather than hunting other non-native predators.
22 The presence of dingoes puts the income of some people at risk.
23 Dingoes have had little impact on the dying out of animal species in Australia
Questions 24-26
24 The dingo replaced the as the main predatory animal in Australia.
25 Foxes and cats are more likely to hunt native animals when there are fewer
26 Australian animals reproduce at a slow rate as a natural way of avoiding
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend 20 minutes on Questions 27-40, which are based on Reading Passage 3.
Pacific navigation and voyaging

How people migrated to the Pacific islands
The many tiny islands of the Pacific Ocean had no human population until ancestors of today's
islanders sailed from Southeast Asia in ocean-going canoes approximately 2,000 years ago. At the
223
present time, the debate continues about exactly how they migrated such vast distances across the
ocean, without any of the modern technologies we take for granted.
Although the romantic vision of some early twentieth-century writers of fleets of heroic navigators
simultaneously setting sail had come to be considered by later investigators to be exaggerated, no
considered assessment of Pacific voyaging was forthcoming until 1956 when the American historian
Andrew Sharp published his research. Sharp challenged the 'heroic vision' by asserting that the
expertise of the navigators was limited, and that the settlement of the islands was not systematic,
being more dependent on good fortune by drifting canoes. Sharp's theory was widely challenged,
and deservedly so. If nothing else, however, it did spark renewed interest in the topic and
precipitated valuable new research.
Since the 1960s a wealth of investigations has been conducted, and most of them, thankfully, have
been of the 'non-armchair variety. While it would be wrong to denigrate all 'armchair' research —
that based on an examination of available published materials — it has turned out that so little
progress had been made in the area of Pacific voyaging because most writers relied on the same
old sources — travelers' journals or missionary narratives compiled by unskilled observers. After
Sharp, this began to change, and researchers conducted most of their investigations not in libraries,
but in the field.
In 1965, David Lewis, a physician and experienced yachtsman, set to work using his own unique
philosophy: he took the yacht he had owned for many years and navigated through the islands in
order to contact those men who still find their way at sea using traditional methods. He then
accompanied these men, in their traditional canoes, on test voyages from which all modern
instruments were banished from sight, though Lewis secretly used them to confirm the navigator's
calculations. His most famous such voyage was a return trip of around 1,000 nautical miles between
two islands in midocean. Far from drifting, as proposed by Sharp, Lewis found that ancient
navigators would have known which course to steer by memorizing which stars rose and set in
certain positions along the horizon and this gave them fixed directions by which to steer their boats.
The geographer Edwin Doran followed a quite different approach. He was interested in obtaining
exact data on canoe sailing performance, and to that end employed the latest electronic
instrumentation. Doran traveled on board traditional sailing canoes in some of the most remote parts
of the Pacific, all the while using his instruments to record canoe speeds in different wind strengths
— from gales to calms — the angle canoes could sail relative to the wind. In the process, he
provided the first really precise attributes of traditional sailing canoes.
A further contribution was made by Steven Horvath. As a physiologist, Horvath's interest was not in
navigation techniques or in canoes, but in the physical capabilities of the men themselves. By
adapting standard physiological techniques, Horvath was able to calculate the energy expenditure
required to paddle canoes of this sort at times when there was no wind to fill the sails, or when the
wind was contrary. He concluded that paddles, or perhaps long oars, could indeed have propelled
for long distances what were primarily sailing vessels.
Finally, a team led by P Wall Garrard conducted important research, in this case by making
investigations while remaining safely in the laboratory. Wall Garrard's unusual method was to use
224
the findings of linguists who had studied the languages of the Pacific islands, many of which are
remarkably similar although the islands where they are spoken are sometimes thousands of
kilometres apart. Clever adaptation of computer simulation techniques pioneered in other disciplines
allowed him to produce convincing models suggesting the migrations were indeed systematic, but
not simultaneous. Wall Garrard proposed the migrations should be seen not as a single journey
made by a massed fleet of canoes, but as a series of ever more ambitious voyages, each pushing
further into the unknown ocean.
What do we learn about Pacific navigation and voyaging from this research? Quite correctly, none of
the researchers tried to use their findings to prove one theory or another; experiments such as these
cannot categorically confirm or negate a hypothesis. The strength of this research lay in the range of
methodologies employed. When we splice together these findings we can propose that traditional
navigators used a variety of canoe types, sources of water and navigation techniques, and it was
this adaptability which was their greatest accomplishment. These navigators observed the
conditions prevailing at sea at the time a voyage was made and altered their techniques accordingly.
Furthermore, the canoes of the navigators were not drifting helplessly at sea but were most likely
part of a systematic migration; as such, the Pacific peoples were able to view the ocean as an
avenue, not a barrier, to communication before any other race on Earth. Finally, one unexpected but
most welcome consequence of this research has been a renaissance in the practice of traditional
voyaging. In some groups of islands in the Pacific today young people are resurrecting the skills of
their ancestors, when a few decades ago it seemed they would be lost forever.
Questions 32-36
32 David Lewis's research was different because
A he observed traditional navigators at work
B he conducted test voyages using his own yacht
C he carried no modern instruments on test voyages D he spoke the same language as the
islanders he sailed with
33 What did David Lewis's research discover about traditional navigators?
A They used the sun and moon to find their position
B They could not sail further than about 1,000 nautical miles
C They knew which direction they were sailing in
D They were able to drift for long distances
34 What are we told about Edwin Doran's research?
225
A Data were collected after the canoes had returned to land
B Canoe characteristics were recorded using modern instruments
C Research was conducted in the most densely populated regions
D Navigators were not allowed to see the instruments Doran used
35 Which of the following did Steven Horvath discover during his research?
A Canoe design was less important than human strength
B New research methods had to be developed for use in canoes
C Navigators became very tired on the longest voyages D Human energy may have been
used to assist sailing canoes 36 What is the writer's opinion of P Wall Garrard's research?
A He is disappointed it was conducted in the laboratory
B He is impressed by the originality of the techniques used
C He is surprised it was used to help linguists with their research
D He is concerned that the islands studied are long distances apart
Questions 37-40
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-F, below.
37 One limitation in the information produced by all of this research is that it
38 The best thing about this type of research
39 The most important achievement of traditional navigators
40 The migration of people from Asia to the Pacific
A was the variety of experimental techniques used
B was not of interest to young islanders today
C was not conclusive evidence in support of a single theory
D was being able to change their practices when necessary
E was the first time humans intentionally crossed an ocean
F was the speed with which it was conducted
226
ĐỀ 17
below.
Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Second-hand Cars
Example
Maximum price: $ 4300
Cars Available
Noda ( silver)
• One 1………………… is broken Comina (white)
• Used to belong to the 2…………………

Telsta (orange)
• It's an 3…………………model
• e Has got new 4…………………
Abrada (red)
• Only 5 …………………years old Other Information
• Garage address: 6…………………Road, Mitchell

• Day/Time: on 7………………… at 9: 30am
• Ask for: 8…………………Smith
• Parking available: outside the 9…………………
• What to bring: 10………………… (for a test drive)

Questions 1 1-16
The Middletown Urban Farming Scheme (MUFS)
11. Who founded the Middletown Urban Farming Scheme?
A. university specialists
227
Nam Học Tiếng Anh
Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
B. Web: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh | SĐT/ ZALO: 0963 470 110
business people
C. town planners
12. What was the original reason for starting the MUFS?
A. to encourage more efficient land use

B. to help lessen C02 emissions
C. to improve people's eating habits
13. For the coming year, the MUFS will focus on recruiting members from
A. schools.
B. companies.
C. community centres
14. What kind of information is available from members of the MUFS committee?
A. practical gardening tips

B. plant science
C. location of local garden sites
15. What are provided by the MUFS for the physically disabled?
A. soil and compost

B. containers for plants
C. gardening tools
16. According to school teachers, what has been an unexpected advantage of the
MUFS?
A. its usefulness as an aid for teaching science

B. its contribution to reducing costs of school meals
C. its help in encouraging community pride among students
Questions 17-20
What free goods or services are offered by each of the following providers?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter A-F next to questions 17-20.
Providers Free goods or services
17. city hospital ………………… A. fertilisers
18. local government ………………… B. cooking lessons
19. university ………………… C. advice on soil
20. supermarket ………………… D. eat-to-keep-fit course
E. use of a greenhouse
F. market stalls
228
Web: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh | SĐT/ ZALO: 0963 470 110

Questions 21-26
Choose the correct letter A ,B or C
Research on the effect of walking on creativity
21. Daniel mentions the research about walking and creativity to Katie because
A. she has read it too.

B. what she says reminds him of it.
C. he thinks she might like to do similar research.
22. In the experiments, researchers compared participants'creativity when walking and when
A. Sitting
B. running.
C. listening to music.
23. Daniel says that in each experiment, there was a different
A. type of control group.

B. pattern of activities.
C. way of selecting participants.
24. Daniel thinks the experiment with words is
A. biased in favour of certain people

B. a good indicator of creativity.
C. open to personal interpretation.
25. What is Katie and Daniels attitude to the experiment on focused thinking?
A. they are doubtful about its aims.

B. they are confused by its methods.
C. they are cautious about its conclusions.
26. Katie thinks that the best way forward is to consider
A. whether other types of exercise affect creativity

B. the cause of the improvement in creativity.
C. how the results can be applied to creativity in real life.
Questions 27-30
229
What is the main physical benefit of each of the following walking situations?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 27-30.
Physical benefits
A. improved balance
B. greater stamina
C. better eyesight
D. lower blood pressure
E. regular sleeping pat
F. stronger bones
G. weight red
Walking situations
27. walking with thin-soled footwear …………………
28. walking in the mountains …………………
29. walking for the elderly …………………
30. walking long distances …………………

below.
Gamification What is it?
• The use of gaming techniques in non-game situations

• In business, it is frequently used for 31 …………………
• Uses people's desire to win a reward
• Not a new idea, e.g. incentive schemes were first used by 32………………… Uses
• To get online33…………………
• To persuade people to change their 34…………………
• For training purposes, e.g. simulators used by 35…………………and town planners
Successful examples
230
Official campaigns
• Australian government: to encourage people to 36………………… more

• overseas local authority: to reward drivers for not speeding
Health
• a staircase at a station that worked like a 37…………………a game that helps

recovery when old people hurt their 38………………… in a fall Things to consider
• It's important for gamification to be 39…………………

• Need to think about the laws regarding 40…………………
READING PASSAGE 1
pages 2 and 3.
Traditional Maori Medicine

The Maori are the indigenous people of the islands of New Zealand. Their traditional medicin, which
is believed to date back as far as the 13th century, was a system of healing that was passed down
through the generations orally. It comprised diverse practices and placed an emphasis on the spiritual
dimension of health. Its practice included remedies made from herbs, and physical therapies such as
massage to relieve discomfort in the muscles and bones.
Maori systems for treating illness were well developed before European arrived in New Zealand in the
late 1700s: they had quite detailed knowledge of anatomy and recognition of the healing properties of
various plants. When Europeans first visited New Zealand, the average age of death for Maori adults
was around 30. However, apart from this, the people were fit and healthy, and troubled by few
diseases.
Illness was often seen as spiritually based. Maori saw themselves as guardians of the earth, and the
focus of their existence was to remain at one with the natural and supernatural world. Rather than a
medical problem, sickness was often viewed as a symptom of disharmony with natures.
In Maori culture, illnesses were divided into diseases of the gods (mate atua) and physical diseases
(mate tangata). Diseases sent by the gods were often attributed to attacks by evil spirits, because the
person had broken a religious rule. For instance, for Maori, Places where people had died, or places
where their ancestors were buried were sacred, so if someone took food from a river where someone
had died, or took a stick form a tree that had held their ancestor's bones and placed it on a cooking
fire, it was believed that the gods could punish them for their disrespectful acts by making them sick.
More than 200 plants were used medicinally by Maori. The leaves of the flax plant were used to treat
skin infections and food poisoning, and the hard part of the leaf was also used as a splint or brace
for broken bones and injured backs. Flax fibres were used along with a sharpened stick to sew up
231
bad Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
cuts.
The bark and leaves of the pepper tree were used to heal cuts, wounds and stomach pain. People
who had toothache were instructed to chew the leaves of this same tree, and this was found to be of
considerable benefit. The pepper tree was also used in vapour baths to treat people with painful
joints.
Colonization by European in the 1800s had a significant effect on traditional Maori healing.
Europeans brought many new diseases with them which Maori healers had limited ability to combat.
Though Western medicine was also relatively ineffectual at the time, this failure still strongly affected
Maori confidence in their healers. Some western missionaries attributed the spread of disease to the
fact the Maori did not believe in Christianity, and as Maori healers appeared powerless, many Maori
accepted this explanation and turned to Christianity. Over time the schools of higher learning which
and trained healers started to close and the tradition of the Maori healer declined.
From the late 20th century, there was renewed Maori interest in their traditional medicine. This was
due to several factors. There was a resurgence of all aspects of Maori culture in New Zealand.
Furthermore, people started to be less trusting of Western medicine-statistics from the 1970s came
out revealing that Maori health continued to be poorer than that of other New Zealanders. There were
also problems with access to health care for Maori. Additionally, there was and still a today a
perceived lack of a spiritual dimension in Western health services.
Although Maori today largely accepted Western concepts of health and illness, and use the
mainstream health system, there is significant demand for traditional medicine. This is true for
unusual illnesses, or those that fail to respond to standard medical treatment, but also for common
ailments such as th3e cold and influenza.
Today's healers differ significantly from those of old times. Training is highly variable, usually
informal, and often less tribally bound than the rigorous education of the traditional houses of higher
learning. Many modern healers work in urban clinics, some alongside mainstream health
professionals. They experiment, incorporating knowledge from Western and other medical systems.
As a result, their modern day work has no standard system of diagnosis or widespread agreement
about treatments. Despite this, many healers are recognized as having knowledge and ability that
has been passed down from their ancestors. The Maori language is also seen as important by many
of those receiving treatment.
Questions 1-6
1 Early Maori healers learned their skills through studying written texts.
2 The first Europeans in New Zealand were surprised by how long the Maori lived.
232
3 Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
Diseases of the gods were believed to be more serious than physical diseases.
4 The leaves of the pepper tree were used to treat toothache.
5 Western religion was one reason why traditional Maori medicine became less popular.
6 Modern day Maori healers often reach the same conclusion about the type of treatment which is
best.
Questions 7-13
A short history of Maori healing Pre-European

arrival
• Maori were using plant-based remedies, as well as treatment including massage

• Diseases sent from the gods were thought to be caused by disobeying a spiritual
7……………………
• Sickness could be attributed to eating food from a sacred 8……………………or burning sacred
wood
After European arrival 1800s
• The inability of Maori healers to cure new diseases meant the Maori people lost
9……………………in them.
• Eventually the 10……………………for Maori healing began shutting down 1970s
• Published 11……………………showed that Maori were not as healthy as Europeans
2000s
• Maori healers can be seen working with Western doctors in 12…………………… in cities
• Many patients appreciate the fact that the Maoris 13…………………… in used by healers
READING PASSAGE 2
on pages 6 and 7.
Questions 14-19
233
Reading Passage 2 has seven paragraphs, A-F.
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of heading below. Write the correct
number, i-vii, in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet.
List of Headings
i Music comes to be enjoyed in a large variety of situations ii More people
gain access to live music
iii A focus on survival limits the practice of classical music iv a clash of
musical styles takes place
v A range of scientific advances brings music to a wider audience vi Listening
to music being limited to live performances vii How classical music has
managed to survive for centures
14 Paragraph A……………………
15 Paragraph B……………………
16 Paragraph C……………………
17 Paragraph D……………………
18 Paragraph E……………………
19 Paragraph F……………………
Classical music over the centuries
A The production of any great art form, and classical music is no exception, does not usually
occur in a society dominated by the basic material demands of food and shelterArt and music have
flourished in those periods of history, and those parts of society, in which the luxury of free time and
material wealth ahs allowed such a culture to take precedence over more material matters. In the
medieval European world, it was thus primarily in the closed communities of the church and
monastery, and royal courts that music, literature and learning were able to flourish.
B It was until 18th century that this situation changed to any great extent, and the rise of an
economically independent middle class meant that concert going became a public activity for anyone
who cared to buy a ticket. It is worth remembering that the idea of classical music widely accepted
today did not exist until about 300 years ago. Performing music in concert halls to a paying audience,
as something inherently pleasurable and significant, was pretty much unheard of until the 18th
234
century, and not widely established until the 19th. The concert venue, the audience, and the idea of
'masterpieces' of classical music, were all effectively invented during the course of the 18th century-
in London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin and other European cities where the arts in general were
blossoming.
C Today, music that was originally written for a concert venue may appear, out of its original
context, in an advert of film. Conversely, music written specifically for films is sometimes performed
live. But nothing has changed music over the last century more radically than the invention and
dissemination of recording technologies. However, although Thomas Edison originally developed the
photograph in 1877, and wax cylinders were used as early as 1880s for recording music, commercial
recordings of music were not generally available to the majority until 1920s. From the mid-1980s
onwards, the vinyl disc gradually gave way to the new technology of the CD, but just a decade later,
the digital MP3 file was already displacing the CD as the favoured way to produce records music. Yet
now, people have more music stored on their phones or computers-which they can call up with the
touch of a finger-than world have been contained on all the metres of library shelves of a proud
'record collector' of the 20th century. '
D Before recording, music was a social event-it involved one or more people coming together to
make music. The music lasted for as long as the musicians sang or played and then it was over.
Therefore, the only music that was heard tended to be composition by recent or living musicians,
probably working in the locality; it was rare to hear music from a past generation, distant place or
culture. Even when music became professionalized, people who wanted to listen to music went to a
specific venue, at a specific time, to hear musicians create a one-off event.
E These days, however, technology makes almost all the world's music instantly and constantly
available to anyone with access to simple and cheap gadgets designed for playing it. Music thus
floats free of any specific occasion or venue. It is no longer restricted to a particular audience or
group of musicians. For the first time, music (any music) can be entirely personal affair. This is one of
the reasons that the 'classical' label becomes harder to pin down. One of its distinctive aspects-a
performance defined by concert halls and opera houses- is dissolved by digital recording formats. As
a consequence all music, classical music included, can become any person's soundtrack for
activities such as commuting, exercising or shopping.
F The ubiquity of music as recorded sound means that it's very easy to overlook perhaps the
most definitive aspect of the classical music tradition-the fact that it is a written or notated music.
Though classical music may lack a precise definition today and mean quite different things to
different people, at its heart is the idea of a music that has remained viable over the years because it
was written down in some form. The original of what music historians thinks of as classical music
dates from the ninth century, when a system of musical notation was first developed. Before this
time, singers in religious services in cathedrals or monasteries had to learn by heart a huge repertory
of chants. The first attempts to notate music were intended to help them remember these. Over the
next thousand years, notation became more complex, incorporating such aspects as rhythm and
pitch, allowing composers to rework and refine their musical ideas. Put very simply, the history of
235
classical music, in all its varied forms, is the history of a tradition that grew out of the possibilities of
musical notation
Questions 20 and 21
Which TWO of the following statements does the writer make about recording technologies?
A. The vinyl disc was relatively easy to damage

B. The sound quality from wax cylinders was inferior to that of the phonograph
C. Electronic storage allows people to keep a vast amount of music
D. Recorded music sold well immediately after Edison invented the photograph.
E. The CD was popular for a relatively brief period.
Questions 22 and 23
Which TWO of the following statements does the writer make about musical notation?
A. The way it is interpreted has changed over time

B. It was originally designed as a memory aid.
C. It is often ignored by classical musicians today.
D. Classical music could not have survived without it.
E. Its importance diminished with the arrival of recording
Questions 24-26
The impact of today's technology on music

These days, the world's music is instantly and constantly available to almost everyone. Thus, music is
no longer tied to a particular location or occasion, nor is it associated with a group of musicians or a
specific 24…………………… . It can become uniquely in its history, completely personal to each and
every individual. Thanks to digital recording, the need for venues such as opera houses or
236
25…………………… where concerts are performed has vanished. Digitization has also made it
possible for people to treat music as a 26……………………to their daily activities.
READING PASSAGE 3
on pages 11 and 12.
Mapping the Mind Dr Simon Hanson revies Rita Carter's book Mapping
the Mind
The often used phrase `I'll believe it when I see it' betrays a very intimate fact of human nature. We
are visual creatures and we rly on sight to serve as a judge of what is real and what is not. When
discussing the intricacies of the human mind, for most of society's existence things have not been
visible; we have for the most part relied on intangible concepts, metaphors, and words to explore or
inner psyche. I have no idea what my ego looks like. I must have one because it can be hurt or
appeased by how others treat me. But how do I know it really exist? Recent progress in brain
research and neuroimaging are changing al of this. With our modern technology of functional
imaging, we can now look at the brain as it is working, and attribute activation in certain areas of the
brain to behaviours, thoughts, and feelings. In essence, our new tools are prompting new thoughts
on who we are and how we are organized. Rita Carter's book, Mapping the Mind, explores these
issues and exploits science's ability to look into our heads as a tool to examine who we are.
In its most basic form, Carter's book serves as a very accessible introduction to the subject of
Neuroanatomy, a subject most of us would not appreciate fully without investing in a semester of
medical school. Mapping the Mind uses beautifully rendered three-dimensional computer images of
the brain to explain anatomical structures and pathways. The presentation style acknowledges our
natural bias towards perceiving and learning information visually. Presenting the concept of a brain
area devoted to maintaining attention by calling it the 'anterior cingulate cortex' would probably put
most readers to sleep while their brains struggled to use that area to focus on what the name meant.
Showing the reader a three-dimensionally-oriented area that easily translates to a place we can point
to on our skulls grounds the anatomical vocabulary in something we can all understand- our own
heads.
In spite of the title, however, the book is not an exact map or a reference guide. Its chapters cover
concepts such as perception, emotions, memory, and higher consciousness, and are best read
rather than referenced. The book, beautifully accented with brain-oriented artwork of both pure
esthetic and illustrative value, walks a pleasing line between college textbook and coffee table art
book, describing the subtle nuances of vision, language, thought, and feeling with science and art.
While the art requires no explanations, Carter uses her background as a journalist to keep the reader
engaged in the science. Factual support in the form of documented cases is liberally employed to
show the abstract concepts in recognizable behaviors and consequences we can all relate to. For
example, in describing brain circuitry involved in controlling anger, Carter uses familiar situations, like
suppressing anger when we feel we have been insulted, to illustrate the neuroscience involved. She
237
follows with a discussion of children's emotional maturity, pointing out that in children the areas
involved in inhibition of anger are not as well developed as in adults, providing an explanation for the
tantrums of a six-year-old. Carter presents the science in an engaging yet factual manner, allowing
people to draw their own conclusions and connect the dots between scientific discovery and what it
means in our daily lives.
By presenting neuroscience in this manner, Mapping the Mind seems to aim itself at an audience
that is often forgotten: the general reader who wants to know more about a specific area of scientific
study. From a scientific perspective, danger often lurks when writing for a general audience as
scientific credibility can be sacrificed in order to keep readers engaged. Carter circumvents this
problem by including the participation of research scientists in the writing. The book is littered with
short directed essays written by specialists in specific areas of brain research.
One of my favorite features of the boo is the optical illusions. As a teacher, I am always searching for
ways to make information relevant to the reader. Mapping the Mind does this by peppering
appropriate chapters with optical illusions that illustrated how the brain processes information. These
delicious enigmas do not stand alone as supplementary information or unrelated facts but are
accompanied by textual explanations and insights into what causes the perceptual incongruities. I
found many of these explanations so good at conveying basic brain principles that I borrowed some
of them for use in lecturers.
From our unique place history we can, at present, use our overly developed neo-cortex in
combination with the tools of science to examine our own minds at work. Our journey is to try and
figure out who we are. Rather than providing us with an academic textbook, Mapping the Mind serves
as a sort of kiosk map saying you are here' with a big red dot. Mapping the Mind shows us where we
are by giving us a snapshot of how we work. There are many books out there that explain the mind.
The unique perspective of this book is that it uses the brain itself to guide the journey.
Questions 27-32
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this 27 Our sense
of what is real is independent of what we can see.
28 The ego must exist because its reaction can be felt 29 The illustration
in Mapping the Mind are in vibrant colours 30 People prefer to learn facts
that are presented visually.
31 Mapping the Mind is primarily a decorative book
238
Mapping the Mind leaves the readers to interpret the facts it presents.
Questions 33-37
Choose the correct letter, A, B, C or D. Write the correct letter in boxes 33-37 on your answer sheet.
33 According to the writer, Carter's background in journalism means that A she has easy access to
relevant sources.
B she cannot explain complex medical ideas
C her writing style maintains the reader's interest
D her presentation of information is more suited to newspapers
34 When discussing how the brain works in controlling anger, Carter
A gives guidance to parents of young children
B uses examples readers can relate to
C admires the control shown by adults
D criticizes the behaviour of children
34 The writer feels that the way neuroscience is presented in Mapping the Mind
A will not give readers any new information
B could make readers doubt scientific claims.
C will encourage more people to study neuroscience.
D will appeal to readers with no knowledge of the topic
35 The writer especially likes the optical illusions in Mapping the Mind because they
A help people relate to the topic
B are a long-standing scientific mystery.
C can teach us about the function of the eye
D have never appeared in books about the brain before.
36 The writer says that Mapping the Mind operates as a 'kiosk map' because
A it reveals our current position in terms of our knowledge of the brain.
B the reader can become lost in other textbooks about the brain
C it describes specific areas of the brain such as the neo-cortex D its illustrations are
particularly clear and accurate.
239
Questions 38-40
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-G, below. Write the correct letter, AG, in boxes
38 A book that uses terms such as 'anterior cingulate cortex'
39 The use of three-dimensional illustrations in the book
40 The inclusion of essays by research scientists in Mapping the Mind
A makes a background in science essential for comprehension
B adds academic integrity to a popular approach
C is not helpful for checking particular data about the brain
D bores and confuses people
E generates more interest in the field of study and promotes research
F solves the difficulty of people's negative reactions to technical language
G has no clear purpose
240
ĐỀ Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
18

Questions 1-8
Choose the correct letter. A. B or C.
Example
The man wants to visit the centre with
A a friends
B relative
C colleagues
1 The centre has enough accommodation for
A 18people
B 20 people
C 38 people.
2 The meeting room is currently
A unavailable
B flooded
C booked
3 Visitors must tell the centre in advance if they want to A use the
centre 's kitchen.
B have meals cooked for them.
C eat at restaurants outside
4 All visitors on the tour of the farm can
A get information about organic farming
B help to feed the animals
C watch a tractor demonstration
5 On the survival course people have to
A learn to use map
B find their own food.
C run through woodland
241
From the centre it is easy to walkto A Exmoor

National Park.
B the beach
C a cycling rout
7 If the weather is bad visitors can go to a
A cinema
B theatre
C museum
8 Groups who wish to stay at the centre must pay
A part of the cost in advance B all of
the cost in advance.
C all of the cost on arrival.
Questions 9 and 10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer

Address: Winsham Farm
9 ………………… Rd
Near Sherbome 10 ………………..

Questions 11-16
Complete the table below
White NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Main
Vacation Job Main advantage Recommendation
disadvantage
11 ………………
Stocktaking Tiring 12………….....
Office work Air-conditioning 13 ………………. Choose a
242
14…………...
theme park 15 .....................
Rude customers 16 ……………….
attendant
Questions 17 - 20
Choose the correct Ietter,A, B or C.
17 Peter learned about the job
A from a college friend
B on the computer
C from a student job centre
18 Peter mainly enjoyed the job because it was
A easy
B challenging
C unusual
19 The job's most interesting aspect was
A learning about the environment
B working with children
C caring for the animals
20 Peter has decided that next vacation he
A won't take a job
B will work at the zoo.
C will work elsewhere

Questions 21 and 22

Reasons for having Study Syndicates:
• teaching one another is a good way to learn
• it gives the opportunity to 21……………………

243
• shared reading means fullerLWeb
ộnotes
trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh | SĐT/ ZALO: 0963 470 110
• You can do 22……………………
Questions 23-25
PLAN FOR STUDY SYNDICATE
Date Geology Topic Name of Presenter
9th May 23 ………………… Bob
24 ………………….. glaciated areas Andy
23 May rock formation Helen and John
25 ………………….. Volcanoes John
Questions 26-30
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.ao
• Presentations should last for 26 ……………….
( plus time for 27 ………………. And ……………….)
• Sources of information
- bibliography
- library books
- 28…………………….
- 29…………………….
• For the presentations, use:
- overhead projector
- whiteboard
- 30…………………….
244

below.
HEALTH ON THE NIGHT SHIFT Background:
31 …………….... in number of night workers because of 24-hour shopping /services
Need to examine effects of changing work and sleep habits US and British research found these
lead to health problems Main Causes:
A) 32………………..
• regulates daily life
• connected to behavioural patterns and cycles of 33 ……………….. and
• programmes us to be awake and asleep at certain times
B) Sleep Debt
• impossible to get enough sleep during daytir
C) 34 ……………….
• different working / sleeping times :dislocation' Effects:
A) Physical
• higher incidence of 35………………… problems and problems
• more minor illnesses, suggesting that immunity of shift workers is affected B)

Psychological
• most common:36……………….
• 37………………….. affected, e.g. decision-making,planning,which regulate our

38…………………
C) Social
Night shift work can lead to:
destruction of 39 ………………. and other relationships, e.g 40

•
………………….
• eventually, for individuals: social isolation
READING PASSAGE 1
245
You Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
should spend about 20 minutes on Question 1-13, which are based on Reading Passage 1.
Caral: an ancient South American city

Huge earth and rock mounds rise out of the desert of the Supe Valley near the coast of Peru in South
America. These immense mounds appear simply to be part of the geographical landscape in this arid
region squeezed between the Pacific Ocean and the Andes mountains.But looks deceive. These are
actually human-made pyramids Strong evidence indicates they are the remains of a city known as
Caral that flourished nearly 5,000 years ago. It true, it would be the oldest known urban center in the
America and among the most ancient in the world.
Research undertaken by Peruvian archaeologist Ruth Shady suggests that the 150-acre plea of
pyramids, plazas and residential buildings was a thriving metropolis when Egypt's great pyramids
were still being built. Though discovered in 1905, for years Caral attracted little attention, largely
because archaeologists believed the structures were rainy recent. But the monumental scale of the
pyramids had long interested Shady, who began excavations at the site in 1996, about 22 kilometers
from the coast and 190 kilometers north of Peru's capital city of Lima.
Shady and her crew searched for broken remains of the pots and containers that most such sites
contain. Not finding any only made her more excited: it meant Caral could be what archaeologists
term pre-ceramic, that is, existing before the advent in the area of pot-firing techniques. Shady's team
undertook the task of excavating Piramide Mayor, the largest of the pyramids. After carefully clearing
away many hundreds of years' worth of rubble and sand, they identified staircases, walls covered
with remnants of colored plaster, and brickwork. In the foundations, they found the remains of grass-
like reeds woven into bags. The original workers, she surmised, must have filled these bags with
stones from a nearby quarry and laid them atop one another inside retaining walls, gradually giving
rise to the pyramid's immense structure. Shady had samples of the reeds subjected to radiocarbon
dating and found that the reeds were 4,600 years old. This evidence indicated that Caral was, in fact,
more than 1,000 years older than what had previously been thought to be the oldest urban center in
the Americas.
What amazed archaeologists was not just the age, but the complexity and scope of Caral. Piramide
Mayor alone covers an area nearly the size of four football fields and is 18 meters tall. A nine-meter-
wide staircase rises from a circular plaza at the foot of the pyramid. passing over three terraced levels
until it reaches the top. Thousands of manual laborers would have been needed to build such a
project, not counting the many architects. craftsmen, and managers. Shady's team found the remains
of a large amphitheater, containing almost 70 musical instruments made of bird and deer bones
Clearly music played an important role in Caral's society. Around the perimeter of Caral are a series
of smaller mounds and various buildings. These indicate a hierarchy of living arrangements: large,
well-kept rooms atop pyramids for the elite, ground-level quarters for shabbier outlying dwellings for
workers
But why had Caral been built in the first place? Her excavations convinced Shady that Carat once
served as a trade center for the region, which extends from the rainforests of the Amazon to the high
forests of the Andes. Shady found evidence of a rich trading environment, including seeds of the
246
cocoa bush and necklaces of shells, neither of which was native to the immediate Caral area. This
environment gave rise to people who did not take part in the production of food, allowing them to
become priests and planners, builders and designers. Thus occupational specialization, elemental to
an urban society, emerged.
But what sustained such a trading center and drew travelers to it? Was it food? Shady and her team
found the bones of small edible fish, which must have come from the Pacific coast to the west, in the
excavations. But they also found evidence of squash, sweet potatoes and beans having been grown
locally. Shady theorized that Caral's early farmers diverted the area's rivers into canals, which still
cross the Supe Valley today, to irrigate their fields.But because she found no traces of maize, which
can be traded or stored and used in times of crop failure, she concluded that Caral's trade leverage
was not based on stockpiling food supplies.
It was evidence of another crop in the excavations that gave Shady the best clue to Caral's success.
In nearly every excavated building, her team discovered evidence of cotton - seeds, fibers and
textiles. Her theory fell into place when a large fishing net made of those fibers, unearthed in an
unrelated dig on Peru's coast. turned out to be as old as Caral. 'The farmers of Caral grew the cotton
that the fishermen needed to make their nets, Shady speculates. And the fishermen gave them
shellfish and dried fish in exchange for these nets.' In essence, the people of Caral enabled
fishermen to work with larger and more effective nets, which made the resources of the sea more
readily available, and the fishermen probably used dried squash grown by the Caral people as
flotation devices for their nets.
Questions 1-6
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes 1-6 on
1 Caral was built at the same time as the construction of the Egyptian pyramids.
2 The absence of pottery at the archaeological dig gave Shady a significant clue to the age of
the site.
3 The stones used to build Piramide Mayor came from a location far away
4 The huge and complicated structures of Piramide Mayor suggest that its construction required
an organised team of builders.
5 Archaeological evidence shows that the residents of Caral were highly skilled musicians.
6 The remains of housing areas at Caral suggest that there were no class distinctions in
247
Questions 7-13
your answer sheet.
Carat as a trading centre

Items discovered at Carat but not naturally occurring in the area
• the 7…………………. of a certain plant
• 8 ………………. used to make jewellery
• the remains of certain food such as 9 …………………..
Clues to farming around Cara!

• 10 ……………….. still in existence today indicate water diverted from rivers
• no evidence that 11 ……………… was grown

Evidence of relationship with fishing communities
• the excavation findings and fishing nets found on the coast suggest Caral farmers
traded 12………………
• dried squash may have been used to aid 13………………… of fishing nets READING
PASSAGE 2
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 14-26 , which are based on Reading Passage 2
Questions 14-19
Reading Passage 2 has six paragraphs, A-F.
Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct
number, i-ix. in boxes 14-19 on your answer sheet
List of Headings
i. Robots on Earth - a re-evaluation
ii. The barriers to cooperation in space exploration
iii. Some limitations of robots in space iv. Reduced expectations for space
exploration
v. A general reconsideration of human/robot responsibilities in space
vi. Problems in using humans for space exploration
vii. The danger to humans of intelligent machines
viii. Space settlement and the development of greater selfawareness ix.
Possible examples of cooperation in space
248
14 Paragraph A Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph C
17 Paragraph D
18 Paragraph E
19 Paragraph F
Should space be explored by robots or by humans?
A The advisability of humans participating directly in space travel continues to cause many
debates. There is no doubt that the presence of people on board a space vehicle makes its design
much more complex and challenging, and produces a large increase in costs, since safety
requirements are greatly increased, and the technology providing necessities for human passengers
such as oxygen, food water must be guaranteed. Moreover, the systems required are bulky and
costly, and their complexity increases for long-duration missions. Meanwhile, advances in
electronics and computer science allow increasingly complex tasks to be entrusted to robots, and
unmanned space probes are becoming lighter, smaller and more convenient
B However, experience has shown that the idea of humans in space is popular with the public.
Humans can also be useful; there are many cases when only direct intervention by an astronaut or
cosmonaut can correct the malfunction of an automatic device. Astronauts and cosmonauts have
proved that they can adapt to conditions of weightlessness and work in space without encountering
too many problems, as was seen in the operations to repair and to upgrade the Hubble Space
Telescope. One human characteristic which is particularly precious in space missions, and which so
far is lacking in robots, is the ability to perform a great variety of tasks. In addition, robots are not
good at reacting to situations they have not been specifically prepared for. This is especially
important in the case of deep space missions. While, in the case of the Moon, it is possible for
someone on Earth to 'tele-operate' a robotic device such as a probe, as the two-way link time is only
a couple of seconds, on Mars the two-way link time is several minutes, so sending instructions from
Earth is more difficult
C Many of the promises of artificial intelligence are still far from being fulfilled. The construction
of machines simulating human logical reasoning moves towards ever more distant dates. The more
the performance of computers improves, the more we realise how difficult it is to build machines
which display logical abilities. In the past it was confidently predicted that we would soon have fully
automated factories in which all operations were performed without any human intervention, and
forecasts of the complete substitution of workers by robots in many production areas were made.
Today, these perspectives are being revised. It seems that all machines, even the smartest ones,
must cooperate with humans. Rather than replacing humans, the present need appears to be for an
intelligent machine capable of helping a human operator without replacing him or her. The word
'cobot', from 'collaborative robot', has been invented to designate this type
249
D ộ
A similar trend is also apparent
L trình IELTS t
in theừ Căn Bả
field
n (Basic)
of space
Web: www.Namhoctienganh.co
đế n Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
exploration. Tasks
m | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctiengan which
h | SĐT/ ZALO:were in110the past
0963 470
entrusted only to machines are now performed by human beings, sometimes with the aim of using
simpler and less costly devices, sometimes to obtain better performance. In many cases, to involve
a person in the control loop is a welcome simplification which may lower the cost of a mission
without compromising safety. Many operations originally designed to be performed under completely
automatic control can be performed more efficiently by astronauts, perhaps helped by their 'cobots'.
The human-machine relationship must evolve towards a closer collaboration
E One way this could happen is by adopting the Mars Outposts approach, proposed by the
Planetary Society. This would involve sending a number of robotic research stations to Mars,
equipped with permanent communications and navigational systems. They would perform research,
and establish the infrastructure needed to prepare future landing sites for the exploration of Mars by
humans. It has also been suggested that in the most difficult environments, as on Venus or Jupiter,
robots could be controlled by human beings located in spaceships which remain in orbit around the
planet. In this case the link time for communication between humans and robots would be far less
than it would be from Earth.
F But if space is to be more than a place to build automatic laboratories or set up industrial
enterprises in the vicinity of our planet, the presence of humans is essential. They must learn how to
voyage through space towards destinations which will be not only scientific bases but also places to
live. If space is a frontier, that frontier must see the presence of people. So the aim for humankind in
the future will be not just the exploration of space, but its colonisation. The result of exploring and
living in space may be a deep change in the views which humankind has of itself. And this process
is already under way. The images of Earth taken from the Moon in the Apollo programme have
given humankind a new consciousness of its fragility, its smallness, and its unity. These impressions
have triggered a realisation of the need to protect and preserve it, for it is the place in the solar
system most suitable for us and above all it is the only place we have, at least for now
Questions 20 and 21
According to the writer, which TWO predictions about artificial intelligence have not yet been
fulfilled?
A Robots will work independently of humans.
B Robots will begin to oppose human interests.
C Robots will be used to help humans perform tasks more efficiently.
D Robots will think in the same way as humans.
E Robots will become too costly to use on space missions.
250
Questions 22 - 26
Humans in space - the Mars Outposts approach and its implications

One way of exploring space would be through collaboration between humans and robots. For
example, when exploring the planet Mars, robots could be used to set up 22……………… and do
initial research before humans arrive. In other cases, humans could stay in orbiting 23 ……………….
and give orders to robots working on the surface of the planet. This would increase the speed of 24
………………….. with the robots.
In such ways, robots might be used to work in space in commercial enterprises or 25
……………… However, the final aim of humankind may be the 26 ……………….. of space and this
could in turn change people's attitudes towards Earth.
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40, which are based on Reading
Passage 3
The dark side of the technological boom

What are the effects on the individual of working in modern technological workplaces?
Changes in the way we work and how our offices are structured come at us faster and faster. Waves
of state-of-the-art information technology and instant telecommunications let us reach anyone,
anywhere, and speed is the key. Most of us are too busy struggling to keep pace with ongoing
innovations to question the implications of our new electronic authority figures. According to a number
of psychologists, however, the need to stay on top of the information flow and the vent degree to
which we remain in touch with our offices exact a profound toll on us as individuals.
Mass exposure to technological innovations in the workplace has come too recently for psychologists
to reach a consensus on its societal implications. Many agree, however, that one of the first signs of
the struggle to adapt to the electronic office is often 'technostress, a cognitive shift that results from
an over-identification with information systems. Psychologist Craig Brod says people become
accustomed to the patterns set by electronic tools - accelerated time and yes/no logic - and
internalize these patterns. When they leave the office or go home, Brod says, they need complete
isolation to recover from the effects of the technology
Brod warns that over-reliance on electronic tools could also have serious repercussions on our ability
to think creatively and develop new ideas. Because we don't create in a vacuum, he points out, we
need to avoid the temptation to replace informal gatherings for bouncing ideas off colleagues with
251
electronic networking. It's also more difficult to spot errors or even evaluate the shape of a project
displayed in a flat, two-dimensional way on a screen.
Electronically networked offices can also make it increasingly difficult to convince ourselves that we're
doing an adequate job and accumulating enough information to make informed decisions.
Philosopher Daniel Dennett points out that modern technology eliminates the possibility of
unavoidable ignorance. As the opportunity to amass information grows larger, the obligation to make
accurate predictions - the right decisions - becomes more onerous. Instead of consoling ourselves
that we're doing as good a job as we can, we are tormented by the knowledge that the world of
information is limidess.
For executives near the top of the office pyramid, the benefits of the electronic revolution — like
telecommuting and flexible scheduling - may outweigh the disadvantages of being continuously on
call. But in Workplace 2000, authors Joseph Boyett and Henry Conn describe a future in which
millions of people now charged with analyzing information and making routine decisions will be
replaced by less skilled workers using 'intelligent' software to make decisions for them. They predict
that a cult of performance excellence will engulf most businesses.
The millions of people on the bottom levels of electronic hierarchies are increasingly likely to spend
heir days in an isolated no-man's land, subservient to intelligent information systems that report their
progress to unseen supervisors far away. Because computers measure quantity quality, such
systems tend to reward employees who work faster more than those who work better.
Service people on the telephone or at a cash register curtly terminate attempts at idle conversation
because their performance is being electronically monitored. Once judged on their ability to
troubleshoot unexpected situations, they're now evaluated by the number of transactions they
complete in a shift or the number of keystroke required to draft a sweatshops', the computers are
running the people, not the other way around
."I think people are going to feel an increased fragmentation of self. They won't be able to hold the
pieces together,' human resources consultant Philip Nicholson says. "How do you keep a coherent
space if you're going in and out of spaces that don't exist?' He likens the psychic numbing of
electronic information overload to symptoms of post-traumatic stress syndrome (a mental disorder
following a horrific event). In office 'wars', people become overwhelmed by the sheer amount of
information available, internalize the diversity of the world outside, and fear losing corn own lives
If we are to survive the challenges of information-driven, hardwired offices, says Nicholson, we need
to provide psychological support systems. As no one has yet measured the social cost of the
workplace revolution, some psychologists are mobilizing efforts to pool information as it is derived.
Nicholson started the Technostress International Information Network in Massachusetts to foster an
exchange of data and ideas on the effects of computerization and information technology Meanwhile,
Brod wants to examine the parallels between electronic work environments and sealed- cabin
ecologies' like space capsules or submarines, both totally automated artificial worlds in which people
live in highly confined circumstances surrounded by technology that dictates the tenor of their days as
252
well Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
as
their
survival. He is petitioning other psychologists to convince the American Psychological Association to
form a specialized study group
In addition, Brod suggests that we re-examine our value systems and that we make greater
allowances for privacy in order to circumvent potential revolts against technology. We need to
coevolve with technology,' he says. "These are wonderful tools, but if we exploit them without
imposing appropriate values on their use, they become alienating and dangerous.'
Questions 27 - 29
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-E, below. Write the correct letter, AE, in boxes
27 The speed of technological changes
28 A dependency on technology and computers
29 A deterioration in personal service
A requires more detailed study by psychologists.
B means people bave no time to challenge the significance of the new

technology.
C may reduce inventiveness and innovation.
D suggests computers will take over the workplace.
E results from increased electronic supervision.
Questions 30 - 35
statement with the correct person or people, A, B, C or D.
30 Technology has placed greater expectations on workers not to make mistakes.
31 People will need time away from technology to reduce the frustrations caused by it.
32 Interacting with others at work contributes to creative thinking.
33 The psychological effect of working with technology is similar to the anxiety felt after surviving
a major ordeal.
34 Technology will ultimately increase unemployment for more highly qualified personnel.
253
35 More counselling is requiredLWeb
ộ to
trìnhhelp
IELTS tpeople cope
ừ Căn Bản (Basic) đếnwith the(Intensive)
Nâng Cao demands (0 - 7.0) of the modern workplace.
: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh 0963 470 110
| SĐT/ ZALO:
List of People
A Craig Brod
B Daniel Dennett
C Joseph Boyett and Henry Conn
D Philip Nicholson
Questions 36 -40
36 Our knowledge of the effects of technology on workers is still limited.
37 An early indicator of technological anxiety is a tendency to adopt machine-like thinking.
38 We have now started to doubt our ability to perform well at work.
39 Top level managers may be more negatively affected by changes electronic workplace than
junior workers.
40 Employees who learn to use new technology quickly will get promoted.
ĐỀ 19
below.
White NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Accommodation
request
Example
Name: Anna Black
Type of accommodation: a house
Preferred location: the 1 ………………of the town
254
Facilities required: furnished property - with a 2 ………………...

Period of time required: one year
Start date of rental period: 3 ………………..
Present address: 56, Stone Street
Phone number: (mobile) 07942 326584
Reference from: her 4 …………………
Maximum rent: 5 £ ………………
Applicant’s job: 6 …………………...
Documents to be supplied
ID check: applicant's passport
Credit check: a 7 ………………
Viewing arrangements
Address of property: 33, 8 ………………. Street
Viewing day and time: Saturday 4 p.m
To check: Is there a 9 ………………… in the house?
Is there a 10 ……………… nearby?

Questions 11-14
Information for fire wardens

11 The company is having this meeting about fire procedures because A
employees did badly in the last annual fire drill.
B there have been changes in the building layout.
C new staff have joined the company.
12 There has been a recent upgrade to A the sprinkler system.
B the fire extinguishers.
C the alarm system.

255
13 During the minor fire in January, some
Lộ trình IELTS staff
từ Căn working
Bản (Basic) inCao
đến Nâng the factory
(Intensive) A)
(0 - 7.0
notices.
B left fire doors open.
C were unwilling to start the fire alarm
14 In the fire in January, the problem with office staff was that they A refused to
leave personal items behind.
B moved too slowly during the evacuation.
C did not move far away enough from the building.
Questions 15 - 20
What comment does the speaker make about each of the following aspects of fire safety?
Write the correct letter, A, B or C, next to questions 15-20
Comments
A It should be a priority for fire wardens
B It will be dealt with by an external specialist
C It does not require attention
Aspects of fire safety

15 ensuring there are no obstacles in fire escape routes ………………..
16 checking that fire doors are easily opened ………………..
17 showing staff how to look after each other ………………..
18 training staff to use fire extinguishers correctly ………………..
19 checking that staff are aware of evacuation points ……………….. 20 checking
that flammable liquids are properly stored ………………..

Questions 21-25
What comments do the speakers make about each of the following types of pigeon?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-H, next to question 21 – 25
Comments
256
A eats meat Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
B communicates with its wings
C is found in a variety of locations
D feeds on a particular type of plant
E sings to attract a mate
F is endangered
G is brightly coloured
H avoid the ground
Types of Pigeon
21 Australian crested pigeon ………………..
22 Rock pigeon ………………..
23 Black-banded pigeon ………………..
24 Galapagos pigeon ………………..
25 Nicobar pigeon ………………..
Questions 26 - 30
Pigeons 26 When people
feed city pigeons, it causes them to A breed more successfully.
B become overweight.
C get sick.
27 The Melbourne city council are tackling their pigeon problem by A removing the
pigeons from the city.
B scaring away pigeons.
C providing homes for the pigeons.
28 Jennifer and Adam agree that the second stage of the council scheme is A
expensive.
B cruel.
C ineffective.
29 What method of pigeon control was most successful in the city of Basel?
257
A trapping the pigeons
B educating the public
C building nesting sites
30 Adam and Jennifer decide to do some more research on how pigeons can A affect
our health.
B damage buildings.
C cause local flooding.

The Lontar Palm

The tree
• grows on Roti, an Indonesian island
• is known as the tree of life'
• produces delicious juice
• has a fruit resembling a 31 ………………. ( female trees only)
People climbing the trees

• fix 32 …………….. to the tree trunks to help them climb
• keep their tools attached to a 33 ……………….
• often own particular trees
• contribute to the upkeep of the communal fence
Using the juice
• It quickly becomes 34 …………………. if left unprocessed.
• A concentrated form of it is drunk in the rainy season
• it can be made into sugary 35 …………………
258
Using other parts of the tree The leaf is used:

• to make containers, bags and roofing
• as garden 36 ……………….
• for brightly decorated hats worn at a 37 ………………..
• for a musical instrument which sounds like a 38 ……………..
The stalk is used to make 39 ………………….
The trunk is used in the construction of 40 ………………… READING PASSAGE 1
pages 2 and 3.
Developmental Tasks of Normal Adolescence

Some years ago, Professor Robert Havighurst of the University of Chicago, USA, proposed that
stages in human development can best be thought of in terms of the developmental 'tasks' that are
part of the normal transition. He identified ten developmental tasks associated with the adolescent
transition. Each of the Havighurst tasks can also be seen as elements of the overall sense of self that
adolescents carry with them as they move towards and into young adulthood. Adolescents do not
progress through these multiple developmental tasks separately; at any given time they may be
dealing with several.
The adolescent must adjust to a new physical sense of self. At no other time since birth does an
individual undergo such profound physical changes as during early adolescence. Puberty is marked
by sudden rapid growth in height and weight. Also, the young person experiences the emergence and
accentuation of those physical traits that make the person a boy or a girl. The young person looks
less like a child and more like a physically mature adult. The effect of this rapid change is that mid-
adolescents are body-conscious, and their concerns are directed towards their opposite-sexed peers.
The adolescent must adjust to new intellectual abilities. In addition to a sudden spurt in physical
growth, adolescents experience a sudden increase in their ability to think about their world. As a
normal part of maturity, they are able to think more things. However, they are also able to conceive of
their world with awareness. Before adolescence, children's thinking is dominated by a concrete
example for any problem that they solve; their thinking is constrained to what is real and physical.
During adolescence, young people begin to recognise and understand abstractions. The growth in
ability to deal with abstractions accelerates during the middle stages of adolescence.
The adolescent must adjust to increased cognitive demands at school. Adults see high school in part
as a place where adolescents prepare for adult roles and responsibilities and in part as preparatory
for further education. School curricula are frequently dominated by the inclusion of more abstract,
demanding material, regardless of whether the adolescents have achieved formal thought. Since not
all adolescents make the intellectual transition at the same rate, demands for abstract thinking prior to
the achievement of that ability may be frustrating.
259
The Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
adolescent must adopt a personal value system. During adolescence, as teens develop increasingly
complex knowledge systems, they also adopt an integrated set of values and morals. During the early
stages of moral development, parents provide their child with a structured set of rules of what is right
and wrong, what is acceptable and unacceptable. Eventually the adolescent must assess the parent's
values as they come into conflict with values expressed by peers and other segments of society. To
reconcile differences, the adolescent restructures those beliefs into a personal ideology.
The adolescent must develop expanded verbal skills to accommodate more complex concepts and
tasks. Their limited language of childhood is no longer adequate. As their conceptual development
may outstrip their verbal development, adolescents may appear less competent than they really are.
The adolescent must establish adult vocational goals. As part of the process of establishing a
personal identity, the adolescent must also begin the process of focusing on the question, 'What do
you plan to be when you grow up?' Mid-adolescents must identify, at least at a preliminary level, what
their adult vocational goals are and how they intend to achieve them.
The adolescent must develop a personal sense of identity. Prior to adolescence, one's identity is an
extension of one's parents' identity. During the early adolescent years a young person begins to
recognise their uniqueness and to establish themselves as separate individuals, independent of their
parents. As such, one must reconsider the answer to the question, 'What does it mean to be me?' or
"whoam I?"
The adolescent must establish emotional and psychological independence from his or her parents.
Childhood is marked by strong dependence on one's parents. Adolescents may yearn to keep that
safe, secure, supportive, dependent relationship. Yet, to be an adult implies a sense of
independence, of autonomy, of being one's own person. In an attempt to assert their need for
independence and individuality, adolescents may respond with what appears to be hostility and lack
of cooperation.
The adolescent must develop stable and productive peer relationships. Although peer interaction is
not unique to adolescence, it seems to hit a peak of importance during early adolescence. Certainly
by late adolescence or early adulthood the need for peer approval has diminished. This degree to
which an adolescent is able to make friends and have an accepting peer group, though, is a major
indicator of how well the adolescent will adjust in other areas of social and psychological
development. Early adolescence is also a period of intense conformity to peers." Fitting in' not being
different, and being accepted seem somehow pressing to this age group. The worst possibility, from
the view of the young teen, is to be seen by peers as different.
The adolescent must develop increased impulse control and behavioural maturity. In their shift to
adulthood, most young people engage in one or more behaviours that place them at physical, social,
or educational risk. Risky behaviours are sufficiently pervasive among adolescents to suggest that
risk-taking may be a normal developmental process of middle adolescence. Gradually adolescents
develop a set of behavioural self-controls through which they assess which behaviours are
acceptable and adult-like.
260
Questions 1-6
Classify the following developments as characterising
A early adolescence
B middle adolescence
C late adolescence
Write the correct letter, A, B or C, in boxes 1-6 on your answer sheet
1 becoming interested in people of the other gender
2 beginning to choose a future career
3 needing to feel the same as one's friends
4 beginning to form a self-image separate from the family context
5 having less need for the good opinion of friends
6 exposing oneself to dangers
Questions 7-10
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-E, below.
Write the correct letter, A-E in boxes 7-10 on your answer sheet.
7 Havighurst proposed a set of tasks which
8 A course of study at high school
9 The speed of development of thinking ability during adolescence
10 Adolescence is a time when the young person
A reflects an adolescent's emerging self-perception.
B cannot solve a problem without an example.
C is designed to become more challenging.
D formulates a personal set of moral beliefs and values.
E varies according to the individual.
Questions 11 - 13
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes 1-5 on
261
11 Most pre-adolescent children are capable of abstract thought.
12 Adolescents 'limited skills with words may give a false impression of their ability.
13 Whether or not an adolescent is accepted by their age-group is an important clue to other

aspects of their social adjustment.
READING PASSAGE 2
pages 7 and 8.
Questions 14-18
Reading Passage 2 has seven paragraphs, A-G
Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A, B, D, E and F from the list of headings below. Write the
correct number, i-viii, in boxes 14-18 on your answer sheet.
List of Headings
i Parallels between bee and human activities ii An
evolutionary turning point iii A lack of total co-operation
iv The preservation of individual plant species v The
commercial value of bees vi The structure of flowering
plants vii The pursuit of self-interest viii The need for
further research
Example
Paragraph C vii
14 Paragraph A
15 Paragraph B
16 Paragraph D
17 Paragraph E
18 Paragraph F
262
A Some time in the early Cretaceous period of the Earth's history, hunting wasps of a certain
type became bees by adopting a vegetarian diet: they began to rely more and more on the pollen of
plants as a source of protein for themselves and their offspring, as an alternative to insects. In so
doing, they accidentally transported pollen on their bodies to other plants of the same species,
bringing about pollination. The stage was thus set for a succession of ever-closer mutual adaptations
of bees and flowering plants. In particular, flowers began to reward bees for their unwitting role in
their reproduction by providing richer sources of pollen and another source of nutrition, nectar.
B Today about 15 per cent of our diet consists of crops which are pollinated by bees. The meat
and other animal products we consume are ultimately derived from beepollinated forage crops, and
account for another 15 per cent. It follows that around one third of our food is directly or indirectly
dependent on the pollinating services of bees. On a global basis, the annual value of agricultural
crops dependent on the pollination services of bees is estimated at £1,000 million (US$1,590 million).
Much of this pollination is due to honey bees, and in monetary terms it exceeds the value of the
annual honey crop by a factor of fifty.
C But the apparently harmonious relationship between bees and plants conceals a conflict of
interests. Although flowers need bees and vice versa, it pays each partner to minimise its costs and
maximise its profits. This may sound like an extreme case of attributing human qualities to non-
human species, but using the marketplace and the principles of double-entry book keeping as
metaphors may give us some insights into what is really going on between bees and flowering plants.
In the real world, both flower and bee operate in a competitive marketplace. A community of retailers,
the flowers, seek to attract more or less discriminating consumers, the bees. Each flower has to
juggle the costs and benefits of investing in advertising, by colour and scent, and providing rewards,
nectar and pollen. Clearly a species which depends on cross-pollination is on a knifeedge: it must
provide sufficient nectar to attract the interest of a bee, but not enough to satisfy all of its needs in
one visit. A satiated bee would return to its nest rather than visit another flower. The bee, on the other
hand, is out to get the maximum amount of pollen and nectar. It must assess the quality and quantity
of rewards which are on offer and juggle its energy costs so that it makes a calorific profit on each
foraging trip. The apparent harmony between plants and bees is therefore not all that it seems.
Instead, it is an equilibrium based on compromises between the competing interests of the
protagonists.
D This sounds remarkably like the ideas of the 18th-century economist Adam Smith. In his book,
The Wealth of Nations, Smith postulated that in human society the competitive interactions of
different 'economic units' eventually resulted in a balanced, or `harmonious' society. One might
predict, therefore, that economists would find the relationships between bees and plants of some
interest. This is the case in Israel, where economists are collaborating with botanists and
entomologists in a long-term study of the pollination biology of the native flora, in an attempt to
understand the dynamics of the relationship between communities of bees and plants.
263
E T h i s
s o r t o f
Web: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh | SĐT/ ZALO: 0963 470 110 s t
understand the dynamic relationships between plants and their pollinators. This is especially true
when, say, devising conservation policies. A good example comes from the forests of tropical South
America. Here, as in all rainforests, there is a high diversity of tree species. There may be more than
120 per acre, but in a given acre there may only be one or two individuals of any one species: These
trees are pollinated by large, fast-flying bees. There is evidence that certain types of bee learn the
distribution of these scattered trees and forage regularly along the sa e routes. This is called `trap-
lining' and the bees forage for up to 23km from their nests. The bees are therefore acting as long
distance pollinators.
F An issue of current concern in tropical forest conservation is that of trying to estimate the
minimum sustainable size of islands' of forest reserve in areas where largescale felling is taking
place. There is much discussion on seed dispersal distances. But this is only one half of the equation,
so far as the reproduction of trees is concerned. There is another question that must be addressed in
order to calculate whether proposed forest reserves are close enough to the nearest large tract of
forest: 'What is the flight range of these long-distance foragers?' We need to know much more about
bees and their relationships with plants before this question can be answered.
G Bees, then, are vital to our survival. Furthermore, much of the visual impact of human
environments derives from vegetation, and most vegetation is dependent on bees for pollination.
Thus, as pollinators of crops and natural vegetation, bees occupy key positions in the web of
relationships which sustain the living architecture of our planet.
Questions 19-25
19 Hunting wasps used to feed on other …………….. , rather than on vegetation.
20 Flowering plants started to reward bees with rich pollen and an additional food in the form of
………..
21 Approximately ……………….. of human food production relies on the activity of bees.
22 If the process of ……………….. is to take place effectively, bees need to travel from one flower
to another before going back to the nest.
23 Bees need to balance the ………………. of each trip against the calorific rewards they obtain.
24 There can be over 120 different ………………. in an acre of rainforest.
25 The bees that pollinate large forests regularly practise an activity known as
……………..
264
Question 26
Write the correct letter in box 26 on your answer sheet. Which is the best title for Reading Passage
2?
A The Ecological Importance of Bees
B The Evolutionary History of Bees
C The Social Behaviour of Bees
D The Geographical Distribution of Bees
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27-40, which are based on Reading Passage on
pages 10 and 11.
A new stage in the study and teaching of history

For hundreds of years, historians have relied on written or printed documents to provide the bulk of
their source materials, and they have largely communicated with students and the wider public by
writing books and journal articles. Today, however, the printed word is being superseded by a
diversity of forms of communication, above all moving images on video or film
A The development of this new form of communication is leading to a growing gap between the
practice of professional historians based in academia, and the practice of those aiming to popularise
the study of history among the general public, and to encourage people to create their own records
for the future. On the one hand, there are mainstream academics who continue to use only the
written word as they examine more and more fields with an ever- increasing number of sophisticated
methodologies. On the other hand, film and video, especially as broadcast on television, are probably
the major influence on the public's consciousness of history, as they see film of events of fifty or a
hundred years ago, events they had previously only read about.
B In a related development, a great many people now document local and family events in the
form of videos; many schools, too, produce video yearbooks. All these visual records may well prove
to be invaluable sources of information for future historians. The glaring contradiction is that the two
approaches-the academic and what we might term the popular - have intersected very little: with a
few notable exceptions, professional historians have tended to avoid involvement in television
programmes about history, and have even less impact on what is being captured and preserved on
video. And the potential of moving images has wielded negligible influence on the academic study of
history.
265
C This
gulf can
accept the validity of new forms of communication in the study of history. This is not the first time that
the question has arisen. The study of history, as conceived of today, began with the transition from
oral to literate culture, leading to the earliest written records and the earliest historical studies. The
next great shift came with the advent of printing, which transformed everything. Today, as the printed
word loses its dominance, historians are faced with a variety of forms of communication, ranging from
simple audiotape to the promising complexities of videodiscs linked with computers. As yet, however,
the use of moving images to record current events for the benefit of future historians does not even
have a commonly agreed name.
D This does not mean that mainstream historians have totally rejected the use of moving images
as sources: the majority seem intrigued by the idea, and valuable research has been carried out into
the history and analysis of films with a broad circulation, using them as a source of information on the
social and intellectual history of the twentieth century. Journals such as American History Review
have played a significant role in this field
E Yet the number of historians using moving images in their research or teaching is very small.
The barrier seems to be that the profession is structured around the medium of the written word, and
is somewhat insulated in its academic setting. The use of moving images presents a substantial
challenge to this setting and its assumptions. As a result, historians have rejected the training, the
institutions, the motivations and the professional structures that would be needed in order to use
moving images effectively. Above all, they have rejected the necessity to learn complicated new
skills.
F So why should historians make this change? Clearly, films or videos of events and people can
be used as solid evidence of the past, linked to the words of the narrator (whether a television
presenter/historian or a university teacher giving a lecture) but carrying information in their own right.
Film has reintroduced the oral form as a mode of research and communication for documenting
historical events. Now, with moving images, people are reminded that oral communication is not
limited to words: it also includes body language, expression and tone, and is embedded in a context.
Little of this is evident in a written transcript. A further effect of video and film is that the narrator gives
up some control and has less need to give explanations, while the viewer becomes involved in the
process of interpreting and understanding history.
G Film or videotape can also aid historians by simplifying the work of the interviewer. Instead of
trying to carry on an interview while simultaneously making notes about setting and other unspoken
data, this new kind of historian can concentrate on the interview itself, and study the film later. The
many benefits of using moving images as historical evidence easily outweigh worries about cost,
technical skills, or the effect of a camera on a person telling his or her story. Moving images enhance
the quality of historical research, and suggest new directions for historians to explore.
266
27 an overview of the range of methods that have been used over time to document history
28 the main reason why many historians are unwilling to use films in their work
29 a reference to some differences between oral and written communication
30 how most citizens today gain an understanding of history
31 how current student events are sometimes captured for future audiences
32 mention of the fact that the advantages of film are greater than the disadvantages
33 the claim that there is no official title for film-based historical work
34 reference to the active role the audience plays when watching films
35 a list of requirements that historians see as obstacles to their use of film to record history
Questions 36 - 40
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 3? In boxes 36-40
36 The needs of students in school have led to improvements in the teaching of history.
37 Academic and popular historians have different attitudes towards the value of innovations in
communication.
38 It is common for historians to play a major role in creating historical documentaries for
television.
39 Articles in American History Review have explored aspects of modern history through popular
films.
40 Developments in technology are influencing a range of academic subjects.
267
ĐỀ Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
20
Section 1 Question 1-10 Complete the form
below.

Newspaper Photo Reprint Request Form
Example
Newspaper date: March 10th

Newspaper pages: the 1…………….. Page
Newspaper story: Student Athlete of the 2……………..
Photo subject: James 3…………….
Photo use: 4……………..
Image type: 5………………
Size: Regular
Quantity: Three
Price: 6……………….
Processing option: 7……………….
Payment type: 8……………….
Delivery method: 9……………….
Reading frequency: every 10………………
SECTION 2 Question 77-20 Question 11-15.

Choose the correct Fetter, A,13 or C.
Information day: Training courses for workers in the hospitality industry
11. What has the speaker enjoyed most about working in hospitality?
A. the range of jobs available
B. the range of countries he has visited
C. the range of people he has worked with
12. What point does the speaker make about kitchen assistants?
A. the long hours will not suit everyone
B. their work is sometimes quite boring

268
C. the pay is not particularly good
13. According to the speaker, which job is sometimes undervalued?
A. porter
B. cleaner
C. Dishwasher
14. Experience in reception may help employees
A. to learn foreign languages
B. to manage successfully situations
C. to get a better job eventually
15. The speakers says that interview skills A. are particularly important in hospitality
B. easy to learn if you have some practice
C. are understood better now than in the past
Question 16-20
Label the plan below.
Write the correct letter, A-J, next to question 16-20.
269
Workshops
16. Restaurant Service ………………. 17. Kitchen Hands
……………….
18. Porters, Cleaners, Dishwasher ……………….
19. Receptionists ………………. 20. Interview Skills
……………….
SECTION 3 Question 21-30 Question 21-26.

Battery-powered motorbikes
21. The students are preparing the presentation
270
A. as part of their final assessment
B. to attract potential future students
C. to share their work with their classmates
22. What do the students say about the battery-powered motorbike in their project?
A. it is more efficient than ordinary motorbikes
B. it is faster than ordinary motorbikes
C. it is more complex than ordinary motorbikes
23. The students agree the presentation will be difficult because
A. they have a lot to cover in 15 minutes
B. several different people are involved
C. they do not have long to prepare it
24. The students decide to deal with the presentation by
A. each giving part of the talk
B. opening with a short video clip
C. allowing most of the time for the questions
25. What do the students agree to use in their slides? A. photos of their project at its different
stages
B. keywords reflecting the characteristic of the project
C. diagrams illustrating the process of the project
26. What do the students decide to do that afternoon?
A. talk to a student in a different year
B. prepare a first draft of their slides
C. discuss their outline with a tutor
Question 27-30
Which option is expressed by the students about each of the following aspects of the project?
271
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to question 27-30.
Options
A. It took longer than expected.
B. It was unexpectedly enjoyable.
C. A member of staff was surprisingly helpful.
D. They benefited from a relative's help.
E. A member of staff identified one serious problem.
F. A different student made a careless mistake. Aspects of the projects
27. writing the report
28. Keeping a log book
29. doing the sketches
30. finding sponsors
SECTION 4 Question 31-40 Complete the notes

below.
The development of the telescope

Roger Bacon (1200s)
• His invention assisted 31……………… With sight problems when they were reading
Lipperhey
• 1608: he put concave and convex lenses together to create the telescope
• The small telescope was first use in the 32………………..
Galileo
• 1609: he tried out different lenses to improve the telescope
• He started 33………………. of the lenses he needed
The venetian government hoped to use this instrument for the 34………………….
Galileo's astronomical discoveries
• The Moon
272
he Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
discovered its surface was mountainous
he worked out the height of the mountains by identifying spots that were
35………………….
he created 36………………. of the moon's surface
• Jupiter
- he realized that the bodies orbiting Jupiter were not 37…………………. But moons.
Further development
• Scientists discovered that increasing the telescope s 38…………………….
Improved its power.

• 1670: Hevelius built a telescope 43 meters long.
- poor results: the telescope will would move with the 39…………………… - the
problem was solved by attaching it to a 40………………...
READING PASSAGE 1
pages 2 and 3.
Answers Underground
Burying greenhouse gases to slow global warming
A. One way to slow global warming is to take the greenhouse gases that cause it and bury them.
That is the idea behind projects now under way to capture emissions from power plants and factories
and force them underground or deep into the ocean. There, proponents argue, they could be trapped
for thousands of years.
B. This concept, known as carbon sequestration, is already being used by oil companies to
improve the efficiency of oil wells, and now engineers have begun exploring ways to capture carbon
dioxide emissions from power plants to reduce their impact on the environment. At a recent
conference, delegates from fourteen industrialised and developing countries agreed to engage in
cooperative research into capturing and storing carbon dioxide.
C. The goal is to stabilise emissions of greenhouse gases that trap heat in the atmosphere. Over
the past century, airborne carbon dioxide concentrations have risen by nearly a third, according to
Scott Klara, sequestration manager at the US National Energy Technology Laboratory. Unless
273
emissions are slashed by two thirds worldwide, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
predicts that concentrations will rise to double the levels of the early 1700s, before the Industrial
Revolution. These increased levels of carbon-based compounds in the atmosphere are believed to
be the cause of rising temperatures and sea levels around the world. Ignoring the problem is
therefore not an option.
D. Limiting emissions, however, is not an easy undertaking since increased energy consumption
is a key to economic growth. Two thirds of the world's power-generating capacity, expected to come
into use by 2030, has not been constructed yet, according to the International Energy Agency. The
developing world will be particularly important. China and India alone are expected to account for two
thirds of the global increase in coal usage over the next fifteen years.
E. Solutions are being sought. Work is being undertaken with alternatives to fossil fuels such as
wind and solar energy, but it will be a long time before these alternative sources play a major role in
fulfilling the world's energy needs. Geophysicist Klaus Lackner points out that around 85% of the
world's energy is derived from fossil fuels, the cheapest and most plentiful energy source available,
and the developing world in particular is unlikely to give them up. That is why many scientists support
sequestration F. However, several problems must be resolved before sequestration plays a key role
in a low-carbon future. One is the cost of capturing carbon dioxide. A second is storing the gas safely
once it's been captured. Today, it costs about $US50 to extract and store a tonne of carbon dioxide
from a power plant, which raises the cost of producing electricity by 30-80%. Lackner argues that it is
too expensive to adapt existing plants to capture carbon dioxide. Instead, he recommends that
carbon-capturing capacity be built into future plants. Economic incentives are needed to encourage
companies to identify lowcost carbon-sequestration solutions. A government-supported program in
the US has enabled some factories to partially capture carbon emissions, which they then sell for
various uses, including carbonating soft drinks. However, there are no power plants ready for full
carbon capture.
G. Once the carbon has been captured it must be stored. Natural carbon sinks, such as forests
and wetlands, can remove some carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, but not nearly enough. Carbon
dioxide could be pumped to the bottom of the ocean, where the pressure would keep it pinned to the
seabed in liquid form for decades, but that has serious long-term environmental risks. David Hawkins,
from the Natural Resources Defense Council in Washington, warns that the carbon dioxide could
radically alter the chemical balance in the ocean, with potentially harmful consequences for marine
life. Others worry that the carbon dioxide could escape back into the atmosphere.
H. A few promising attempts at underground carbon sequestration are currently under way. In
western Canada, an oil company is pumping liquefied carbon dioxide into oil wells to force more oil to
the surface and boost recovery by 10-15%. The company gets the carbon dioxide via a pipeline from
North Dakota in the US, where the gas is captured from a synthetic-fuel plant. In another instance in
the North Sea, a Norwegian energy firm is injecting carbon dioxide waste from its natural-gas
274
operations into a saline aquifer 1,000 metres beneath the ocean floor. I. Clearly, storing large
amounts of gas underground raises environmental fears. Environmentalists argue that more research
is needed on potential storage sites, such as oil and gas reservoirs and coal seams unsuitable for
mining, to ensure that they offer long-term solutions. The World Wide Fund for Nature Australia has
argued that the primary risk of underground storage is that dangerously large volumes of carbon
dioxide might escape and people become asphyxiated.
J. Little progress in slashing global greenhouse gases can be achieved without involving developing
countries, but for now carbon sequestration is not their priority because of the increased costs this
would add to energy production. Hawkins argues that, to encourage developing nations to use
sequestration, developed nations will have to provide assistance. He suggests a multilateral initiative
in which developed nations, perhaps by purchasing carbon credits from poorer countries, finance the
difference between the cost of a regular coal-fired power plant and one that captures carbon
emissions. That is, the rich - who will remain the world's biggest polluters for years to come — would
buy the right to emit carbon from the poor, who would use the proceeds to build better plants
Questions 1-6
Look at the following issues (Questions 1-6) and the list of people and organisations below. Match
each issue with the correct person or organization, A-F.
1. The cost implications of fitting plants with the necessary equipment.
2. The effects of sequestration could have on sea creatures.
3. The reasons why products such as oil and gas continue to be popular energy sources.
4. The need for industrialised countries to give aid to less wealthy countries.
5. The significant increase in carbon dioxide concentrations in the air over the last 100 years.
6. The potential for sequestration to harm human life.
List of People and organisations

A Scott Klara
B Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
C International Energy Agency
D Klaus Lackner
E David Hawkins
275
F World Wide Fund for Nature Australia
Questions 7- 9
Reading Passage 1 has ten paragraphs, A-J.
Write the correct letter, A-J, in boxes 7-9 on your answer sheet.
7. Examples of sequestration already in use in several parts of the world
8. An example of putting carbon dioxide emissions to use in the food and beverage industry
9. Current examples of the environmental harm attributed to carbon dioxide in the air
Questions 10-13
10. Both developing and developed nations have decided to investigate carbon dioxide
sequestration.
11. A growing economy will use more power
12. Capturing carbon dioxide has become financially attractive
13. More forests need to be planted to improve the atmosphere.
READING PASSAGE 2
pages 7 and 8
Questions 14-21
Reading Passage 2 has nine paragraphs, A-I
Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A and C-I from the list of headings below. Write the
correct number, i-xi, in boxes 14-21 on your answer sheet.
List of Headings
276
i. An analysis of protective coatings ii. Applying
technology to violin production iii. Location — a key
factor iv. A controversial range of prices
v. Techniques of mass production vi. The
advantages of older wood vii. A re-evaluation of
documentary evidence viii. The mathematical basis of
earlier design ix. Manual woodworking techniques x.
Preferences of top musicians xi. The use of
saturated wood xii. The challenge for scientists
14. Paragraph A
15. Paragraph C
Example
Paragraph C Vii
16. Paragraph D
17. Paragraph E
18. Paragraph F
19. Paragraph G
20. Paragraph H
21. Paragraph I
Science and the Stradivarius:

Uncovering the secret of quality
A. Violins made by long-dead Italian craftsmen from the Cremona region are beautiful works of
art, coveted by collectors as well as players. Particularly outstanding violins have reputedly changed
hands for over a million pounds. In contrast, fine modern instruments can be bought for under £100.
Do such figures really reflect such large differences in quality? After more than a hundred years of
vigorous debate, this question remains highly contentious, provoking strongly held but divergent
views among musicians, violin makers and scientists alike.
277
B. E v e r
y v i o l i
Web: www.Namhoctienganh.com | Page: Facebook.com/nmhoctienganh | SĐT/ ZALO: 0963 470 110 n ,
'voice' of its o. Just as any musician can immediately recognise the difference between Domingo and
Pavarotti singing the same operatic aria, so a skilled violinist can distinguish between different
qualities in the sound produced by individual Stradivari or Guarneri violins. Individual notes on a
single instrument sound different each time they are played, which suggests that the perceived tone
of a violin must be related to the overall design of the instrument, rather than the frequencies of
particular resonances on it. But although various attempts have been made to analyse such global
properties, it is extremely difficult to distinguish between a fine Stradivarius instrument and an
indifferent modern copy on the basis of the measured response alone. The ear is a supreme
detection device, and a system has yet to be developed which can match the brain's sophisticated
ability to assess complex sounds.
C. So how do skilled violinmakers optimise the tone of an instrument during the construction
process? They begin by selecting a wood of the highest possible quality for the front and back plates
(or parts of the violin), which they test by tapping with a hammer and judging how well it 'rings'. The
next important step is to skillfully carve the plates out of the solid wood, taking great care to get the
right degree of arching and variations in thickness. Traditional makers optimise the thickness by
testing the 'feel' of the plates when they are flexed, and by the sounds produced when they are
tapped at different positions with the knuckles.
D. However, in the last 50 years or so a group of violin makers has emerged who have tried to
take a more overtly scientific approach to violin making. One common practice they have adopted is
to replace the traditional flexing and tapping of plates by controlled measurements. During the carving
process, the thinned plates are sprinkled with flakes of glitter and suspended horizontally above a
loudspeaker. The glitter forms a pattern each time the loudspeaker excites a resonance. The aim is to
interactively 'tune' these first few free plate resonances to specified patterns.
E. Unfortunately, there are very few examples of such measurements for really fine Italian
instruments because their owners are naturally reluctant to allow their violins to be taken apart for the
sake of science. The few tests that have been performed suggest that the first Italian makers may
have tuned the resonant modes of the individual plates - which they could identify as they tapped
them - to exact musical intervals. This would be consistent with the prevailing Renaissance view of
'perfection', which was measured in terms of numbers and exact ratios. However, there is no
historical data to support this case.
F. Another factor that affects sound quality is the presence of moisture. To achieve the quality of
"vibrancy" in a violin requires high-quality wood with low internal damping. By measuring the pattern
of growth-rings in the wood of a Stradivarius, we know that the Italian violin makers sometimes used
planks of wood that had only been seasoned for five years. However, such wood is now 300 years
old, and the intrinsic internal damping will almost certainly have decreased with time. The age of the
wood may therefore automatically contribute to the improved quality of older instruments. This may
also explain why the quality of a modern instrument appears to improve in its first few years. G.
278
Another factor thought to account for sound quality is the nature of the varnish used to protect the
instrument. One of the most popular theories for well over a century to account for the Stradivarius
secret has been that the varnish had some sort of 'magic' composition. However, historical research
has shown that it was very similar to the varnish used today. So apart from the possibility that the
Italian varnish was contaminated with the wings of passing insects and debris from the workshop
floor, there is no convincing evidence to support the idea of a secret formula.
H. Other researchers, meanwhile, have claimed that Stradivarius's secret was to soak the timber
in water, to leach out supposedly harmful chemicals, before it was seasoned. Although this
would be consistent with the idea that the masts and cars of recently sunken Venetian war
galleys might have been used to make violins, other scientific and historical evidence to
support this view is unconvincing.
I. In conclusion, science has not provided any convincing evidence to set

Cremonese instruments apart from the finest violins made by skilled craftsmen today. Indeed, some
leading soloists do occasionally play on modern instruments. However, the foremost soloists - and,
not surprisingly, violin dealers, who have a vested interest in maintaining the Cremonese legend of
intrinsic superiority - remain utterly unconvinced.
Questions 22-26
22. The quality of any particular note played on the same violin varies.
23. Scientific instruments analyse complex sound more accurately than humans.
24. The quality of handmade violins varies according to the musical ability of the craftsman.
25. Modern violins seem to improve in their early years.
26. Modern violins are gaining in popularity amongst the top violinists
READING PASSAGE 3
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 27 - 40, which are based on reading passage 3 on
pages 10 and 11
279
When people are deaf' to music

Music has long been considered a uniquely human concept. In fact, most psychologists agree that
music is a universal human instinct. Like any ability, however, there is great variation in people's
musical competence. For every brilliant pianist in the world, there are several people we refer to as "
tone deaf". It is not simply that people with tone deafness ( or' amusia") are unable to sing in tune,
they are also unable to discriminate between tones or recognize familiar melodies. Such a" disorder"
can occur after some sort of brain damage , but recently research has been undertaken in an attempt
to discover the cause of congenital amusia (when people are born with the condition), which is not
associated with any brain damage, hearing problems, or lack of exposure to music.
According to the research of Dr. Isabelie Peretz of the University of Montreat, amusia is more
complicated than the inability to distinguish pitches. An amusia (a person who has the condition of
amusia) can distinguish between two pitches that are far apart, but cannot tell the difference between
intervals smaller than a half step on the Western diatonic scale, while most people can easily
distinguish differences smaller than that. When listening to melodies which have had a single note
altered so that it is out of key with the rest of the melody, do not notice a problem. As would be
expected, amusics perform significantly worse at singing and tapping a rhythm along with a melody
than do non-amusics.
The most fascinating aspect of amusia is how specific to music it is. Because of music's close ties to
language, it might be expected that a musical impairment may be caused by a language impairment.
Studies suggest, however, that language and music ability are independent of one another. People
with brain damage in areas critical to language are often still able to sing, despite being unable to
communicate through speech. Moreover, while amusics show deficiencies in their recognition of pitch
differences in melodies, they show no tonal languages, such as Chinese, do not report having any
difficulty discriminating between words that differ only in their intonation. The linguistic cues inherent
in speech make discrimination of meaning much easier for amusics. Amusics are also successful
most of the time at detecting the mood of a melody, can identify a speaker based on his or her voice
and can discriminate and identify environmental sounds.
Recent work has been focused on locating the part of the brain that is responsible for amusia. The
temporal lobes of the brain, the location of the primary auditory cortex, have been considered. It has
long been believed that the temporal lobes, especially the right temporal lobe, are most active when
activity, so any musical disability should logically stem from here as well. Because it has been shown
that there is no hearing deficit in amusia, researchers moved on to the temporal neocortex, which is
where more sophisticated processing of musical cues was thought to take place. New studies,
however, have suggested that the deficits in amusics are located outside the auditory cortex. Brain
scans of amusics do not show any reaction at all to differences smaller than a half step. When
changes in tones are large, their brains overreact, showing twice as much activity on the right side of
the brain as a normal brain hearing the same thing. These differences do not occur in the auditory
cortex, indicating again that the deficits of amusia lie mostly in hearing impairment, but in higher
processing of melodies.
280
So Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bản (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
what does this all mean? Looking only at the research of Peretz in the field of neuropsychology of
music, it would appear that amusia is some sort of disorder. As a student of neurobiology, however, I
am skeptical. Certainly the studies by Peretz that have found significant differences between the
brains of so-called amusics and normal brains are legitimate. The more important question now
becomes one of normality. Every trait from skin color to intelligence to mood exists on a continuum-
there is a great idea of variation from one extreme to the other. Just because we recognize that basic
musical ability is something that the vast ajority of people have, this doesn't mean that the lack of it is
abnormal
What makes an amusic worse off than a musical prodigy? Musical ability is culturally valued, and may
have been a factor in survival at one point in human history, but it does not seem likely that it is being
selected for on an evolutionary scale any longer. Darwin believed that music was adaptive as a way
of finding a mate, but who needs to be able to sing to find a partner in an age when it is possible to
express your emotions through a song on your IPod?
While the idea of amusia is interesting, it seems to be just one end of the continuum of innate musical
ability. Comparing this 'disorder' to learning disorders like a specific language impairment seems to
be going too far. Before, amusia can be declared a disability, further research must be done to
determine whether lack of musical ability is actually detrimental in any way. If no disadvantages can
be found of having amusia, then it is no more a disability than having poor fashion sense or bad
handwriting.
Question 27-31
Choose the correct letter, A, B, C or D
27 What does the writer tell us about people with tone deafness (amusia) in the first paragraph?
A They usually have hearing problems
B Some can play a musical instrument very well
C Some may be able to sing well-known melodies
D They have several inabilities in regard to music 28 What is the writer doing
in the second paragraph?
A outlining some of factors that cause amusia
B summarising some findings about people with amusia
C suggesting that people with amusia are disadvantaged
D comparing the sing ability of amusia with their sense
29 What does the writer say about the relationship between language ability and musical ability?
281
A People who are unable to speak can sometimes sing
B People with amusia usually have language problems too
C Speakers of tonal languages like Chinese rarely have amusia
D People with amusia have difficulty recognizing people by their voices
30 In the third paragraph, the writer notes that most amusics are able to
A learn how to sing in tune
B identify a song by its tune
C distinguish a sad tone from a happy tune D recognise when a singer is not
sing in tune 31 What is the writer doing in the fourth paragraph?
A claiming that amusics have problems in the auditory cortex
B outlining progress in understanding the brains of amusics
C proving that amuisa is located in the temporal lobes
D explaining why studies of hearing are difficult
Question 32-35
Do the following statements agree with the views of the writer in Reading Passage 3? In boxes 32-35
NO if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer NOT GIVEN if
it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this 32 Perezt's research
suggesting that amusia is a disorder is convincing.
33 People with musical ability are happier than those without this ability.
34 It is inappropriate to consider amusia as real disorder.
35 People with amusia often have bad handwriting.
Question 36-40
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, A-H below Write the correct letter, A-H in boxes 36-
40 on your answer sheet
36 The reason why some people are born with amusia is
282
37 One of the difficulties amusia experience
Lộ trình IELTS từ Căn Bảis
n (Basic) đến Nâng Cao (Intensive) (0 - 7.0)
38 For amusia, discrimination of meaning in speech is
39 Certain reactions in the brain of an amusia are
40 In most cultures, musical ability is
A an inability to hear when spoken language rises and falls.
B considered to be desirable.
C an inability to follow the beat of music.
D not a problem.
E not yet well understood.
F a result of injury to the mother.
G more marked that with other people.
H associated with intelligence.
283

Full 20 Tests Đề Thi Thật

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Full 20 Tests Đề Thi Thật

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ĐỀ 1

Section 1 Question 1-10

Complete the form below.

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.

Write NO MORE THAN WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.

Busiest month is 4……………………

Exact picking dates depend on the 5 ………………… Payment:

Pickers over 18 will earn 6 £……………. an hour Accommodation:

None on the farm but there is a 7……………… nearby Transport:

Pickers are advised to travel around by 8………………… Documentation:

Only pickers with a 9…………………. will be allowed to work Meals:

Pickers must bring lunch and a day's supply of 10 ………………..

Label the plan below.

Write the correct letter, A-I, next to questions 11-16

Karrara Sports &Leisure Centre

14 Weights room …………………..

16 Massage room …………………..

Which TWO memberships have a special introductory price?

B Gym and Weights

Which TWO free gifts will new members get?

SECTION 3 Questions 21-30

The Value Survey on House Prices

A the total price of building a new house.

B the size of house a typical family can afford.

C the price of houses compared to average income.

22 Anna says the Value Survey is unusual because A it

B it is the oldest survey of its kind.

C it publishes its results annually.

B the shortage of builders.

24 When the students talk about transport, they are A

B worried about rising costs.

C alarmed by increasing congestion.

25 The students agree that the next Value Survey will A

B indicate a future trend in house prices.

C advise against regulation of house prices.

Aspects of the survey criticized

E lack of public access to full information

F old-fashioned systems of date analysis

G way of defining home-buyers' wealth

27 Professor Massey …………………..

28 Richard Bernard …………………..

29 Professor Lowndes ………………….. 30 Maria Darling

Benefits of using drama activities in the classroom

• Group participation develops 31……………… in own ideas

• Unscripted, imaginative activities allow children to take 32………………..

Child's educational development

• Working as a group teaches the importance of 33…………….. to others

• as a form of 35……………… for children experiencing problems

• to help children be objective about their behaviour problems

• to explore controversial issues with a class in a 36 ……………… environment

• to explore children's self-knowledge and understanding of 37…………………

Advantages of using role-play in the study of history

• Drama activities increase children's 38 ……………… in class

• Makes it easier for children to 39……………….. and understand historical events

Fishbourne Roman Palace

TRUE if the statement agrees with the information

FALSE if the statement contradicts the information

NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this

1 Fishbourne Palace was the first structure to be built on its site.

2 Fishbourne Palace was renovated more than once

3 Fishbourne Palace was large in comparison with Roman palaces in Italy.

4 Research is continuing in the area clos to Fishbourne Palace.

6 Fishbourne Palace was burnt down by local people.

• Congidubnus -he is named in several writings